vAlLIBRARYQ^^

,^WEll^llVERV/)

v^lOSANCElfX;*

^^mmyi^^.
.^OFCALIFO%

^smm-m^
AmUNIVERJ/Zi

'^^mK\m^
AvlOSANCElfJV.

<rii3DNVsoi^

"^aaAiNH-JWV

^lOSANCElfx>

^^^lllBRARY^/r

^tllBRARY^/

-^

Oe

%a3AiNa3WV^

^OJUVDJO"^
^OFCAllFOftfc

%0JnV3JO^
^OFCAllFOff^

^aHAINrtJWV

^OAavaan-^^

^>^UIBRARYGr

aWEUNIVERS'//-

^lOSANCElfjVx

^^^

'

^<!/ojnv3jo^
.^.QFCAllFOfiU^

"^XiiaoNVsoi^"^

^/^aaAiNrt-Jwv'

.^WEUNIVER%

^lOSANCElfj-^

^(?AavaaiH^

^TinONVSOl^

%a3AIN(13WV

A\^EUNIVERS'//i

^lOSANCElfj>

<rjl33NVS01^'^

%}13AINn]WV^

^W^UNIVER5/A

^lOSANCElfj>

II^S^

'^OAilViiaiH^

<riiaoNvsov'^

%a3AiNa]Wv
A^llIBRARYQ^^

.>;WSANCElfj>

^IIIBRARYQ^.

"^AaaAiNfljwv^

^aojiTVD-jo-'^

^ifOJnv3JO'S

^lOSANCElfj>

^OFCALIFO/?^

^OFCALIFORj^

ioi^"^

%a3AiNn3y^^

"^^AHvaaii^

"^^AavaaiH^

'^YOc.

-^^IIIBRARYQ^^

^AWEUNIVERVa

^lOSANCElfj>

^
JO'^

X,

^^

' JC

o
'%a3AiNn-3v\v

%0JI1V3J0^
^OFCAtlFOff^
^^WEUNIVE^/^

"O/iV

^lOSANCElfj^

<rii30NVsoi^

"^aaAiNn-awv

y/

^f

f ^^L.

ft^

^ ^ ^^

:^^

/^f

GRE GOBl vow FEIW AaOlLE.

; ;

THE NEW

Bvt of 0itm0vp,
FOUNDED UPON THE PRINCIPLES
TAUGHT BY

M.

GREGOR VON FEINAIGLE:

AND APPLIED TO
Tables, Poetry, Prose, and Arithmetic.

Chronology, History, Geography, Languages, Systematic

TO

WHICH ARE ADDED,

SOME ACCOUNT OF THE PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS

OF

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY,
FROM THE EARLIEST PEKiOD TO THE PRESENT TIME

AND

INSTANCES OF THE EXTRAORDINARY POWERS

OF

NATURAL MEMORY.
Illustrated

by Engravings.

WITH NUMEROUS CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.

Constat

memorinm halere quiddam

proficisci,

artificii et

non omnem d
Cic,

natura

%tm^on
M.Keene and
J.

PRINTED FOR SHERWOOD, NEELY, AND JONES,

PATERNOSTER-ROW
Cumming, Dublin;
;

Bell and Bradfute, Edinburgh

and Brash and Held, Ulaigow.

1813.

'[^terta

at )t3tiojur0'=i^atC]

J, Fawcett, Printer,

Newcastle Street, Loudon.

stack

Annex

PREFACE
TO THE

5
^^.^

-^Q^

FIRST EDITION.

the art which forms the subject of is sufficiently discoursed on, in the introductory matter prefixed to the system contained in the present work, it remains only to give an account of the origin of this publication. The system, here presented to the public, is that taught by M. Von Feinaigle; who, by the public exhibitions which he has given of the proficiency of some of his pupils, has excited a very general interest and curiosity as to the mnemonic art. The following pages contain, amidst various other matter, the substance of fifteen of the Professor's lectures, on the application of the art to Chronology, Geography, History, Language, Systematic Tables, and Poetry and Prose; being the whole of one course, with the exception of one lecture on Arithmetic and Algebra. This was omitted because the subject to which it relates, is so complicated in itself, as to render it
this

As

volume

IV

PREFACE TO

impossible to give an intelligible account of it within the compass necessarily prescribed to this publication ; and because the subject was not of such general interest or utility, as those which are here
treated
of.
is

The Editor
logy
is

due

to the Professor

not aware that any apoon account of

The principal peculiaof his system had found their way into pretty general circulation, by oral communication, before this work was contemplated and the accounts which were thus circulated, like most traditions, were by no means calculated to give satisfactory or creditable notions on the subject. The Editor attended one course of lectures, and, after the example of several of his friends, took very copious notes. Finding, however, that the materials which he had thus collected, were so confused and disorderly, as to be nearly, if not wholly, useless ; and being unwilling that the time he had bestowed on the subject should become entirely without profit, he applied himself to draw up these lectures in a more intelligible form, for his oivn vse ; supplying, at length, the analogies and other illustrations to which the lecturer had very cursorily and distantly alluded. In this attempt, parum Claris dare lucent., the matter swelled itthis publication.
rities
:

THE FIRST EDITION,

self nearly to the contents of the

followmg

pages. Several of his friends who had attended the Lectures, were pleased to think that the subject had profited much in his hands ; and that the science, thus illustrated and explained, was much moret intelligible than it was in its original state They accordingly of communication. urged him to publish this improved account of the system, as well for the benefit of those persons who had actually attended courses of Lectures, as of those who wonld be satisfied with such an account of it as is herein contained. With this request he has complied, whether rightly or erroneously, it is not, perhaps, On this subject for him to determine. he only wishes to add, that, however se-

and derivative tiiis undertaking may, at first sight, appear to those who have not attended the Lectures, they who have attended them, will be able, (the Editor is confident,) to give him ample
condari)

credit for oriqiuaUly

No expense has been spared in supplying this volume with appropriate engravings, together with the diagrams necessary to illustrate the work, and which have been chiefly furnished to him by tlm kindness of his friends.
A 3

Ml

PREFACE.

In order to render this work as complete as possible, an account has been inserted of the Principal Systems of Artificial Mevnory : and, accordingly, the public and private repositories of curious literature have been diligently searched for- scarce books on this subject. Some instances of the extraordinary

powers oi Natural Memory conclude the volume: they have been inserted from
a persuasion that they will be new to many persons, and agreeable to all. In short, nothing has been omitted, which was thought capable of illustrating or
giving interest to the subject; and
it

is

hoped, nothing has been inserted, which the curious reader would wish to be suppressed.

Under these circumstances, the Editor takes leave of his readers, in full conlidence, that w hatever may be the success of his publication, he has at least deserved well of them, in his intentions and endeavours
in useful to promote their advancement knowledge.

London,
August, 1812.

ADVERTISEMENT
SECOND EDITION.

If the sale of a book b6 any criterion of

its

merit, the present

work must stand

of, in

high in the opinion of the public, as a

large impression fms been disposed

the short space o^four months.

neral utility, indeed, of this
*

The

ge-

New Art of be known to be properly estimated and successfully

Memory,' needed only
to

practised.

The appearance
as this,
tuVally

of

such a system
(as

has

produced

miglit

na-

be

expected)

many

imitators.

The

merit of having improved upon the

original plan of

M. Feinaigle, does

not,

however, appear to belong to any of these

persons; for the editor is enabled to state, without fear of refutation, that either an

attendance upon

M.

Feinaigle's lectures,

or indeed the former edition of this book.


"Vlll

ADVERTISEMENT TO

has furnished more than the outlines of

those systems

which were so recently

taught in the metropolis.

indeed, distributed to

The diagrams, the pupils who

evidently,

attended these lectures were,

copied from those of
hieroglyphics,
it is

M.

Feinaigle.

The

true,

were exchanged
nature, but the

for others of a different

principles and the practice of the art were

precisely the same.

The
ceded
1.

chief peculiarities

guish this
it,

which distinedition from that which pre:

are the following

The editor has adopted

a more con-

venient and connected disposition of his

and has given an introduction to mnemonics partly new, together with several additions and illustrations calculated to extend the knowledge of this art, and to accelerate the progress of the stumaterials,
dent.
tlie

Among the additions may be named

in the

application of the art to Arithmetic,

which was not inserted

part of this volum
2.
e.

former

edition, for the reasons stated in another

Some new and

interesting
in

notices

of hooks have been inserted

the ac-

THE SECOND EDITION.

ix

count of the Principal Systems of Artificial Memory. This sketch contains notices of

more than sixty* works on the

of great curiosity and value.

subject, including copious extracts from

many books
also

of extraneous matter has been omitted, and the whole of LiQwe's Mnemonics has been introduced. This change was made for two reasons ;
(1.)

A small portion

on account of the extreme scarcity of Lowe's original tract, and (2.) because some persons, perhaps, may be inclined to practise this system, and yet be unwilling to purchase the last edition of

Grey
3.

for this purpose.

To

the account of instances of the

extraordinary powers of natural memory,

appended an interesting narrative of Zerah Colbium, the young American who is so well known for his wonderful powers in extemporary calculation. This
is

extraordinary youth seems, indeed, to

ri-

It

is,

perhaps, worthy of remark, that oue of the most cele-

brated bibliographers of the present day,

Brunet,

in

his

Manuel du Libraire, {Paris 1810,) notices one work only on Artiie tiBcial Memory, viz. that oH Grataroli translated by Hope same solitary book inserted by De Bure, in his Bibliograpliie Jnsttuctive.


Xll

ADVERTISEMENT.
life,
it

of common

would be endless and

useless to specify; the editor will, therefore, conclude in the words oi GrataroU^ an eminent writer on mnemonics:
'

It

sufliceth

therefore,

that

we have

expressed a methode or compendious

waye, the whiche whosoever foloweth

shall easel ye (^o
tijjat

CjCCrd,BC

ht

tlOt !acft^

pngc) get and attayne the certeine and

sure remembraunce, of
quire

manye and sungstik,

drye thinges, as due occasion shall re:

imt

ai3f

for

tf|e

^luggi^l) miti

\tt tljcin

^luggc aitti

^itti^t ^till, to

tDjjome

an

t^iitgc^ arc ijiisfjrtca^mg/

London,
January, 1813.

CONTENTS.

I.

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

^^S^
1

INTRODUCTION
CHAP.
I.

Principles

31

II.

Chronology

55
63

III.

Geography
Sect. 1. Principles
2.

63 68

General Geography
Particular Geography

S.

76 81
88 98

4. Statistics

IV.
V.

History
learning Languages
. .

Language Sect 1. On
2.

98

Sketch of the origin of Language

10^

3.

Account of sonic attempts towarJs

a universal cliaracter or alphabet 109

4.Proposed philosophical arrangement

of the alphabet as applied to lan-

guages in general
5.

12?

The

derivation of French from La-

tin,

shown

to consiit, principally,

in the

change of certain letters

.

according to established rules.

6.

. .

1S3

Mode

of learning the conjugations

and declcn.xions of a language, exemplified in the Latin

7.

146
tlie

Particular directions for

sition of a language

acqui-

151

^T
CHAP.
VII.

CONTENTS.
VI. Systematic Ta^bles

PageI53
162

Poetry and Prose

VIII. Arithmetic
II.

173

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF ARTIFICIAL MEMORY, CHRONOLOGICALLY ARRANGED. 182 Thomas Bradwardin

Matheolus Perusinus

183
ib.

Jacobus Publicius

John

Priis

184

Baldwin of Savoy
Peter of Ravenna

185
ib.
1

Jacobus Colinseus
Nicholas Chappusius

85
ib,

John Romberch
Lodovico Doici
William Grataroli ....
William Fulwod Stephen Cope

187
188

189
ib.

206 208
ib,

John Spangenberg Cosmus Rosselius

Jordano

Bnmo

208, 2 1
20.9
ib.

Thomas Watson
John Michael Albert
Philip Gesvaldi

ib.

John Baptist Porta F. H.Marafioti

212
213 214
ib.

Lambert Schenckel
Anon.
Joh.Paep. (ialbaicus

Arnold Backhusy Martin Sommcr

Seinpronius Lancioni
Jolui

214 215
217 227

Henry Alsted

b.

CONTENTS.
AdaraBrux
Fr. Mart. Ravellin

XV
Page 227

-V.

234 236
237
ib.

Robert Fludd
Apsines (Graec. Rhet.)

..V..?.

Adam
John

Naulius
Willis

238
281
>b.

Anon
Joaun. Velasquez

Hugo

Car'Jbnnell

282

RaymundLully
Andrew
Adrian
Valieri
le

282,283 282
ib.

Cuirot

Joh. Conrade Dannliawcr

283

Meyssonerus
Hejiry Herdson

ib.

John Belot
Anon.
Athanasius Kirchcr

286 307
ib.
ib.

Johannes Austriacus

308

John Shaw

309
ib.

Simon Wastell
Anon. Jo. Brancaccio

328

Marius D'Assigny Thomas Erhardt

Claude de Buffier
Richard Grey

'

239 330 338

ib.

340
363

Solomon Lowe
Dan. Geo. Morhof Fr. B. J. Feyjoo
Anacardina, Aguilera, Epiphanius de Moirans,
Conti, Mesji'^orus A. Ferreya de Vera

404
-405

406

XVI
III.

CONTENTS.
INSTANCES OF THE EXTRAORDINARY POWERS OF NATURAL MEMORY.
Page 407

Hortensius

Seneca

408
ib.

Aviceima
Joseph Scaliger

409
ib.

Bishop Jewell
Lipsius

410
^
411

Muret
Famianus Strada

412 413

Thomas Fuller Humphry Burton

Dr. Wallis

414 415
, ,

Antonio Magliabechi
William Lyon
Jedediah Buxton

Zerah Colburn

4l6 419 420 437

Directions respecting the Plates.

Portrait Plate I
II

to face the Title.

p.

38

III

53 64

IV

69
ibid.
it

V %

Before the reader uses Plates II. III. IV, and V.

will be

mdvisable to fake them out 0/ the volume and paste them on stiff paper. If the white paper be cut aunty, it will fold up, so as accurately to represent the floor, four walls, and deling of a room.

Mti of i$temor.
fntro&uction.

]\t EMORY,

in

the

sense in which

it

is
it

to
is

be
not

understood in the present work, (for

employed always
of

in the

same precise sense) canwords

fa-

not, perhaps, be better defined than in the

Mr.

DuGALD Stewart,

"

It

is

that

culty which enables us to treasure up, and pre-

serve for future use, the

knowledge we acquire
is

a faculty (he adds) which

foundation of
all

obviously the great

intellectual

improvement, and

without which, no advantage could be derived

from the most enlarged experience."

With
cerning

the various

metaphysical theories con-

Memory which
as

have been advanced by

different philosophers,

we

shall

not pretend to

meddle;

such an investigation
our present
purposes.

would not
Whatever
stands
it

much

assist

may be

the relation in which the

Memory

to the other principles of our constitution,

is

2
beyond
cellent
all

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

controversy, a most necessary and ex:

faculty

so

much
all

so,

that,

as

Dr.

Watts
fection
;

observes,

"

other abilities of the

their beauty

mind borrow from hence

most
the
useless without this.

and per-

for other capacities of the soul are al-

To

what purpose
are
if
all

(as

same eminent author

inquires)

our

labours in knowledge and wisdom,

we want
ac-

Memory
quired
?

to

preserve and use what

signify
all

we have

What

other intellectual or

spiritual

improvements,
?

if

they are lost as soon

as they are obtained

It is

Memory

alone that

enriches the mind, by preserving what our labour

and industry

daily collect.

In a word, there can

arts,

be neither knowledge, nor

without

nor sciences,

memory

nor can there be any improvein virtue or morals,

ment of mankind

or the

practice of religion, without the assistance and

influence of this power.

Without memory, the

a

soul of

man would be but

poor, destitute,

naked being, with an everlasting blank spread

over
it,

except the fleeting ideas of the present

moment."
This faculty
exists,

however, in very

difi^erent

degrees, indiff'erent men.

astonishing vigour of

Some persons possess

others are

memory,* while

* For many remarkable instances of the extraordinary

powers of natural memory, the reader

conclusion of this volume.

is

referred to the

INTRODUCTION.
deplorably deficient in
this faculty;

3
or, as

Mr.
idea,

Locke
**

has beautifully expressed the

persons, the
it

same

in

some

mind

retains the charac-

ters

drawn on

like

marble, in others like freelittle

stone, and in others,

better than sand."*

is

Theniistocles, the Athenian, indeed,

saidf to

have been oppressed by the strength and tenacity

of his memory, and to have wished for the possession of the faculty of oblivion, rather than an

increase of the

powers of remembrance

but

it is

* IMr. Locke, speaking of the continual decay of our

ideas, says,

" The

ideas, as well as cliildren, of our youth,

:

often die before us

to

and our minds represent those tombs,

which we are approaching; wiiere though the brass and marble remain, yet the inscriptions are effaced

by time, and thp imagery drawn in our minds are

moiiUI/^rs

awoy.

The

pictures

laid in

fading colours, and if

not sometimes refreshed, vanish and disappear.

How
of our

much

the constitution of our bodies, and the

in this,

make
in

animal spirits are concerned

and whether the temsome

it re-

per of the brain makes this dift'erence, that

tains the characlers
stone,

drawn on

it

like marble, in others like free;

and
:

in others, little belter than sand

I shall

not here

inquire

though

it

may seem

probable, that the constitu-

tion of the

body does sometimes influence the memory j

since

we

oftentimes find a disease quite strip the

mind of
to

all its ideas,

and the flames of a fever

in

a few days calcine

all

those images to dust

and confusion, which seemed

IVorks, vol.
i.

be as lasting as*if graved in marble."

ed. 4to. 1777.
t

p. 76.

Plutarch Apophtl).

NEW ART

OF MEMORY.
if

more than probable

that, in this respect,

the

anecdote be true, he stands an exception from

all

the re.n of mankind.

truly,

Plenus rimanim sum,

al-

may be

and without reproach, said by

to
his

most every man, with regard

memory
difficult to

and that not only concerning matters

be retained, but even concerning the most ordinary occurrences of life.

To

remedy

this

inconvenience, and provide as

effectually as

possible against the mischiefs of

forgetful ness, various artifices

have, at different
these, the topical
first,

times, been resorted to.

Of
;

memory

of the antients stands

both
its

in point

of date and of celebrity

and as

principles

are very analogous to those of the present system,

we

shall give

some account of
has Jilread

the

origin

and

general plan of that invention.

And, as

PRO-

FESSOR Barron,

trodden this

path, ho apology will be offered to the reader

for presenting to him, that author's very excellent

account of the subject, prefaced by some of the

ingenious remarks with which he has introduced
it.

'"
ries

The

recollection* which ordinary

memo-

possess,

appears to be resolvable into two

principal sources, the vivacity of the impression

and association.

*****

* Barron's Lect. on Belles Lettres and Logic,

v. 1. p.

609.

INTRODUCTIyON.
" But the principal expedient

for assisting the

stance,

memory is derived from association. For inwhen I see a house, I naturally recollect
manner of
life,

the inhabitants, their tercourse I

and the insight of a

have had with them.

its

The

book prompts the memory of

the pleasure, or profit,
I

contents, and

have received from the

perusal of it.

A view

of the sea

may
life

suggest the

idea of a storm, and the painful recollection of

the loss of property, or of the

of a friend,

by shipwreck.
lection

The

act,
is

then, of aiding recolto connect thoughts re-

by association,

mote, or abstract, with others more obvious and

familiar, that the

recurrence of the latter

it

may

bring along with

the

memory
which

of the former.
I

Thus
the

the sight of

my

ring,

cannot miss

to observe, reminds

me

of the action, to suggest

I

remembrance of which

moved

it

from one

finger to another.

The
[

ringing

of the bell, or

the sounding of the clock, prompts the recollection of the

business

had resolved

to

perform

at these times.

glimpse of the

first

words of

a paragraph, or a page, introduces the recollection of the whole.

In a word,
to

the things

we wish

remember with
tiiat

we must connect the immeoffer themselves

diate objects of our senses,

daily to our attention, but particularly with

the

objects of our sight, the most vigorous and lively

of

all

our senses, and of which the objects are,

B 3

NEW

AIIT

OF MEMORY.
all

perhaps, more numerous than those of

other senses put together.

our

" This theory

employed

is

the foundation of

all

contri-

vances which have been, or, perhaps, can be,

to

help recollection.

It is the

ground-

work of

the famous artificial

memory

of

Simo-

NiDES,

a lyric poet, of the island of Ceos, one

of the Cyclades,

who
five

flourished in the sixty-first

olympiad,

about

hundred

and

thirty-five
is

years before the birth of Christ, and

[who]

ce-

lebrated by

Cicero

and

Qu ;NCTi LI AN.

Both

these authors relate the folkvving mythological

incident,

on the occasion which suggested

the.

invention.

Simonides was employed by Scopas,

a rich Thessalian, to

compose
of

a panegyric
;

on

him

for a

ce;

iu;

sum
it,

money

was
his

invited to
fi

a festival,

given

by Scopas to

lends, in

order to rehearse

but was sordidly

refused

more than

iialf

the stipulated compensation,

beof

cause puzzled; perhaps, with

the sterilify of the

principal subject, he had introduced a long epi-

sode, amounting to half the

poem,

in praise

Castor and Pollux.

avenger of the
insult.

Simonides

so'n

found an

He was immediately sum-

moned

froMi the

company by two young men on

to protect their favourite
as they

horseback, supposed to be Castor and Polhix in

disguise,

who appeared
as

poet

and who,

soon

had saved Simohis

nides,

made

the roof

fall

on Scopas and

INTRODUCtlON.
company, bruising them so

to death that not a

lineament of them could be known.

Simonides,
sat at

by

recollecting the

manner

in

which they

table, was enabled to distinguish them, and to

deliver

them

to their friends for burial.

The

aid

which the recollection of the poet received, on

this occasion, is said to

have suggested the idea

of an

artificial

memory.

" The principle of the scheme of Simonides,

is

to transfer a train of ideas, the archetypes of are,

which are not the objects of sense, and

therefore,
train

of difficult recollection, to

another

which we cannot miss

to recollect, because

the archetypes are not only objects of sense, but

objects of sight, with which archetypes
perfectly familiar; or which
tually

we

are

may be

placed ac-

before

our eyes.

Suppose then Simo-

nides were to
consisting

commit

to

memory

a discourse,

of speculations

concerning govern-

ment,

finance:!,

naval affairs, or wisdom, none

of the archetypes of which could be

made

objects
;

of sense, at

least,

at the

time of delivery

and

to assist his recollection,

he were to connect the

of

series of ideas, in that discourse, with a series

objects,

which he could

either place in sight, or

with which he was so familiar, that he could not

fail to

recollect

them

he would proceed

in the

following manner.
instance, either the

He
one

would take a house, for

in

which he might
;

deli-

ver the discourse, or another

with every part of

NEW
at

AltT

OF MEMORY.

which he was perfectly acquamted.

begin

He

would

some

fixed point of that house, suppose

the right side of the door, and he would proceed

round

it

in a circular line,

till

he arrived

at the

point from which he set out.

the circumference of the
parts as

He

would divide

house into as many

topics,

there were different

or paradistinguish
it

graphs, in the discourse.

He

would

each paragraph by some symbol of the subject

contained
;

that

on government, by the symbol

;

of a crown, or a sceptre
the symbol of
affairs,

that

on finances, by
;

some

current coin
;

that

on naval

by

tiie

figure of a ship

that

on wisdom,

by the figure of the goddess who presided over

it.

He

would

either

actually transfer,

or sup-

pose transferred, these symbols to the different

compartments of the house, and then

to do,
in order to recollect

all

he had

the subject of any

his

paragraph, was, either to cast

eye on the

symbol during

delivery,

or to

remember upon
placed.

what

division

the

symbol

was

The

memory, by
discourse.
fail

this

contrivance, easily recalled the

orator eidier saw, or could not the compartments, because he

The

to

remember

was

perfectly familiar with them.

Neither could

he forget the symbols of each paragraph, because

they were no

more than

hieroglyphical paintings

of the sense.

"In

the place of a house,

we may

assume,

according to Quinctilian, a public building, the

INTKODUCTION.
walls of a city, a well
to divisions of

known

road, or a picture,
refer our symbols.

which we may

Metrodorns assumed the

which he divided
to the

circle of the zodiac,

into

360 compartments, equal

it

number of degrees of which

consists,

making a compartment of each degree. " Some people carried this art so

far

as to

comprehend the words of a

ring, in like

discourse, by con-

structing symbols for each of them, and refer-

manner, these symbols

to

compart-

ments.

This seems to have constituted nearly

call

what we

short-hand writing, except that our

short-hand writers oblige themselves to

to

commit

memory

the

meaning of

their

symbols, and

pretend not to refer these to any more familiar

objects.
this

Quinctilian accordingly observes, that

in
it

pretended improvement terminated

confu-

sion,

and embarrassed, much more than

assisted,

recollection.

However much,

therefore, he

might
this

prize the

scheme of Simonides, he rejected

supplement as nugatory, or detrimental."

This system of Mnemonics was a favourite
pursuit

with the Greeks

and

was cultivated

with success by the Romans,

sus, Julius Cagsar,

among whom Cras-

and Seneca, are said to have

particularly excelled in this art

Such were
brated

the origin and principles of

tiie
:

cele-

topical memori/

of the
all

antients

from

which source are derived

the various

modern

systems of local and symbolical memory, that

It)

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

We
shall here briefly reca-

have been promulgated from the thirteenth to the

eighteenth century.
pitulate the

names of the principal zcriters on

the

subject, referring our readers lO another part of

this

volume

for an acj^count of the different sys-

tems.

That luminary of
born
dern
after
in

science,

Haymund

Lully,

1236, seems to have been the

first

mo-

who
it

brought the art of

lain

had

dormant

for

memory into notice, so many ages. This

aiid distinguished

art

was termed transcendental,

his

by

name.

In the Jifteenth century mnemonics seem to have occupied the attention oi PnhliciuSy Priis,

Peter of Cologne, and Peter of Ravenna, who successively published systems of local and symbolical

memory.
15S3, Romberch published his
Artijiciosct

In the year

Congcstorium
tains a very

Memorici, which conhis predecessors'

complete view of

labours, with

many important

additions.

Gra~

taro/i, an Italian physician,

was the next writer

This was

on

this subject,
*

who

in

1555, put forth a treaetc.*

tise,

de memoria reparanda
into
title

translated

English by William
'

Fulwod,
;'

under the

of

the Castel of

Memorie

and

afterwards rendered into French by Stephen Cope.

The

treatise of Grataroli contains

nuich curious

matter.

The works

of Spangenberg, Rosselius, Bruno,

INTRODUCTION.

Albert, Porta, Marajioti, and others, appear-

ed about the close of the sixteenth century, but

they contained nothing very materially

new on

the

mnemonic

art.

The
the

seventeenth century was remarkable for

variety of

number and
also

mnemonistic works

which issued from the presses of the continent.

England

had her share

in this

honour,

anil

produced one or two books worthy of examination.

The

system of Schenckel occupied the

greatest share of attention in France and

Ger-

many. Schenckel was followed by Alsted, Brux,

RaveUin, and Nau/uis.

essay

Brux

also

wrote an

upon the
rules

art

of forgetfulness,' and gave

acquiring perfection in this

numerous

for

useful science.

The

principal

work published

in

Englayid, on
in

the subject of the local

memory, appeared
and was

16 18, under the

Meminiscendi,
lated
in
etc.

title

oiMnenionica; shears
;

by John Willis

trans-^

I66I, by one Sowersby, a bookseller.

is

This curious and rare volume

replete with in-

formation respecting- mnemonics, and discourses

at large

concerning every particular which re-

quires the attention of the student.

In the year l651, Henri/ Herdson,

who styles
his

himself a Professor by Public x\uthority in the

University

of Cambridge,

published

Ars
in

MnemonicOfSive Herdsonus Bnixiatus,

etc.

OF MEMORY.
merely a republication

12

NEW AKT

Latl and Euglish.

It is

of part of Brux's Simonides Redivivus.

The mnemonical
tinent

essays published

on the con-

from 1620 to 1702, were principally by

Azevedo, Carbonel, Cuirot, Dannhazver, Belotf

and Brancaccio
were put
hardt's
forth

several

anonymous systems
this

also during

period.
in

Erand

Ars Memoriae, appeared

upon
the subject

1715,

Morhof^wdi Father Feyjoo, have, both, dissertations expressly

;

the one in his

Polyhistor, and the other in his Cartas Eruditas

Curiosas.

From the time of Feyjoo (1781) to I8O6, (if we except a German translation of Schenckel by Kliiber) the local and symbolical memory
seems to have
lain

completely dormant.
for
:

In the

Philosophical Magazine
there
is

December, I8O6,
begun
to

the following notice

"

A new

branch of science

is

be stuby the

died in

Germany.

It is the science called

antients mnemonica, or the art of

find in

memory.
was

We
trans-

Herodotus, that
in

it

was

carefully taught
it

and practised

Egypt, whence

planted into Greece.

the invention of
it

This historian attributes

Simonides
;

to

but

this

opi-

nion

is

refuted in a dissertation published by

Morgenstern, of Dorpat, upon mnemonica.

there asserts, that this science
is

M, He

more

intimately

connected with the Egyptian hieroglyphics than

INTRODUCTION.
is

13
connection
the case

generally thought, and that this

may help to may be, this

Aretin,

explain them.

However

singular art, so long neglected, has

reappeared in

Germany with some eclat. M. who may be accounted the restorer of it,

has recently had

his pupil,

M.

Kaestner, a clergyman, as

whom

he has permitted to teach his

;

new

doctrine at Leipzic

at the

same time exactKaestner travels

ing a promise from

to write

him not

to suffer his pupils

down

his lectures.

M.

about

like

Dr. Gall.
to a

" According
the
fair,

book

written,

it is

said,

by

a child of twelve years of age, and mentioned in

Leipzic
catalogue for the
is

last

September

mnemonica

a true science, and

may be

taught by means of seventeen different rules, and

which will give a memory to individuals of every

age."

In

March 1807, M. Gregor

native of

Von FeinParis,

AiGLE, a
delivered

Baden,

visited
'

and

Lectures

on

his

New

System of

Mnemonics and Methodics.'

In the PhilosO'
is

phical Magazine for June, 1807,* there

the

following extract from a letter written by

M.

FiCHTEL,
giving

at

Paris,

to

a friend in

London,

some account of M.

Von

Feinaigle's

exhibitions there.

* Vol. xxviii. p. 92.

14

NEW ART

OF MEMORY.

" Paris, 2d March, l807.

" During

my

residence in

this

metropolis I
of

heard a great deal of a

new method

mnemoour me-

nique, or of a method to assist and

fix

mory, invented by Gregor de Feinaigle.

Not-

withstanding the simplicity with which he an-

nounced

his lectures in the papers,

could not
his,

determine myself to become a pupil of

as I

thought to find a quack or mountebank, and to

be laughed

at

by
in

my

friends for having

thrown
Perthe

away my cash
of this

such a foolish manner.

this

haps I should hesitate to

utility

moment about

new

invented method to assist our

I

natural

memory, had

not had the pleasure of

dining at his excellency's the Count of !RIetternich, the Austrian ambassador,

who

followed,

with
tures

all his secretaries,

:

the whole course of lecit,

they

all

spoke very advantageously of

first

likewise several other persons of the

rank I

met there:
into the
list

in

consequence of this

was inserted

of pupils, and I follow, at this

mo-

ment, the lectures.

this

All I can

tell

you about

method

is

it is

a very simple one, and easy

all

to

be learned, adapted to

ages and sexes

all

difficulties in

such sciences as requiie an extraorfor instance,

dinary

good memory,
There

the

names

and epochs
obviated.

in history, are at
is

once overcome and

not one branch of science to

It is easy

which this

method cannot be applied.

Introduction.
to

15

be perceived that such an invention cannot

pass without
in

some

critique,
:

and even sarcasms,

very

the public prints

some of them were

injurious,

and plausible enough to mislead the

public,

who, knowing nothing of the method,

are always

more ready

to

condemn than
all

to assist.
critics

Mr.

Feinaigle, to

answer

these

at

once, adopted a method not less public for Paris

than the public papers, but less public for the
rest of

Europe

he gave, the 22d of

last

month,
.

a public exhibition to about 2000 spectators, in

which he did not appear

\)r

at all, only

about 12

\5 of his pupils

each of them made such an

as his situation in life

t!pplication of the

method

required.

The

principal parts were the follow-

ing

history about

names and years

miles,

geography,

with respect to longitude, latitude,

inhabitants,
in various

square

number of &c. &c.; grammar

their division,
;

languages, about different editions of

;

the
title

same work

pandects,
title,

and

of each book,

&.c.

different systems

of botany, poetry, arithmetic, &c. &c.

At

lait

one desired the company to give him one thousand words, without any connection whatsoever,

and without numeric order

for instance, the

word astronomer,
188;
loveli/,

for
for

23

David,

for No. ; zvood, No. 370; dj/nasti/, for No. No. 90, &c. Sec. till all the

for

No.

6*2

16

NEW ART
filled
:

OF

MEMORY.

numbers were

and he repeated the whole

(notwithstanding he heard these words, without

order, and but once,) in the numerical order

or he told you what

word was given

striking,

against any

one number, or what number any one word

bore.
It
is
still

more

but certainly,

likewise,

more

difficult, to retain as

many numFor words

bers however great they

may

be.

and numbers I could venture myself, with the

greatest safety, as far as one hundred of each
;

and

am
is

sure, after having fixed

in
less

them once,

which

done

than ten minutes, I could

repeat tliem to you at any period, without ever

thinking any
*'

more of them.
is

M.

Feinaigle

about to

visit

England."

To
that

the testimony of

of the celebrated French astronomer,

says,

M. Fichtel may be added M.

" I have witnessed the

Lalande, who
by the method of
pupils
is

extraordinary effects produced on the

memory,
his

M.

de Feinaigle

one of

able to repeat, in any order, without

fifty cities

the least mistake, a table of

in all

parts of the world, with the degrees of longitude

and latitude
is

in

which they are situated

:

the

same
I

the case with chronology

in the

Annuaire,

have inserted 240 dates from antient and modern

history,

and

M.

de Feinaigle's Scholars repeat

INTRODUCTION.
them
all

1?

an astonishing
!"
is

aid in the study of geo-

graphy and history

In the Monthly Magazine for September,

1

807,* there

letter

under the signature of

Common
beral in
its

Sense, which, though

somewhat

illi-

remarks, displays considerable know*

ledge of tha principles of the

lical

local

and symbo-

Memory.' " Any person

(says this writer)

who

wishes to

try

an experiment on the powerof association, need

only

make

use of the succession of rooms, closets,

stair-cases, landing-places,

and other remarkable

house, with
to
all

spots or divisions, of his

parts of which he
miliar.

own

the
fa-

may be supposed

be very

Let him apply any word or any idea to the

sevorul parts of the house, in any. determined order

of their succession, and he will find

impossible, in recalling the
parts of the house, not

it

almost

same order of the

to each

to associate the idea or

word which he had previously annexed

part.

Thus,

for'

example, a person may learn

the succession of the

Kuigs of England

in ten

minutes, by annexing the names

of each suc-

ceeding monarch to the successive rooms, closets,

and

principal
at

parts

of

his

own

house,

beginning

the upper story, and regularly de-

* Vol. xxiv. p. lOj.

18
scending
;

NEW ART
or, at the

OF

MEMORY.

lower story, and regularly

ascending.

" Any other permanent and familiar

than the rooms of a house.
I

class

of ob-

jects will, in general, answer the purpose better

was myself edu-

cated in the vicinity of Oxford-street, and the

streets running out

of that street south and north

(beginning

at

Charles-street, Soho-square,

and

proceeding to

Dean-street, Chapel- street, and

so on to Park-lane, and
to

down on

the other side

Rathbone-place and Hanway-yard) are the

set of objects,

permanent and familiar

which I

make

use of for

my own

purpose of successive

association.

Tiie counties in England, the king-

doms and

the countries throughout the world,

the villages, and other objects on a great road,

or the streets of a city, are

business of association
;

all

well suited to this

and either of them may

be taken

indiflferently

by various persons, accord-

ing to their acquaintance with them.

the variety of ideas
objects,

The greater
this

connected with

set

of

which may be called the associating

key, the

more

easy,

and the more certain

is -the

power of recollection. " If I do not hazard a charge of egotism,

shall

mention, as
art I

illustrative

facts,

that

by

this

new

once committed to memory,

in a sin-

gle murning, the whole of the propositions contained in the three

first

books of Euclid, and

INTUODUCTION.

ly

with such perfection, that I could for years after-

wards specify the number of the book on hearing

the proposition

named, and could

recite

the

proposition on hearing the

number and

the book;

and

have frequently, in mixed companies, refifty to

peated backwards and forwards from

au

hundred unconnected words, which have been

but once called over to me.
1

may

also add, to
I

prove the simplicity of the plan, that

taught

two of my own children

nected words in a
first

to repeat fifty

uncon-

lesson, of not

more than

half an hour's continuance."

M. VoN Feinaigle
bit a detail

visited
1.

England some
In order to exhithis

time in the early part of 181

of his progresses in

country,

we

have made some extracts from the Periodical

Works and Public Papers which gave an account

of his various experiments.

"

On

the22d of June, 181

1,

M.VouFeinaigle*

gave at the Royal Imtitulion, a public experi-

ment of
tating

the

efficacy

and

ai>sisting

of his Method offaciliMemory. The Managers

of

lite

Institution, in

consequence of the appli-

cation of the

Committee of Literature and Sci-

ence, granted permission for this public display

of the
in

art,

without, however, making themselves

any way responsible as to Us character.

The

* Gent. Mag. vol. Ixxxi. part

1. p. .281.

dlO

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

place before an assembly of se-

exhibition took
veral

hundred Ladies and Gentlemen, who were

astonished and delighted with the result of the

experiment.
girls,
all

Four

children,

two boys and two

two or three
but an hour

under 14 years of age, had been put

under Mr. Feinaigle's care but

days before
:

he had one of the

girls

and a half; and the longest tuition that any of

them had received was but four hours and a

half.

One of

them repeated Goldsmith's Her-

mit backward and forward, and stated the stanza,

the line,

and the order of any remarkable word

required of him.
questions in
t!ie

One

liille

girl
tlie

answered to

chronology of

Roman Emslate

perors

and another multiplied, without

rig,ures

or

paper, two sums of eight

by eight, and

declared that she had not previously been taught

arithmetic.

A boy determined the geographical

and minutes, of 50 different

situation by degrees
cities;

and on a planisphere chalked out on a

board, marked

down

the true situation of places the Institution,

named
also
tiie

to

him.

Mr. Fincher, of

recited

the Mineialogical Tables of Ilauy,

second part of which he had taught himself

on Mr. Feinaigle's system, together with the fust

part of Brisson's

Ornithologic System

and he
the

declared,
principles

from
of

his

own

experience,

that

Mr.

Feinaigle's art

were equally

calculated to give facility in the acquisition, and

INTRODUCTION.
certainty in

21

the retention, of the tables of any

other science
several

fact

which was confirmed by

Gentlemen

present,

who have

the private courses

of

the Professor.

^The

attended

exa-

minations were carried on by

Mr. Disney, Chair;

man

of the Literary and Scientific Committee

and for a great part of the time, Mr. Feinaigle

retired

from the Lecture-room.

Nothing could
expe-

be more
riments
;

satisfactory than the result of the

and the company returned Mr. Feinthanks.

aigle their

The

Professor,

Aug. 26,

repeated the experiment at Liverpool, where the

Rev. Jonathan Brookes,

at

the request of the

diflferent

Mayor,

selected

from

the

charity-

schools of the town, children upon

whom

the

experiment might be made.

The
Mr.

exhibition took

place before a very numerous assembly.

children had been put under
tion but three
girls,

Four

Feinaigle's tui-

days before, two boys and two

and none of them had received more than

girls

two hours' instruction; neither of the

could

make or read
him.

a figure

when

first

presented to

The

examinations (which were carried on

by the Rev. Jonathan Brookes) were precisely

of the same nature as those

tution
tory.
;

at the

Royal

Insti-

and the

results

were

equally satisfac-

"

On

the 6th of April, 1812, the effects of

M.
at

Von

Feinaigle's system were exemplified

22

NEAV ART OF

MEMORY.
a

the Surry Institution, before

numerous

as-

sembly of Proprietors and Subscribers, by the

examination of
previously
five

young persons, who had

been committed to the care of

M.

Von
"

Feinaigle.*
1.

Master H. S. (13 years of age) detersituation oi Jifty princi-

mined the geographical

pal towns in different parts of the globe, assign-

ing to each

its

longitude and latitude in degrees

in

and minutes, and named the country

is

which

it

found.

He

also

marked on a blank plani-

sphere the true situation of the towns

named

to

him.
2.
fifty

Miss P. K. (11 years of age) repeated

stanzas of four lines each,
'

from the second

part of Mrs. More's

Sir Eldred of the Bower.'

in

These she repeated consecutively, and

order desired.

any

On

any remarkable word being

line,

mentioned, she determined the stanza, the

and the place of the

found
;

line,

in

which

it

was to be

and also how many times the same word

in the

occured

Poem.

"

3.

Miss
all

M.

A. K. (15 years of age) anof sub;

SM'ered to

the decleiisions, as well

stances as of adjectives, of the Latin

Language

and gave a

full

account of

all

the conjugations.

Tlie whole of this report

is

1,iken

from the Mvrnin^-

Post of April 18th, 1812.


INTRODUCTION.
both active and passive,

23

witliout any previous

knowledge of that language.

**

4.

Miss S.

S. (of the

same age with the

preceding pupil) answered to the declensions and

conjugations of
tlie

Greek Language, and deThis pupil had never

till

clined and conjugated several regular nouns and

verbs proposed to her.

seen a Greek character

the Professor,

put under the care of

" The whole

one hour each.

instruction
oj"

received

hij

th^

above pupils consisted

Jive lessons only,

of

" Master
after

S.

H.

explained the physical,

ma-

thematical, and chemical characters of minerals,

Hauy's system, assigning the systematical

order of any character v.hatever proposed to him,

and showing
to be

in

what manner any mineral ought

tried,

examined and

to ascertain

its

nature.

This pupil received only two hours' instruction

from M. Feinaigle. " Master S. H. afterwards requested the audience to give twenty words, or names, without

any order or connection whatever.

These words

were written on a board, and numbered from one

to twenty as follows
:

1. 2.

Tower.
Gate.

5.

Chapel.

G. Institution.

3. Steeple. 4.

7.
8.

Crotch.

Church.

Grey.

24
9.

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

Regent.
15. Hill.
10. Feinaigle.

16. Nelson.
17.

11. Syracuse.

Archimedes.

12. Wellington, 13.

14.

18. Palestine. 19. Button. 20.

Graham.
Ten.

Reform.

" After inspecting the number and words

for

a space of time, not exceeding three minutes,

the pupil

named

every

word
:

in the series,

both

forward and backwards

to any

number that m as

proposed to him, he assigned the proper word,

and vice versa.

"

A series of twenty-eight figures,

as,

named pro&c. &c.

about

miscuously by the audience, was then written

down,

8. 5. 1. 0. 5. 0. 2. 9- 6.

8cc.

These the pupil surveyed

five minutes,

attentively, for

and then repeated them forwards

and backwards.

He

afterwards declared how-

many

8s. 2s. 93. &.C.

occurred

in the series,

and

the relative situation of each figure.

" In consequence of

the

disappointment of
Subscribers,

many of

the Proprietors and

who

could not obtain admittance into

the

Lecture

Room

on the 6th

instant, the

above experiments
last

were repeated on Wednesday evening

to a

crowded

auditory.

On

this

evening the followutility

ing additional evidences of the

versality

and uni-

of

M.

Feinaigle's

System were ad-

duced.

I'NTRODUCTION.
'''

85
two sums
in

1.

Master J. C. answered

to

multiplication of 8 numbers, by 8 numbers each.

Each sum

containing

8 separate products, be;

sides the total product

he repeated any proseparate operations

duct required of him.

The

being represented on a board, by cyphers

any one cypher,

on

or line of cypliers, on either

sum being

effaced,

he replaced them by the apThis pupil was employed for

propriate figures.

ten minutes only, in committing the figures to

memory. " 2. Miss S. T. answered

queror,

to the

Chronology

of the Kings of England, from William the Con-

down
was

to

his

present Majesty,

in

any
the

order

that

desired.

She

also

named

predecessor and successor of any King pointed

out to her.

This pupil received four lessons of

one hour each.

*'

Master S. H.

after

one hour's appIicatioUf

repeated a Greek
sisting

word from Aristophanes, conhe also named

its

of seventy-six syllables and \65 letters,

;

both forwards and backwards

any syllable
in

any order desired, determining

numerical situation."*

At

these public experiments,

M. Von Fei-

Similar experiments liave been given at the Russell

Institution,
etc, etc. etc.

Freemasons'

Hall,

the

London

Tavern,

26

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

distributed a syllahuSy
pupil's
in

NAIGLE
and the

which the

nature of the

examination was stated

of

six following notes, or explanations,

*

the objects of his

New

System of Mnemonics

and Methodics,' were subjoined.

*'

1.

Sijstematic Tables.

method

that is

at once speedy and effectual for acquiring the

perfect knowledge of systematical tables,

is

an

object of higher value and greater importance

than at

first it

might appear.
of lectures

How

often are

we

attending

courses

upon

particular

sciences, without being able to

form a clear idea

of the whole, or to give ourselves an account of

what we

are learning

recommended, we

are

When, by the means here enabled to know previously

all

the great divisions and subdivisions of a system,

it is

not difficult to refer to those fixed points

at

our ideas, and

once to secure our knowledge

and to accelerate our progress

aheady

attained,

in the science.

system acquired by

this

me;

thod
is

is

not a dry and sterile series of words

a well-arranged classification

of real knowall

ledge.

We

learn in like
;

manner

the systems

of any science, whatever

they

however complicated
learning and teaching

may appear.
2.

"

Languages.

The

of languages are not only facilitated by the sys-

tem of Mnemonics, but

more
solidity than

acquire

more

light

and

ever they were thought sus-

INTRODUCTION.
ceptible of.
pupils, that,
It
is

5?
to all

a fact well
in

known

my

almost

any language whatever,

learnt in a single hour,
It

the declensions

may be

and

all

the

conjugations in another.
all

can
ac-

easily

be conceived, that
the

the rest
:

may be
this
is

quired with
all

same

facility

but

not

the advantage of

my

system

anomalies, irre-

gularities of verbs,

and similar

difficulties

which

have been hitherto the torment of the scholars,

become, by

this

system, the most pleasing and

most

instructive part of the language.

My

pu-

pils are

convinced, by the most satisfactory ex-

perience, that

grammar
way
to
is

is

to

be learned

in the
;

language, not the language

in the

grammar
it

and

when
titude,

the true

once known,

becomes

delightful to

them

go on with ease and promp-

by themselves, from one language to ano-

ther.
*'

3.

Prose atid Poetry.

in

When we know pieces

we

of prose or of poetry

such perfection that

are able to answer at pleasure to any single word,

it is

not to be imagined that in learning them

fix

we

have to
ever

one word after another

but what-

we commit to our memory is there in such an order that we are sure to find it again whenever we may wish fur it. The matter and the
diction are necessarily distinguished,

and every

thing treated after

its

own

nature,

and

we

are
is

therefore sure neither to omit any thing that

S9
to

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

be
said,

nor any word by which

it ia

to

be ex-

pressed.

Persons

who could

never before get by

heart either prose or poetry, have, by a short

practice of this method, acquired the greatest
readiness and facility.

" 4, Geography,

Tliis

part

of geography*

has only been learned by ray

fixing in the

common manner of
in general,

memory proper names

and that of noting the arithmetical figures wherever

we meet them.
is
;

The
of

true system

of geo-

graphy

the object

more than one of my

system the study ac-

lectures

and by

this

new

quires a degree of facility, and the science itself

a degree of perfection, of which

it

was never
it

thought susceptible, and yet without which

can never be essentially what

it

ought to be.

Those who w ould

to

think

it

needless, or of no use,

know

the situation of every remarkable point

of the globe by degrees of longitude and latitude,

have to consider,
graphy
itself,
;

if

without these degrees, geochart, could

or any geographical
if

ever exist
tain that

and,
is

not, they surely cannot

main-

what

essential to

geography

itself

may
This

be neglected
perfection
is

in the study

of geography.

not only given to the science by

is

my

system, but

also attained with greater facility

This refers to the longitude and latitade of the

repeated by the pupil.

fifty

cities

INTRODUCTION.

29

and certainty than even the former imperfect

knowledge could be acquired by any other method

whatever.

The same

principles are
all

applicable

with equal efficacy to

a
perfect

th^i

subsidiary parts' of

geographical
to fix in

knowledge,

and

it

is

shown how

the

memory,

for instance,

the government, the extent, the population, and

the military power, the products, the

commerce,

the manufactures, the arts and sciences, 8cc. of

every state.

Those who
easier

are acquainted with the

principles of the present arrangement, cannot but

feel

how much

it

must be to compare,

according to

this plan,

one kingdom with another

after

by simple memory, than

with
all

any other plan,

the assistance of books and systematic

tables.
**

5.

Chronology.
of

to the kings

What is done with regard England may be done with any

of sovereigns
;

chronological

series

and though

such a

series presented

nothing more than what

may be

consideied as great epochs of history,

even of those the present system offers a greater

and

number than any other system of chronology, fixes them more easily than it has ever been
all

possible to do by
tables

those ingenious historical

assist

which have been invented to

in this interesting sivv\y.

the

memory
to

But
is

the highcejrtainly

est perfection of historical

knowledge

know

the whole history, not

D 3'

only by great

so

NEW ART
perfection

OF MEMOllY.
;

epochs, but year by year, and fact by fact

this

and no other system has ever been

able to afford.

"

6. Multiplication.

To make

a multiplicafigures in

tion, consisting of a greater

number of

the multiplier as well as in the multiplicand,

only by

memory, without

writing any thing,

may

certainly in
utility,

many
is

cases be desirable, or of great

least a certain

and

at

proof that the

prmciples of the

present
its

method reach every

is

where, and that to

ficult or too

means nothing
It
is

too

dif-

complicated.

undoubtedly of

the highest importance to be able to fix in our

minds the numbers

in

general.

Statistic

geo-

graphy, history, mathematics, in short, almost

evei7 science
is full

of numerical figures.

Mul'

tiplication tables, square

and cube numbers, loga-

rithms, algebraic formulae,

tics

and

all

the

mathema-

can be submitted to those rules."

Since the period of

arrival in
this

M. Von Feinaigle's
or sixteen lectures

country, he has been delivering a

variety of courses of fifteen

each, for which the charge of five guineas has

been made

but the pupil

is

at liberty to attend

any particular lecture, a second time, 'should he not sulficicntiy comprehend

it

at the first hearing.

visits

M. Von

J'einaigle

has not confined his

to

the metropolis:

Edinburgh, Glasgow,

Liver-

pool, etc. etc. have, in the

summer

season, been,

successively, the theatre of his exertions.

CHAP.

I.

^rinctple0*

Xhe

memory may be compared

to a

ware-

house* stored with merchandise.

methodical
repositor}',

arrangement of the contents of such a

enables
require,
its

owner

to find any article

tliat

he may

with the

utmost readiness.

With

general knowledge of the contents of a library, and

of the manner in which the books are distributed,

a person may, even

when absent from

" ^Medallists,"

the spot,

determine, with certainty, the situation of any

particular
book.-j-

says

Mr.

Memory

is,

as it were, thcstorchor.se of our ideas;

for the narrow'niind of

man

not bting capable of having

it

many

ideas under view an<l contemplation at ouce,

was

necessary to have a repository to lay up those ideas, which

at another time
it

might make use

i.

of.

Lock on

tlu

Human

Understanding, vol.
t

p. 111.

to the

The well known anecdote of Magliabeciii, librarian Grand Duke of Tuscany Cosmo III. will suffici-

32

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

the
first

Addison,* " upon

and
life.

naming of an emhis age, family,

peror, will immediately

tell

you

To remember where he

enters in the

succession, they only consider in what part of the

cabinet he jies; and

by running over

in

their

thoughts such a particular drawer, will give you

an account of
reign."

all

the remarkable parts

of his

If our

ideas

were ananged with equal

method and
with the like

order, the
facility.

mind would turn

to

them,

Sensible objects have a powerful effect in re-

calhng to the mind the ideas with which

it

was

occupied when those ideas were presented. Thus

the sight of any remarkable scenes in the course

of a second journey, will frequently remind a person of the subject of which he was thinking or
talking

when he

last travelled

that road

or, to

adopt the elegant language of Mr. Foster,*!*

" Places and

things

which have an association

ently illustrate and continTi this fact.

The

Grant!

Duke

having asked Mugliabcchi whether he could procure a

book that was particularly scarce, he

impossible, for there
is

replied,

'

no,

sir, it is
is

hut one iu the world, that

in the

Grand Siguier's library at Constantinople, and is venth book on the second shelf, on the right hand
yon go
in.'

the seside as

* Dialogue upon the usefulness of ancient Medals, pp.

21, 22, Vl,no. 1726.
t

Essays, p. 12.

For a very pretty

illustration of this

sulycct, see also Spectator,

No. 417.

PRINCIPLES.
ifvith

53
life,

any of the events or feelings of past

assist

will greatly

the recollection of them.

finds

man

of strong

associations

memoirs of

himself already written on the places where h

has conversed with happiness or misery.
to animate, for a

If

au old

man wished

moment,

the languid and faded ideas which he retains of

his youth,

he might walk with

his crutch across

the green where he once played with companions

who

are

now probably
off.

laid to repose in

another

spot not far

An

aged saint may meet again

in the

some of the
where he
in a

effects

of his early piety

it

place

first

thought

happy

to pray.

walk

meadow,

the sight of a bank of flowers, per-

haps even of seme one flower, a landscape with

the tints of autumn, the descent into a valley, the

brow of

a mountain, the house

where

a friend

has been met, or has resided, or has died, have

often produced a

much more

lively recollection

of

our past feelings, and of the objects and events

which caused them, than the most perfect description could have done."

Indeed,

it

will
is
:

be found upon investigation,

that locality

the

most

efficacious

reminiscence

and that system of

medium of memory will

this prin-

be the most serviceable, which brings

ciple
this

into the

most extensive operation.

For

reason, local'dxj (or, the connection of our

is

ideas with places)

made

the foundatign of the

S4

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

In
this respect,
it is

present system.
to the

analogous

scheme of Mnemonics practised by th^

it is

antients, but sively

here applied

much more
it

exten'

and advantageously than

was by them.

rdom having

generally four walls, the most

it is,

obvious division of
wall or side

into four sides, and each

may be

subdivided into panneis or

compartments.

Accordingly, the antient system

xlivided a wall into five spaces.

Thus, suppose

the

letter

to

be represented on a wall as

under

Five spaces are thus

gained
2, etc.

in

the places

marked by
the

the figures
in

1,

Every wall of
this

room was,
;

imagination, divided in

manner

and

this

plan was applied to as

many
simi-

rooms
larly

as

were found necessary to the extent of

each particular scheme

divided into

every
sides,

room being

four
five

and
this

every side

being subdivided into

compartments.

Thus,

any idea which, according to

method, had

been associated

in the

compaitment, would be placed

partment of the second wall,

mind with the forty-eighth in the third comin the third

room.

PRINCIPLES.
But
as fevv

3ii

compartments could be obtained on

each wall by these means, the calculation of high

numbers would be exceedingly

remedy
this

difficult.

To

defect, each wall

might be divided
thus.-

into nine or ten

compartments,

If a wall be divided into nine parts, there will

be 36 compartments

in every

room.

In order to

ascertain the situation of any particular

it is

number>

to be considered in relation to the total

numif

ber of the subdivisions.

situation of

For example,
;

the

number 48 be required

according
it is

to the last mentioned division of the rooms,

^o be found by considering the

that

projxortion

which

number
in

bears to 36, the total

in this

number of the
If the

compartments
ber

arrangement.

num-

question be less than this total, the place

after will

inquired

be obvious; thus

12 being

within the

the
that

first
it

number o6, must, of necessity, be in room being above 9, it is equally clear

:

cannot be on
it

the'first wall

and being

less

than 18,

must, necessarily, be on some part of

:

the second wall the

first

and
it

as

it

exceeds the number of

its

wall by 3,

follows, of course, that

S6

NEW ART OF MEkORY.

in

place must be in the third compartment of the

second wall. If the number

than the

question be higher
in

number of

the

compartments

one

room,
it

its

place will be readily found by dividing

by that number.

Thus, suppose 48 to be the

is

number whose place

required

36)48(1. 2
9)12(1. 2

As 48
in the

exceeds 36,

we know
1 is

that

it

cannot be-

first

room, the

therefore changed into

it

and the fraction remaining, shows

to

be

in

the twelfth

compartment.

There being nine

dfvided by 9? for

compartments on every

wall, this remainder, or

is

number of
the divisor

the compartment,

the purpose of ascertaining the wall.

is

Now,

as

contained

more than once, but not

it

twice, in the dividend,

follows that the

comtlie

partment sought must be on the second wall;

remainder gives the specific compartment.
operation, then, shows that

This

48

is

in

the third

compartment, on the second wall,

in the

second
antients
;

room. This was the plan adopted by the

when

they divided their

rooms

into

parts
it

bu!

being both complicated and

difficult,

has been

rejected in the present system, and another

scheme
is

has been introduced in

its

place, which

more
appli-

simple
cation

in its

construction

less difficult in its

and much more extensive

in its

powers.

PRINCIPLES.

37

We shall
dividing a

now proceed

to explain the to the

mode of

room according

New

System of

Memory, and
art.

to develop the principles of the

It is,

however, necessary to premise, that

the pupil must not attempt too

much

at first,

but

should proceed gradually in the acquisition of

this

system

for his ultimate success in

it

will

greatly
first

depend upon a perfect knowledge of the

principles.*

As in mathematics no problem
all

can be demonstrated without understanding

the preceding demonstrations,
in this art,

so every advance
full

must be grounded on the

posses-

sion of all the antecedent doctrines.

We shall divide a wall in the following manner:

1
t

58
all
is

NEW AKT OF MEMORY.

the

odd numbers. (See Plate

I. fig.

.)

There

now

a single wall divided into nine squares or

;

compartments

these

we

shall

name

places, and

say, the first place,

etc. etc.

second place, third place,

The same mode must be

three remaining
walls in
this

pursued with the

room

by these
being

means,

four

walls

are

obtained

each

divided into nine places.

In order to find the

number 36

in this

room, we should naturally say

four times nine will be 36, and should, of course,

conclude that 36 would be

in

the last place of

the last side or fourth wall of the

calculation
is

room

but

this

erroneous

same

situation,

6 must ever be in the which will be that occupied by

;
:

the point in the following figure

The

place occupied by the

number

6, in all the
;

four walls, would be thus designated

16

26

"FT

36

PRINCIPLES.
It

59

must now be determined how we are to

:

reckon these walls our back

left,

if

we

stand in a
first

room with
is

to the

windows, the

wall

on our
right,

the second before us, the

us.

tliird

on our

and the fpurth behind

We
as

shall,
it

however,
into nine

commence
parts in the

with the floor, and divide

same manner

the walls.
?

Where
Every
is

are 10, 20, 30, 40, etc. to be placed

decade begins a new

spries,

and the decimal

its

placed on the cieling of the room ovei

wall
;

proper

thus, the first decimal, or 10, will be over

the

first

wall

the second decimal, or 20, will be

;

over the second wall

the third decimal, or 30,

;

will be over the third wall

the fourth decimal,

;

or 40, will be over the fourth wall

cimal, or 50, as
its

the fifth de-

tenth part exceeds the

num-

ber of walls, will be assigned to the cieling of

the room, and will consequently be the highest

number

in the first

room, forming the connecting

the second.

link betw.eeu this

room and

40

NEW AUT OF MEMORY.

FIRST ROOM.
Second mill.

PRINCIPLES.

41

SECOND ROOM,
Seventh Wall.

42
VIII and

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

Vim,
:

in the

same way, by adding a

finger each time

thus,

ten was formed from two fives,

y A

making

X.
now
exercise himself in
diiferent

The

learner should

finding the situation of the

numbers

in

the two rooms.

Where,

for

example, are QQ,

47, 35, 21, 62, 82, 99, etc.

first

The room must be

no
diffi-

ascertained

as to this there can be

culty, for as

room,

all

50 is the lesser number in the first the numbers exceeding 50, and as far
room.
the room, the left

as 100, will be found in the second

Having found
will

hand figure

will denote the zcall,

and the right hand figure

;

show

the place

thus,

29

is

in

the

first

room, second

wall, and ninth place; 47, fourth

;

wall, seventh place

figure, the

by cutting off the

left
is

hand

numerical order of the wall

figure

given,

and the remaining

place.

acquaints us with the

In order to remember a
are put in the
the recollection of
ciating

series

of words, they

several squares, or places,

and

them

is

assisted

by asso-

some

idea of relation between the objects

;

and

their

situation

and, as
is

we

find
is

by expecalculated
the mind,

rience, that whatever

ludicrous,

to

make
more

strong impression

upon

the

ridiculous the association the better.

will take

Being provided with two rooms, we

the floor of the
first

room, and place some-

PRINCIPLES.
thing in each of the nine
squares.

43
In
illustra-

tion of this experiment, sensible objects will

be

given, as the association of ideas between

them

and the places

is

most

striking.

Apple

44

NEW ART
identical

OF

MEMORY.

willow-tree,

and iDust grow by the water-side,

on the very
embarks
in

bank from which the man

the

boat.

Any

different

objects

may
tion

be taken promiscuously, and the connec-

chance or fancy

made between them, at the moment, as bids. The chief use of this
is

example
jects in

to induce a habit of fixing certain

ob-

a regular order, that

to find them.

we may always
this

know where

For

purpose the

pupil should exercise himself iu the numerical

situation of the different objects,

and be enabled
on

to determine

it

quickly.
the

The
in the

floor

and

walls are

localities

which the

figures

and words must be arranged,

squares,
iii

several places or

the

order

above described.
figures to

Were

a series of twenty -six

be taken, for instance, the following

.Uj^';n.^.A.^ ^2,
"8

796.578964314
a series of consonants thus

1,

4.5

Or
f
(Full

m fprsti'srn

many

gem of purest ray, serine.)

or any other series of figures, or consonants,

it

would be found very

difficult to

remember them.
merely signs of

The

figures,

and the

letters^ are

PRINCIPLES.
signs,

45
in the

and cannot

easily

be fixed

the understanding having no exercise.

memory The elefor.

ments of words must, therefore, be sought

Dr. Grey
thus
fixed
tion,

changed figures into

;

letters,

and

made words but these words could not be in the memory without constant repetiand strenuous application
to
;

the
in his

different

words required

be remembered

MeDio-

via TechnicUf being almost equally burthensome

with the facts and dates which they were intend-

ed to imprint upon the memory.

of changing figures into
letters

The mode
substitution
anti-

was known long

before the time^of Dr. Grey.

The

of

letters for figures

;

was practised by most

ent nations
there are

in the

Hebrew and Greek

used
in

languages,

no arithmetical
are

signs, but the letters

of

the alphabet

iheir

place.

Shop-

keepeis and others,

from an early period, had

been

in the habit
sell,

of marking the articres which

letters,

they had to

with certain
in

as arbitrary

symbols, for the prices pence.

pounds,

shillings,

and

We
or

now
to

take the consonants, and attach one

the series
;

more

of figures,
figure

1,

2, 3, 4*
its

5, 6, 7, 8, 9,

each

having

ap-

propriate consonant, (^ee Plate

1. fig. 2.)

The
comthe

consonants only are resorted

pose, like the skeleton of the

to,

for ihey

human body,

4G
principal

NEW ART
parts
;

OF MEMORY.
are but the
liga-

the vowels

ments.

The

letters

appropriated to the figures are not

merely arbitrary, but are adapted as nearly as

possible to the form of the figures,*
t,

like

the

figure

1,

is

a perpendicular, or

down

stroke,

and

differs only

from

it,

in the ad-

dition of the small

horizontal line
;

drawn across

the upper part of

it

t is

more
if

like the figure 1,

than any other consonant,

cept the letter
/.

perhaps,

we

ex-

An

additional reason for as1

signing the letter

Mo

is,

that

it

occurs in the

word
71,

uni^.
is

the

appropriate letter to represent 2,

in
it.

there are
7n,

two down strokes

furnishes

us with three the

idea of 3
:

will then give

if

down we

strokes,

it

place a 3

CO > letter m.
,,,,r,
is

thus

it

will afford a tolerable outline

of the

to

represent 4:

when

written, (See

* Dr.

to figures, in a

Grey who assigned both vowels and consonants manner perfectly arbitrary, lias the fol-

lowing scale

PRINCIPLES.
Plate
T. fig. 2.)

47

resembles somewhat a 4.
;

The
in

letter r

occurs also in our word foiain the

the

German ybA/-;
quatuor;

Dutch

vier

in the

Latin

in the

French quatre;
;

in the

Spanish

and Portugueze, quatro

in the

in the Italian quattrch; in

Greek

TBj<ra^is

the Russ, chety'ire

and

in a variety

of other languages.

The
mans
;

English
they had

L
it

was borrowed from the Ro-

from the Greeks, and they again

is
is

from the Hebrews, whose famed

ur L, excepting that the angle

much

like

somewhat

more

acute..

was used

as

a numeral letter
to the

ioxjifty, and may, therefore, be assigned

figure 5.
this figure.
Ci k,

d, in writing

is

the reversed form of

(See Plate

I. fig.

g, q-

The

figure 7, with a slight curvature,

may be made to resemble a crooked stick, and as we shall remember this stick the better, if something be hung
there.

upon

it,

a cage

slirtll

be suspended

In the word cage

we

obtain the consoto the

nants c and
for c
is
it

number, more frequently pronounced hard {ka)

k also

is

added

than

is

soft

(se); shall

q being a gutteral and a

crooked

letter,

go along with the cage and

figure

the stick.
f,

For the
q.

there

are

then

k, g,

and

b, h, V, TO.

In the figure 8 there are two

noughts, or two

round things

these

may be

48

NEW AET OF MEMORY.

if

converted into beehives, and

one be placed
accu-^

upon the

other, there will

be a tolerably

rate idea of the figure 8.

In the word beehive,

are obtained b, k, v
it is

and

w may

be added, for

compounded of

vv.

p,f.
as a pipe
issuing

The
is

figure

is

not unlike a pipe, and

piiff'

seldom used without a

it,

of smoke

from

words ;
not
s,

and J" in these two they are inseparably connected, and canthe

we have

easily

be forgotten.

X, z.

The o being a round body,

to a
in swift rotation, gives
*,

it

may
this

be compared
wheel,

wheel or grinder in a mill;

when

out a hissing
x, z, are at-

sound, and the hissing consonants tached to the cipher,

circles
;

is

formed from two half

of the word zero.

and z

is

the

first letter

These
ly

letters,

and the figures which they arc

intended to represent, should be impressed strong-

upon

the

memory,

as the letters

must be con-

verted into words, by the introduction of vowels

8
b

1
t

PRINCIPLES.

49

The two
be
affixed

consonants representing two figures

into a

must be converted

word, to which should

;

some

striking idea

and the images

Tlie
objects

represented, connected

together.
beijig

when
the

selected, each

word,

must be

arranged in the different places, beginning with

floor,

and

proceeding
walls,
etc.

to

the

first,

se-

cond, and third

In making these

words,

it is

necessary that the two consonants re-

quired should be the two Jirst in the

there be
as the

word

if

more than two

first

it is

of no importance,
It will

two

only will be needful.

not

be

difficult to

make

a perfect figure from the ske-

leton

we have just

seen.

Floor of the First Room.

BaT
NeeDle

50

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

bat
is

A
ters

seen flying after a mouse, -which shel-

itself
is

under a cap, stuck

full

of

Jieeclles.

There

some mutton
it.

for dinner,

and a roll to
it

eat with

The
;

tub and soap show that

is

washing-day

the servants playing with the chil-

dren and their do/l, have forgotten to boil the

cabbage and the pudding.

for this loss, a

As a rompensation

rum is producBy this method, it will be easy to commit to memory a long series of figures, to repeat them backwards or forMards, to name the first, fourth, fifth, eighth, etc. or to say how many
large bottle of
ed.
fours, fives, noughts, etc. are contained
series.
in

the

The
making

converting
sense

of figures

into

letters,

and

by the introduction of vowds, will

to many of the purposes of we purchase any articles, and
mt-tt'iui-e

be found applicable

common
would

life.

If

remeiiiljer the

or weight of thera,

and thus prevent ftaud

in the

shop-keeper,

it

is

only necessary to change the figures into a

word

or words, and connect them with some strange or

ludicrous idea.

Should we buy

3*2

yards of cloth,

muslin, etc.

it is

easy to say, that a wa/j brought

is

home
if

the cluih, and the measure

given to us

30lbs of cheese, a 77iouse that had been gnawcheese,

ing the
diately.

would

fix

the weight

imme-

The number

of a hackney-coach, or of

PRINCIPLES.
a house,

51

may be

preserved in the same manner.

life to

The
tem

purposes in domestic
is

whicli this sys-

applicable, are almost infinite,

specification.

and need

no further

We have already
parts, as the floor

learned to divide a

room

into

and

walls,

to subdivide these
letters,

into places,
to

to
;

change figures into

and

form worcte

and, by these means, to

It

remember
fixed or

series

of figures, or of things.

would be a

material advantage to us, to have

certain

some

rooms

we may

take, for instance, those

with which

we

are best acquainted, and fix the

different places upoji the

various articles of fur-

niture, as a chair, a chest of drawers, etc.

What
:

we
yet,

have learned, hitherto,

is

not sufficient

as

an intellectual order only has been obtained;

localised, but there
is still

nwnheis have been

deficiency,

the realities are wanting.

If the reader has practised our instructions in

a room in which he

is

accustomed to spend the

greater part of his lime, and this

room should
or
etc.

have

been hung with pictures, engravings,

plans, or

ornamented with

busts,

he will

have been very materially assisted

brance of his places, or
a
little

in the

remem-

localities.

We

can, after

practice, ascertain

the order of different

fre-

things placed in a

room which we hnve long

is

quented.

The

transition

slight,

but the im-

59.

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

be permanent.

pression w\\\

Let

\is

fill

the

squares or places with

some
will

pictures of our o\Vn

drawing

the

two rooms

be then furnished,
the symbols,

and

it

will be as easy to

remember

or hieroglyphics, as to remember the situation or place of any picture, or article of furniture in a

room.
\ve can

Instead of having a carpet on the floor,

suppose that the floor

is

inlaid

or con-

structed of mosaic.

This

will

allow us to put

sjmbols there.

The
figures

outlines of the

symbols are intended to

represent, as accurately as possible, the various

in

the

two rooms, so
fixed
in

that

they

may
(See

be permanently

the

memory.

Plates II. and III.)

And

here

we

dismiss the
tliat

pupil for a season, giving a general hint,

it

will

be advisable to

make himself

perfect-

ly

familiar with

the situations of the different

symbols, before
next
chapter.

he diinks of looking into the

Until

knowledge

of these

symbols be obtained, no further progress can

be made
with

hi the

system.

It

is,

at

least,

indis-

pensably necessary, that the pupil should answer

facility to

any questions put to him respectfifty

ing the j^Vs^ room, containing

symbols; the

second room may be acquired at

leisure.

%
3

PRINCIPLES.

53

The

following are the names attached to the

difterent

symbols

fit^t iHooni.
1 ,2

Tower of Babel.
Swan.

25 Sanclio Panza.
26 Charioteer. 27

3 Mountain, or Parnassus.' 4 I.ooking-glass.

5 Throne. 6

Don

Quixote.

28 Pa^-k-horse.

29 S tandard-bearer. 30 Sysiphus.
31 Capid. 32 Diana.

Horn of Plenty.
Gln.ssi-blower.

8 Midas.

9 Flower, or Narcissus. 10 Goliatu, or Mars.

11 Pillars of Hercules.

33 Clouds, or Sky. 34 Noah's Ark.

35 Curtius.
36j Kermitage.

12 David with the Lion.

13 Castle, or Nelson's
nunient.

Mo-

37 Miner.
38 Moses. 39 Vesuvius. 40 Pleauire Garden. 41 Monument.
42 Golden Calf.

14 Diogenes, or Watchman. Ij jEsculapius, or Serpent.

16 Ceres, or GJesuier.
17 Archimedes, or Carpenter.

43 Staie Ued.

18 Apollo.

44 Piano-Forte.
45 Bajazet.
46 Fount
lin,

19 Robinson Crusoe.
20 Peacock.
21 Vaulter, or Rider.

or Square.

47 Vulcan. 48 Apis. 49 Orange-Trcc.

22 Cocktijfhtiug.

23 Pegasus.
21 Elephant.

40 Bacchus.

F 3

54

NEW ART

OF MEMOllY,

dScconti i!!o
51 Pigmalion.

52 Jupiter. 53 Neptune.

76 Gardener. 77 Mowers.
78 Pagan Priest.
79 Direction-Post, 80 Apothecary.
81 Cymbal-Player.

54 Toilette, or Penelope.
55 Fleet.

56 Guitar Player, 57 Conjurer. 58 Orpheus.

59 Samson. 60
Still.

82 Trojan Horse.

83 Actason. 84 Cabriolet.
85 Europa.

61 Bagpipes.

86 Brewer. 87 Hunter.
RR Bullfighting.

62 Phoenix. 63 Temple of Glory. 64 Fame. 65 Schoolmaster. 66 Tents.

67 Mutius Sccevola.

89 Hercules.

90 Burning-Glass.

91 Tantalus.
92 Hawker, or Sportsman, 93 Golden Fleece.

68 Mercui-y. 69 Mausokum. 70 Lottery, or Fortune.

71 Saturn. 72 Ceutaur.

94 Lime-Tree.
95 Shepherd.
96 Cap of Lil)erty.

97 Solomon. 98 Trophy.
'

73 Pedlar.

74 Thresher.

99 Avenue.
100 Justice.

75 Garden Engine.

v^

CHAP. n.

C|)ronclogp*

.JLhe pupil

is,

by

this time,

supposed to have

iixed all the symbols in the

first

room, and
seve?:;th,

to

be

enabled to

tell

readily

the

first,

thir-

tieth, forty-ninth, etc.

is

and also to say wliat place

In making
confine

occupied by Midas, Sisyphus, etc.

tt)

the application

chronology,

we

shall

ourselves to the succession of the kings of

Engword
half

land since the conquest. 1. William the Conqueror.

must be now made from William
wil
is
;

A
first

the

taken, and to this

is

added low, by which

willozi) is

obtained

this enaliles us to
is

remember
then fVil;

William.

The

willow

fixed
;

upon the Tower

he

of Babel, our

first

symbol

we have

Uam

I, but another
:

circumstance remains

was the conqueror

we

hang some

laurel, the

reward of valour, and the crown of conquest,

upon

the willow tree.

The

date

is

yet wanting

56

NEW ART
say the laurel
for
is

OF MEMORY.
dead
;

we

in

the

word dead,

are d,

66

the

1000 being understood,

or

through the whole series.*

2.

William Rufus,
tzi)o

William

II.

There must be
making

willows, one on each side of

is

the swan; the swan

the bag red,

put into a red (bag): by

preserve
tiie

we

meaning of

the Latin
3.

word Rufus.
I.

Henry

There

is

one hen upon the

;

mountain
4.

tossing

up the ground

(toss).
is

Stephen.
stiffened
;

The
there
is

looking-glass

very

much

a watch placed before

the glass

this is

(timely ).

The word

stiffened

will recal to the

mind

the

name of Stephen.

5.

Henry

II.

(taylor) sitting upon the

throne, with two hens, one under each arm.

6.

Richard

I.

This was the Jirst

plenttj
is

rich

man,
first

the

hornoi

before him.

The

rich

man, probably, pilfered from other peo-

ple

he must have been a (thief).

7.

John.
(Taffi^).

The

glass-blower's

name

was

John

As

the reader will find at p. 60, a tabular view of

we shall merely explain the manner of connecting the different images, inclosing the word which
this application,

gives

tlie

datc'ia a parenthesis.

CRONOLOOY.
8.

57

Henry
;

ril.

Midas, or the man with

each ear, and one

the loMg ears, has just received a present of three

hens

he puts one

in

in his

mouth, the hens are so near

are ahiiost (united).
9.

to eacli other, they

Edward

I.

To fix the name of Edward,

is, is

we

convert the verb to zcard, that

substantive, and say
oi-

to watch,

into a

here

one weirdy
the

guard,

soldier,

watering Narcissus, or

flower, with an (engine).

10.

Edward

II.

There
Three

are two wards, or

guards, behind Goliath, each in a (mask).

11.

Edward

III.

soldiers as guards

between the Pillars of Hercules, playing with a

(mo7ikei/).

1^.

Richard H.
mouth ; David
IV.

This

is

the second rich

his

man, who meets David putting

the lion's
is

hand

into

mocking

at the lion's

strength, (inock.)

13.

Henry
in
it,

We
it

take a (miiff"),

put

four hens
14.
his

and place

on the pyramid.
in

Henry
;

V.

Diogenes h-^%Jive hens

lantern

they

are very noisy and trouble-

some,
15.
tor,
is

(rout' em.)

Henry
very

VI.

Aesculapius, or the docsix hens,

much annoyed by
IV.

which are

(running) round the serpent.

16.

Edward

Here

are four soldiers

56
taking

KEW ART

OF MEMORY.
in a

away poor Ceres, and putting her

,

(redoubt).*
17.

Edward V. Archimedes, ovlht carpenter.

Richard
these
will

18.

III.

Apollo.
date,

As
word

two kings are of the same

be
sufficient to fix
it.

one

Here

are j^rc

guards preparing
Apollo
is

to

rob the third rich

man

looking on, and amusing them with a

;

tune on his lyre

in the

mean

while, Archimedes,

or the carpenter, vociferates (rob'etJt).

19.

Henry
Henry

VII.

Robinson Crusoe

is

seen

to shoot seven hens, in a (rebellion).

20.

VIII.

There
;

is

Peacock,

with eight hens in her nest

they are young and

cannot speak,
21.
er,

they are (lisping).

Ebwakd
;

VI.
is

We

hav here the vault'

or rider
;

one man

a sufficient weight for a

horse

but our liorse must carry seven.

There
besides

are six guards, or wards, the vaulter,

upon

this horse,

who

are all scrambling for a piece of

a (lark).

22.

Mary.
is

There must be some

a cock fight
;

rejoicings

where there
that the

it is

very possible

town may be (illuminated).

This queen had so flouris

25.

Elizabeth.

ishing a reign, that she

(allozeed) to ride

upon

Pegasus.
* As
t!ie

b is not

souiuUd

in pronunciation, the r,

(/,

are the letters Avhich give

tlie

date.

CHRONOLOGY.
i4.

59

James
like

I.

Tlie

word chains sounds

will,

somewhat
the

James; we
:

therefore, put

Elephant

in cliaius
1.

what (dhmal) chains.

25.
his

Charles
!

^oov Sancho Panzaw\io\\

lie

ass

Poor

fellow,

met with

many
running

(denials).

26.
a race

Charles
;

IE.

The

cAarioifecr

is

the (odds) are against hnn.

II.

27.

James
;

Don

Quixote must be put

sets

jn chains
shall

he must have two

of chains

he

have (double) chains.

28

William

HI.

The

patient

^ac Morse
arrives at

ravelling along the

that part

accustomed road,

where three willows have been planted

it is

how

melancholy

to

see so

many willows
is

(do weep).
29-

Anne.
visit

The Standard Bearer

to (cousin)
I.

just

arrived on a

Anne.
is

30.
hill

George
his to

Sisyphus

rolling

up the

"

huge round stone,"

but he
is

stops and

listens

some one who

II.

playing on the

(guitar.) *

George

This sovereign

is

(king)

(between two kings of the same name.

George

HI. has had some important con-

cerns with (Cadiz).

* No. 30, as
II, III.

it

completes a wall,

may

iaclude George I,

60

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

CHRONOLOGY.

6i

62

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

**

CHAP.

III.

(gtosrapljj)^

In

the application of the Art of

this science will

Memory
(2.)

to

Geography,

be considered under

the following heads; (1.) Principles.

Ge-

neral Geography.
(4.) Statistics.

(3.) Particular Geography.

Sect. 1.

Principles,

Geographical charts represent the situation of

cities,

towns, seas, continents, etc. on the globe

II

but

we w

suppose that nothing of

;

this

kind has
:

ever been fiibricated

if

that there are

no charts

we

wish to ascertain the relative situation of

any places, the means must be invented to ac-

complish what
first

is

required, beginning with

the

principles.

Whenever
siiould

the

memory

is

to

be

treated with,

we

employ the powers of

reason.
lect,
is

The charts must be drawn in our inteland we should proceed step by step what
;

wanting in the memory, will be supplied by

reason.

64

NEW ART OF MEMORT.

being a round body,*
it

The earth

is

repr=

sented by a globe; but as both sides of

this

globe

cannot be seen

at the

same time,
;

it

must be di-

vided into hemispheres or halves

there will then

be an eastern and a western,

southern hemisphere.

or, a northern

and a

Suppose a
placed within

circle to
it
;

be described, and a point

the situation of this point

must
part

be determined
of the
circle.

witii relation to

some other

If a horizontal line be
it

drawn
be

across the circle and divide

equally, the line

reality,

appears to us straight
so,

but cannot, in

because

it is

half the circumference of a globe.

is

perpendicular line
is

then drawn, and the

:

hemisphere

divided into four equal quarters

each quarter containing 90 or one-fourth of 360";

every circle containing HGO". (See Plate
I. fig. 3.)

The horizontal line must be The quarter then in which

pears, should

taken for the equator.

the dot or point aplines,

be divided by QO
the

but as this

would completely conceal

diagram, and obliterate the
will divide
it

surface of the

little

point

itself,

we

into
is

parts.

(See Plate

I. fig. 4.)

The

point

now
if

evidently within the first

stripe or line,

and

these lines be

named

ladders,

The
it

earth

is,

as every one knows, an oblate spheroid,

to descend to particulars, in

but

would be needless

Seoeral illustration.

GEOGHAPUY.
we
tion
shall say
is
it is

65
;

on

tlie first

ladder

but

its

situa-

novv only half determhied.

f^teps
;

Tiiese ladders
steps.

are divided into

and each has nine

This

will

be effected by drawing 8 horizontal

those already made.

lines across
fig. 5.)

(See Plate
first

I.

The

point

is

still

on the

ladder,

but on what step ?

It is

on the

sixth step.

Two
in

rooms should be provided, with four walls

;

each

in the

upper room

is

to be placed the
is

northern hemisphere, and the southern

to

be

supposed under the northern,

in the

lower room.

We will
viding
it

begin with the northern hemisphere, diinto four equal parts or quarters
;

trans-

ferring one quarter to the first wall.

I. fig. 6.)

(See Plate

The

former division of a wall was thus

1
-^
I

'-M

3
6

>
8

It will not,

however, be more

diflicult to re-

member nine figures in one line, than in three. The floor of the upper room in which we stand is the equator upon this we reckon the longitude. Prom the pole to the equator there are 90", but we only place 60" on the wall, the re;

in the cieling. In each of these squares, there are 10 of longitude, and

maining 30" being fixed

10" of latitude.

63

66

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

The
horizontal lines are parallels of latitude^
lines afe meridians or cir-

and the perpendicular

cles of longitude.

The
follows

series of walls in the first

room

will

be as

I.

GEOGRAPHY.
other continental geographer, but o\ir

6?

maps

are

not intelligible any wliere but in England.

In making our calculation

meridian of Ferro, because
into those

we
it

shall

adopt the

divides the globe

two equal

parts or hemispheres,

which

are

usually represented on
to
;

niaps.

Suppose a
and on

place

be

in

254 of longitude, and 43 of

step,

latitude

on what ladder, on what

will
it

what wall
(and as
is
it

occur

We

must take 254,

will

be remembered our hemisphere

divided only into tens of degrees)

off the unit iigure, thus 25,4, and

we must cut we have 25 left,

but as the 25th ladder would include only those

degrees under 250, and 254 being above that

number,

it is

on the l6ih ladder.

this

To
and

ascertain
its

on what wall
added together
the ladder.

26th ladder

is,

nume-

rical situation there, ih* figures

;

2 and 6 n)ust be

the product gives the

number of

By

counting the difference between

6 and
wall
is

8, thus 6, 7, 8, three, the

number of the
is

given.

In the latitude 43, the 3

past

re-

jected, and
step.

4S being

40

it

is

on the

fifth lati-

A
;

place theii iu longitude

254 and

tude 43, will be found on the 26th ladder,

step

fifth

or on the third wall, eighth ladder, and

fifth step.

If we read that an engagement had taken place

bttvveen two ships in S24 longitude, 36 S.

tude,

lati-

how

shall

we

find

on which wall

this

spot

C8
is

NEW ART
?

OF MEMORY.
that south latitude

situated

We know

must be

in the

lower room, and that 3G being more than

30, must be on the 4th ladder step.

For the

longitude, as in the foregoing example,

off the unit 32,4

324
t!ie

we

cut

is

more than 320,

there-

fore

it

must be on

'33rd ladder; these two

;

figures are

now added
6

together

the product

gives the situation

on the wall, and by counting

from 3

to

3, 4, 5, 6,

we

get 4, which

is

the

number

of the wall.

This event, therefore, took

la

place near the mouth of the Rio de

the 4th wall, 6th ladder, and 4th

Plata

on

step, of the

southern room.

Sect. 2.

General Geography,

We are now provided with

with which
all

a geographical net,

the different places

may be

taken,

from the smallest to the largest.

learned in
forgotten,

What we

have

the common way on globes is soon there being no connecting media to

bring the different countries to our recollection.

Supposing we are looking

at a globe,

and
its

we

fix

our eyes upon England, we cannot see

anti-

podes

places can be seen only in one direction.

The
said,

Chinese, v\hen shown a

map
?

of the world,

why

put us

up

in a

corner
is

we

are in the

centre.

In

fact, every

where

the centre,

and

Wltyyiay

Jh4MUftf. ty Jfun,

,-.'^. jre4

X D

JLS

GEOGRAPHY.
the centre
is

69
circum-

every Mliere.

The whole
of the

ference

is

equally distant from

us wherever

we

may

be.

The

four quarters

northern

hemisphere being arranged on the four walls,

Mhen we
IV.)

are in the room,

we

can, in an instant,

see every part of the hemisphere.

(See Plate

On

the Jirst wall will be a partof the Atlantic

Ocean, the whole of Europe and a great part of

Africa and Asia.

On

the second wall will be found the remain-

der of Asia, and a large proportion of the North

Pacific Ocean.

On

the third wall there

is

a continuance of the

Northern Pacific Ocean, and a part of North America.

On

the fourth wall there

part

is

the remainder of

North America,

of South America, the

American

Islands or

West

Indies,

and a great

part of the Atlantic or great Western Ocean.

This completes the

occupies the
first

northern

hemispliere, and

or upper room.

In the second or /ower room, (see Plate V.)

on the

first

wall,

we have

a part of the

Southern

Atlantic Ocean, part of Africa, and the Indian

Ocean.

The
and by

second wall

is

occupied by the remainder

of the Indian Ocean, the Indian Archipelago,

New Holland.

70

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

third wall contains
tlie tlie

The

Southern Pacific

Ocean, and

South Sea Islands.

The fourth
America.

wall has nearly the whole of South

Thus

there are in

the northern

Room

the

whole Continent of Europe and Asia, the greater

part of Africa, the whole of North, and part of

South Araeri*^a; the Iowa; or Southern

America,

Room

containing the remainder of Africa and South

the Asiatic
Islands,

Polynesia and

Australasia.

Supposing the windows of our room to be on

one
first

side,

if
is

we

stand with our back to them, the

left
;

wall

on the

this

wall

is

divided into

nine ladders, which show the longitude, and each

ladder into

nivie steps,

giving the latitude.

is

On

the Jirst ladder,^/'s^ step, there

almost

entirely sea, being a part of the Atlantic

Ocean;
disco-

a small portion of Africa, however,

vered.

is

On this part Sierra

], (1st.
is,

Leone

is

situated.

square on which

this fails is

known by

the

The numpil-

ber
for

ladder, 1st. step,)

here
one

the

symbol

1 1

the Pillars

of Hercules.
on land.
a

These
is

lars are placed in the square;

pillar

fixed

in the sea, the oUier

Leone
;

will rccal

to

mind the name of

Lion

lion

must be

placed between die

this place will

pillars,

and the situation of

a part of the At-

then be fixed in the memory.

is

On

the second step there

EOGHAPHY.
lantic

71
this part
;

Ocean and of Africa

for

upon

of

Africa are Senegal, Cape Verde, and Goree

the symbol
step,)
is

and

the l,2lh place (1st ladder,

2d

David with
;

the lion

if it

be said that
is

David

in tearing the sinews

of the

lion,

gored

by the animal
in
his

and that he has a green cap

be fixed

hand, these throe places will

It is

in this square.

quite sufficient if the

words

given recal the names of the places to our

me-

mory.

On

the

third step are the Canary Islands;

like

these are

somewhat

a cluster of birds (Ca-

nary Birds) that must

the symbol for
1,

fly

round the Pyramid,

3, (1st ladder,
is

3d

step.)

On
is

lUe fourth step, there

part of Portugal,

and the island of Madeua.

Diogenes with the

proprietor of the

The symbol for 14 lantern. This man is the island, and has come to Ma-

deira from ijisbon, on purpose to drink a bottle

of his favorite beverage.

On

the Ji/th
for

step
is

is

Cape

Fini'^terre.

The

symbol

15

iEsculapius with his serpent

at the

a serpent then shall be placed

the
\dU(\, (

extremity of

Finis terr(B,)
is
is

On
land.

the sixth step thtre

a small part of IreCeres, or the j^lean-

The symbol

for l6

er; she shall

have a garland upon her head;

Ire- land

gar-land and

are too

much

alike in

sound to be

easily forgotten.

74

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

On
the seventh step
is

Iceland,

The sym-

bol for

17

is

Archimedes, or the Carpenter:

he

is

breaking up the ice, and that

we may

re-

niember the name of the celebrated mounti

Hecla, we will
vej7 great eclat.
say, that

he acquits himself wi<

.

\vi:^

These

illustrations

seem amply

sufficient

l^'
*

rect the pupil in the application of this

ni

geography, so far as

it

relates to the use ot

^

symbols, and the connecting ideas to be as

ciated with them.

While we count our meridians

Ferro,
it

all east

from

must be remembered,

tliat in

English
is

maps, London, or rather Greenwich,

for the
first
1

taken

meridian, from which the degrees

are countetl

80 East, and
in

80 West. If a place

be described
to reduce
it

longitude 121 west of

London;

to the

meridian from Ferro, 12 1** must

be substracled from 180, (the whole number of

degrees west,) the remainder
is

59, which added

to 180, aud the 18 difference

between the calwill give the

is

culation from

London and Ferro,

product 275.

A place
may be

then which
to

121 west

of London,
Berro.

said

be 257" east oi
is

The

meridian of Paris

20 east from

Ferro, and 2

from the meridian of London.

at

This process

is

once simple and correct, and

use a general meridian which

will allow us to

CtEOGKAPTIY.
will

75
all

be intelligiUe on

all

maps, and to

per-

sons.

The
..'j^ke

best

mode of learning

the geography

is

to

chart

of Mercator's projection of the

earth, in
'e

which the degrees of latitude and lougi-

are

marked by

tens,

that

it

may

coincide

^1

the divisions on
res

the walls, each

of the

there containing 100;

10' both ways.

i$^l.li

the

squares in the
sheet of
step

map must be
except
ladder
;

covered

.,>vith

a
first

paper,
first

one, that is
the space

the

on the

taken up by the land in

this

square should be

noticed, and the outline of the land described ia

the map, and traced

upon a drawing, or diagram,

and ladderTliese squares should be
of the principal

of the

first

wall, divided into ladders,

steps, as seen before.

sufficiently large

to

show some
inserted

projections of the land, that the

most remark-

able places

may be

thus constructing a

small chart.

In the lower room, which contains the south*

ern

hemisphere,

we must
still

count downzeardf
begimiing with the

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, etc.

equator.

Every one of the small squares may be divided

into degrees.

74

NEW ART OE MEMORY.

1234567890
o
OS

_L I III III 1

ICIjIIjIII
iii i iii
.

iii"
I

I,

Suppose the point

Madeira.
whole, therefore,
little less

in

this
is

square to represent
-fifth

This point
it is

about on'

of the

iu 2 of longitufie,

and a
lati-

than one-fifth of the whole 10 of

tude,

we
;

see then 32*^ |

is

of latitude, and 2" of longi-

tude

there

not an error of | of a degree.

GEOGRAPHY*

75

To
some
If a

ascertain

the relative situation of towns,

association
cities

must be formed between the

found
in

towns and
sort
will

any

one

square.
the
will

of narrative

be invented,
assisted.
tliis

metak

mory
25
as

be materially

We

for

an

example

in

are

niany towns,

Madrid,

Barceloua,

Bourdeaux, Rociielle,

Brest, Rouen, and Paris.

is

The svmbol
set

for

Sancho Panza.
travels
;

Sancho then must

25 out oa
for

his

he departs from Madrid, and arto

call

rives

at

Barcelona, where he has

(Barcelona);
is

some

parcels

lie

then goes
drinking
;

to

Bourdeaux,

and

very

fond of
zoiiie

bumper of good Bourdeaux

travels to Rochelle,

thence he

where he

rests

on a rock

being pressed for time at Brest, he departs for

Rouen; and by
at last at Paris.

rozcing

down

the Seine, arrives

diffiit

To

remove the appaient

culty of fixing the

names of so many squares,

that,

must be observed
of them
there
is
is

the greater

proportion

occupied by sea, where, of course,

fix.

nothing to

It
less

may

also be

sup-

posed, that as there are no

there will
the
tion

than eight elevens,

be

much

confusion in remembering

name of any
first

particular place.

An

associa-

has already been formed for the eleven in

wall.
:

the
is

In the eleven in the second wall

not likely that

Ceijlon

it is

we

sliall

ever

com-

mit so great an error as to place Ceylon on our

76
first

NEW ART OF MEMORY,

wall, or

Sierra

Leone, or Goree, on the

is

second.

The

locality of each

so permanentljr

fixed as to defy any thing like confusion. Sect. 3.

Particular Geography.

In particular charts the divisions are different

from those

in

general charts

being divided into

SBuch smaller parts.

1
0
59 58
57

56
55 54

GEOGRAPHY.
and
steps,

77

but very differently numbered from

those which have been seen before.

in longitude CJl)*,

The

square

and latitude 55*,

;

if

brought to-

gether will

make 2955

the tens

must be re-

jected, and the

units only left.

We
20

know

that

the squares in longitude, from

tlie

to 30, are

on

third ladder,

and tVoin SO to 40 on the fourth;

and

that the latitude begins

this,

on the sixth ladder step.

To remember
from the

some word must be formed two figures. Having cut off the tens,
longitude, and

we

find

2955 becomes 9

lati'

tude.

The

minutes are next to be determined.

is 60 minutes, one 30 minutes; ^ 15; | 45;

The

distance from line to line

half will of course be

J

12;
is

as

land

ii5. When the geography of Eng" to be learned, we should commence from

the bottom or 3outh of the

map,

England
is

is

above the equator

the equator,

when any country

floor

beneath

we must

of course count
is

downthis

wards.

Although the
it

not used in geo-

graphy,

will

be convenient to suppose

chart of England placed

different counties
it

upon

the floor, that the

;

may be arranged in order or may be supposed to be on a table, &c. or on

England
is

any other object.

generally

divided

into

Circuits,

each of which contains a

counties.

certain

number of

H 3

T8

NEW ART
Circuits in

Olf

MEMORY.

England and Wales,

IV

11

III

VI

VII

VIII

f
V5

The

usual

division

of (he Counties

is

into

Home

Circuits, etc. etc. but this will not

be

adopted here.

The

following

is

our arrangement

of them.
I.

South East. Sussex, Hertfordshire, Kent,

South West. Hampshire, Wiltshire, DorDevonshire,

Middlesex, Esses, Surrey.

ir.

setshire, Somersetshire,

Cornwall.

in. East.
shire,

Suffolk,

Norfolk,

Cambridge-

Bedfordshire, Huntingdonshire, Bucking-

hamshire.

IV. West.

Berkshire, Oxfordshire, Glouces-

tershire, Worcestershire,

Monmouthshire, Here-

fordshire, Shropshire.

V.

Midland.

Northamptonshire, Rutland-

GEOGRAPHY.
shire, Lincolnshire, Leicestershire,

79

NoUingham-

shire,

Warwickshire, Derbysiiire, Staffordshire,

Cheshire.

VI. North.
berland,
land.

Yorkshire,

Durham,

Norlhuni'-

Lancashire, Westmoreland,

Cumber-

Vn. North

Wales,

Montgomeryshire, DenCaernar-

bighshire, -Flintshire, Merionethshire,

vonshire, Anglesea.

VHL

South Wales. Glamorganshire, Breck-

nockshire, Kadnorshire, Caermarthenshire, Cardiganshire, Pembrokeshire.

All these Circuits are numbered in a series as

ladders, and the counties are the steps
;

there-

fore 4,4 will be 4th circuit, 4th county, and so

of the
forte
;

rest.
if it

The

symbol

of

44

is

a piano-

be said that the keys of the instrument

will

are

bound with worsted, Worcestershire

be

immediately brought to our recollection.

In the

same manner we must proceed with the others, fixing each on a symbol, and connecting some
strange and ludicrous idea with this symbol.

The student should be map of England which

prepared with a small

is

not coloured

and

colour the circuits, each with a separate colour.

The
low
;

first,

for

Instance, blue

the second, yelfourth, red

;

the
lilac
;

third,

green

the

the

fifth,

and when he comes

to the sixth,

80
begin
again.

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

When
this
is

done,

it

must be

remenibered that the numerical order of the Circuits

first
is

represented by the dif^'erent colours.

The

colour will be blue, the second yellow.

the counties
are

When
lowest.
their

numbered, the pupil

the

must count

upwards,

commencing with
effectually
to

The more
county

distinguish

numerical
first

order,
in the
;

we
first

use

the

colours.

The

circuit,

must be
with

bordered wiih blue

the

second county

\ellow; the timd with green, etc. and the like

with die other remaining counties in the circuit.

The

numerical order of the counties will thus be

firmly nnpressed

on the memory.

France contains one hundred and ten departments.

gioiis,

These

are to be divided into eleven 7?e-

containing ten departments in each.

The

regions should be arranged in geograpliical order,

commencing from
upwards.

the

equator,
is

and counting

The

meridian

taken from Paris.

witii
is

West of

this

meridian

we comiuence

O,
I

the

region of the Pyrenees.

On

the

East

the

Region of the Mediterranean, IT of Piedmont, III of Charente, IV of Lake Leman, V Central

Region, VT Fuiisterre, Vtl Region
of .luiat,

Vlll
If

of the Seine,

IX

of the Rhone,

X northern
dcj)artfifth

Region.

we
it

wish to
will

know

the thirty-fifth

ment,

be found

in the third region,

GEOGRAPHY.
-department.
five colours;

81

To

distinguish the region there are

I

one colour serves for

and VI. a

second for II and VII, a third for III and VIII.

In the same manner one department
guished from another.
is

distin-

Sect. 3.
It has

Statistics.

been shown that by the aid of the

it vvill

first

principles of this science,

not be difficult

to find the situation of kingdoms, provinces, etc.

and

their
are,
it is

respective

longitude

and

latitude.

There
which

however,

many

other

particulars

important to remember, as the

numthe

ber of inhabitants,

the natural products,

military power, the extent in square

miles, the

form of government, the

the
the
arts, etc. etc.

state

of commerce, of
all

These may be
equal
facility.

fixed in

memory with
is

Suppose that
all
it,

there

before us,

a table,

and that

the

kingdoms of Europe, are placed upon

and

arranged according to their relative importance.

This

is

shown

in the following statistical table.

NEW ART
1

OF MEMORY.

CO

OEOORAPHY.
The
it

83

first

symbol

he'in^ the Tozoer

in

must be connected,
is

of Babel, some manner, with the

first.

kingdom, which
land.
Tlie

placed

This

is

Eng-

Tower of Babel was

of languages
:

the cause of

the

confu.'ion

in

England are
Spain
;

heard many different languages.

II.
is

shall

be

The symbol
it

for

is

Swan

swan then

placed in the sea, between Spain and

will

Eng-

land, and

swim
is

to

Enghmd
is
;

to

convey

intelligence.

Ill

France, and
or Parnassus

represented

by
are

the

mountain,

the
is

Pluses

banished

from

France.

IV

Sweden,
hiay

represented by a looking-glass, which

be

emblematic of the smooth surface of the Baltic

Sea,

when calm, and

it

at rest.

By such compaany thing that

risons as these

will

be easy
It novv

to fix

may be
1.
is

required.

remains to mention

the objects in the particular squares or places.

Population.
Tozi'er

the

of Babel.

tower, some idea

The symbol From may be formed

for this square

the

top

of a

of the popula-

tion of a city, by the

in the streets. 2.

number of people walking

This square
repre-

Natural products.

is

sented by the swan.

A
A

swan

is

an animal.

Animals may be reckoned among the natural

products of a country.
3. Mititan/ power.
fortification
;

may be
is

supposed

to

be on a moutttain

and, as this

S4
tlje

NEW ART OP MEMORY.

symbol
for 3, the military
us.

power

will

imme-

diately occur to

4.

Extent in square

miles.

The looking-glass^
four-square figure,

which represents 4,
call to

will

by

its

mind

the square miles.

It will

5.

Government.

not^ be difficult to

connect the idea of a throne, wiih that of govern-

ment, whether

it

be monarchial, republican, or

any other form of government.

throne

is

the

symbol for
6.

5.

State of commerce.

Commerce,

the source

of plenty, may well be represented by the

Horn

of Plenty, the symbol for 6. 7. Arts and Manufactures.

these
it

To remember

will

be only necessary to think of the

Glass-ljlower, the symbol for 7.

a.

The

Sciences.

The symbol
is

for 8,

Midas,

or the

man
is

with long ears,

all

capacitated for the

reception of

branches of science.

There

here again a series of ladders and

ladder-steps,
their

which must be denominated by

num>>ers.
In

respective
is

the

number 2,4

there

for Spain,

and 4 for the extent in

of Sweden; fourth ladder,

square miles, or the second ladder, fourth step

4,6

is

the

Commerce

sixth step.

In the statistical table may be placed every

particular that
it is

necessary to

know

respecting

GEOGEAPHY.
a nation.
square
1.
is

85

The manner of now considered.

This
is

application for each

Population.

changing every year

the thousands and

hundreds

must therefore be

omitted, and the millions only preserved.

The
], I,

population for England will be the number

first

ladder,

first

step

this is

represented by the

pillars

of Hercules.

England contains l6 milThis number

will

lions of Inhabitants.*

be fixed

in

memory by changing the figures into a word; t d will be the consonants giving the number it may be said then, that there is a Toad
the
;

crawling up the
2.

pillars

of Hercules.
If a country
its

Natural Products.
of this

be re-

markable for the excellence of

outline

horses, a rude
in

animal

may be drawn

the
If
it

square belonging to the natural products.

contain extensive

salt mines, a barrel or basket

of

salt

may be placed by

the horse

if
;

good
iron

wine, two bottles of wine should be added

may be

represented by bars, and sheep by an

outline, as

with the horse.

To

connect these
should

circumstances togetlier, some narrative

be invented, the more improbable and ludicrous

the better.

The

horse being pressed by hunger,

eats the salt, but

becoming

thirsty,

in

conse-

Accordiug to the

last

Population Returns, 16,5)2,144.

I

86

NEW ART

OF MEMORY.
;

quence, drinks the wine

the wine has an effect

upon him, he becomes

frantic,

breaks the bars

of iron, and endangers the safety of the sheep.

The symbol

for

12

is

David with

the

Lion;

David must hold the

horse, and take

especial

care that the Lion does not devour the sheep.

In the course of our reading,

to

if it

be required

commit

to

stance respecting a country,

memory any remarkable circumwe should take a

it

sheet of paper and divide

as our table

is

di-

vided, placing in the appropriate squares a re-

semblance, or
circumstance
will assist

rude outline,
to

of the

object

or

be remembered.

This

mode

the

memory

very materially, and ex-

cite a greater

degree of attention than the mere

presented to the mind by reading.

idea which
3.

is

Military Power.

The

state

of the mili-

tary force, in

time of peace as well as of war,

divisions into artilor,

must be considered, with the

lery, cavalry,

and

infantry

any

other

ar-r

rangement may be made which the nature of the

military force, in

any

particular

country,

may

demand.

The square may

be thus divided:

CEOGRAPHY.
4. Extent in

8?

Square Miles.

Here we should
be
culti-

divide the square into several parts, significant

of the face of the country

vated or

whether

it

uncultivated, wood-land,

meadow,

or

pasture, arable, etc. and what

tent of water in the country.
5.

may be

the ex-

Government.

If die

government be mositting

narchial, a king

may be supposed
;

upon the

throne, attended by princes

kind, he
6.
is

or, if
aaid

of the mixed

supported by Lords
Tn
this are

Commons.

Commerce.

arranged the prin-

cipal exports and imports, and whatever relates

to trade in general.
7.

^rts and Manufactures.

be

Those of Eng-

land might be represented in many ways.

will
sufficient,

It

perhaps, to place there the

steam-engine and the cotton-mill, and there will

be a

visible

remembrance of the

arts

and manu-

factures of our
8.

own

country.

The

Sciences.

To

this

square belong th

principal universities or foundations for the pro-

pagation and increase of knowledge, with the

various literary and scientific Institutions, as also

the philosophers, poets, etc. etc.

This general system of

statistics is

applicable,
its

of course, to any particular country, and to

various subdivisions.
it

In England, for instance,

to every county,

might be applied
as
it is

the

sam

manner,

used for the whole kingdom.

CHAP.

IV.

)mtox^.

JL

HE

pupil having acquired

some knowledge of
his me-<-

the details of geography, including statistical tables,

and also of the mode of fixing in

mory
will

the chronological succession of sovereigns,

proceed to the study of history with peculiar

advantages.

The

following arrangement of

some

dates will

introduce us to the application of the mnemonical principles to history.

Room

Place 6

4 7 4 r
9

There are here

decennials
;

units of years, tens

of years, or

and hundreds or centuries.

As

the

division into

rooms already noticed,

will

be here

resorted to,

we

cut off the

first

series of units,

and

call

them places ; the next which

are rejected

HISTORY.
are

69
figures,

named

stripes

and the remaining

rooms.
teenth

For example, 1786, would be sevenroom, eighth

stripe,

and

sixtli

place

1524, fifteenth room, second

place,

stripe,
is

and fourth

and so of the

rest.

87

in

room, or

the

room

of units and tens,* eightii stripe and

seventh place.
tion of pictures,

When we

view a choice collecthe excelits

some impressions of

lence of a particular picture, and of

in the

situation

room
the
it

or gallery, are generally fixed in the

mind.
suggest

The remembrance
situation
will not

of one picture will

of another,

and

in

this

manner
are

be

ditiicult to fix the

:

places
there

of the more conspicuous paintings

and

if

many rooms,
it is

the

particular

room may be
filled

distinguished.

Instead of a

room being

widi pictures,

easy to imagine that

it is
:

oc-

cupied by the events of a whole century

in this

room

are

all

the years, reduced to localities.

A
Plate

room
I. fig.

is

now

taken with three walls, (see

nnIucIi
is

7)
;

each of

divided

into

three stripes

and each
as

stiipe into nine

compartinstances,

ments or squares,

ue

have, in

some

done on our

walls.
is

Each
the
first

of these stripes
ten,

now

a ten;

and before
is

there

is

O
the

stripe,

which

placed

Tne second

io

room of centuries.

13

90
on the

KEW ART OP MEMORY.

floor
:

on

this are

put

1, 2,

3, etc. to 9.

The number 100 must be placed on

the

the cieling

of the second room, which should be divided in

same way.

This number

will also serve as

an inscription to designate the room.

As

it

will

be needful to appropriate a room to

each century, there will be occasion for a series of rooms.

This

series will

be thus arranged.

HISTORY.
Strongly

^1

upon the memorv,

that the proprietor of the

may be observed room h a great linguist,

it

and the idea of the confusion of languages cannot

fail

to suggest to us the

Tower of Babel, the

distinguishing

symbol of this room.

The second room will be designated by the Swan ; the occupant of this room may be much attached to the study of ornithology he may be fond of birds, and possess an extensive
;

aviary.

The

third

room

will

have Parnassus or the

room may be the habitation of a poety or of one who has a taste for poetry. If there 1)6 not a sufficient number of rooms in our own
Mountain;
this

house, some of those belonging to our frienda

may be

engaged, whether they be at London,

Edinburgh, or Vienna.
ideally, in order,

Having placed them

we

are

now

ready to

fix

what-

ever

is

required to be remembered.
in the history of

For example,
be found
that

England

it

will

William the Conqueror began to

reign in lOGQ.

This date must be placed

sixth stripe,
will

in

the tenth room,

and

sixth

place.

The
shall

tenth

room

belong to Goliath, and

this idea

we
and
or

have associated

with the room, by

size

comparing the possessor

to Goliath in

hape, or in character for courage, bravery,

92

NEW AKT

OF MEMORY.

any other similar

quality.

The

second king

is

William Riifus, who ascended the throne

in the

year 1087; he will, of course, be placed in the

same room, on
between

the eighth

stripe,

and seventh

place, and the whole of the stripes and places

this

and the former, may be devoted to

.

William the Conqueror.

Charlemagne, who was crowned Emperor

the year 800,
is,

in

naturally, placed

on the cieling
to

of the eighth

room,

the

room belonging

Midas.

With Charlemagne may be arranged

that of

Egbert, or any king of another country whose

reign

was coeval with

the present
familiar,
it

Charlemagne.
arrangement has

When
become

historical

will

be proper to take -a

sheet of paper for every century, forming a

room

and making the proper

and a
fact
floor, as

divisions

of three walls

above described.

particular

may be

then put upon paper, by sketching a

rude outline of the circumstances, by figures of

animate or inanimate beings

this,

though

it

may

appear

to

some unnecessary,
upon
the
usual

will

imprmt the
forcibly to

different facts

memory more

than the
writing.

mode of committing them

v'ill

This

be sufficiently exemplified by
:

the following bieroglyphic

ttlSTORV.

93

A
It
is

\
A
convention was en-

thus explained.

tered into in Eg)'pt,

between General Khber,

on

the part of the French, and the

Grand

Vizier

on the part of the Sublime Porte, which was

approved by the Cabinet of London.
straight line with the crescent

The

on

its

top denotes

the

Grand

Vizier, by

its

superior height to the

is

perpendicular line which

to represent General

Kleber

the line

drawn through the centre of

is

this line

forming 2 acute angels,

intended for

the General's sword.

To

denote the convention

in the

two

lines are

drawn, which meet together

centre, and represent the shaking of hands, or a

meeting.

The
is

convention was formed

in

Egypt,

which
on the
placed

is

signified

by a pyramid.

The Cabinet

of London

typified

by the

outline of a cabinet
;

right of the
in

diagram

the head of a ship

it

the square

denotes London, as

is

frequented

more than any other port by

ships.

94

KEW ART or MEMORY.

It is not to

be supposed
difficult in

that each division will

it is

become more
with events.
case.
It
is

proportion as

filled

The much

reverse indeed

will

be the

greater labor to retain a few

different squares,

facts scattered throughout the

than

it

is

to

remember

a multiplicity of them, If

each being arranged

in order.

we

take a

few

insulated facts, there can be but

little
is

connexion

between them

but when there

a multiplicity

of events disposed in order, by associating them

together, the one assists the

remembrance of the
is

other, and a strong connecting chain

formed,

the links of which can scarcely be broken.

facility

of committing these facts to

their

The memory is

increased by
facts
facts
;

number.

In selecting the

we

should be careful to take the simple

cir-

and not to mistake their connecting

cumstances, or consequences, for the facts themselves.

It

may be

asked, perhaps,

is

there not occa?

sion for a different

tainly not.

room

for every country

Cer-

The

history

of one country must

never be separated from the history of another

country.

We

can

.scarcely

speak of an event of

very great political importance which has hap-

pened in England, without

Indies, etc. etc.

involvii)g the history

of most of the European States, of the East

The

political

interests of

one

country are almost always united with those of

HISTORY.
another country.

95

Sometimes, the events of one

nation are of high importance; sometimes those

of another nation.
nation to

The

gradual progress of a

power, and the gradual decline an^

extinction of that

power must be
in

familiar to

every one

who

is,

the

slightest

degree, ac-

quainted with history.

like the fabled

The wheel
fi>rtune, is

of power,
continually

wheel of

revolving

and, as one nation, in one century,

;

takes the lead in importance and influence

the

next views

it

sunk into insignificance,

and conse-

quently yery unproductive of peculiar or striking

events.

Some, however, may

as

object, that

we

shall

not be able to distinguish any particular event, so

to assign
this

event to

its

proper country.

There can be, however, no

particular

fear of this.

Sou^e

circumstances

connected with,
itself,

and
to

inseparable from, the fact

cannot

fail

distinguish the country in which this event hap-

pened, whether

in

England, France, Spain, Ger-

many, or any other part of the world.

Hitherto, that period of time only has been

considered which
Christ.

is

posterior to the Birth of

this period,

Antecedently to

however,

there

is

a space of four thousand and four years.

This time, though embracing a large number of

years,
is

by no means so pregnant with events as

that after the Birth of Christ.

0(5

KEW ART OF MEMORY.

I. fig.

Plate
turies,

8. represents the series of cenleft

and on the

of this series are placed tke

the creation to the

events that happened from

Birth of Christ.
It

would be easy
;

to

assign
first

to each year

its

proper place

but the
it

SOOO

years are so
useless to

barren of events, that

so
;

would be

do

and the

difficulty

of remembrance would be

enhanced by the paucity of dates worthy of being

committed

to

memory.
there
is

We

ought not to take

fix.

rooms where
necessary to

nothing to

It is only
;

know

the true series of facts

the

years must be put into words.

Thgre are but

In

four years before the four thousandth year.

these the Creation, and the birth of Cain and

Abel, are the principal events.

From 4000

to

1000 there
facts.

are not

If there

more than thirty principal were 300, not more than three
required.

rooms would be

The

period which

includes the histories of Greece and

Rome,
;

will

produce a greater number of

will be

facts

and there

more

certainty as

to

the dates.

From
(See

the building of Rome then to the Birth of Christ,

there will be occasion for seven rootns.

Plate

1. fig. 9.)

These remarks

will suffice for the antient

for

and

modern
diluvian

history,

the antediluvian and post-

periods.

We

may, however, wish to

remember not

only the principal facts in general

HISTORY,
history,

97
fix

but to
tlie

enchain and

the fleeting

visions of

moment,

those passing incidents

us.

Avhich interest, amuse, or instruct

" The

sacred
*'

treasure

of the past"

is

not the only

substantial

shadow" which

will
shall

be registered be enabled to

in

our ideal repository.

We

arrange y^re events, and thus have an orderly

disposition of every circumstance of business or

pleasure, in which

repository

we may be engaged. In this may be placed passing events, those

same sepulchre.

already entombed in the grave of time, and those

which

are yet to seek the

Our

ideal almanack will enable us not only to register

bills

appointments

but

to enrol the

payment of

and other mercantile concerns.

it

To

the

diarist

will

be a neverfailing source of profita-

ble istruction and amusement.

To

fix the

events of a whole year

more places
Every

are required.

Our

year

is

divided into months,

weeks, and days; and into four seasons.

room
three
stripes.

has four

sides.

Every season contains

wall
10.)

months,

and each
I. fig.

contains

three

(See Plate
first,

The months

are
;

named

second, third, fourth, and so on

on each

stripe

are the days of the month, and

consequently a sufficient
places, in

which the

facts

number of squares or and events may be

the
first,

arranged.

To remember

second, and
inta

third mouths, the figures

may be changed

98
letters,

NEW ART
and the
it

OF MEMOEY.
words,
if

letters into

necessary.

If

be required to commit to

memory some
the'

remarkable circumstance which happened on

25th of June,
(sixth
letters

we

should take the figures 6,25

month, 25th day,) and change them into

;

these

would he d n
or

i; of this

we might
If

make Daniel,
it

any other word that would

associate better with the nature of the event.

be 6,8 (June 8th) we might say d v (dove)

it

and connect
event.

with the leading feature of the'

The
ready

advantage of resorting to symbols for

the representation of sensible objects, has, al-

been

insisted

upon

it

must, however,

be repeated, that the rude outline of any one

object, if

drawn upon the paper,

essentially

will contri-

bute more
stance

to imprint the

circum-

upon

the

memory, than whole pages of

detail.

laboured description and minute

The
this

Egyptian

hieroglyphics

were formed

in

May, and the key to

their

interpretation

(the

combination of the different images) was a sacred

trust

reposited with the priests.

The symbols
purpose of

which may be formed

secret writing
:

will serve the

for

we may be

well assured that

they will be as unintelligible to every one but

ourselves,
as

the

piiest-writing

was,

to

the

profanum vulgus of Egypt.

CHAP.

V.

I^ausuase*

Sect.

1. 0/i

learnins Lanc^uafres,
is,

J.

HE

learning of Languages

in these days,
at

an object of such general pursuit, and

the

same time of such

real

importance, that every

its

plan of instruction which has for

object to

abridge the labour of this study, or to give per-

manence
sideration
attention.

to

its

acquisitions,

comes

to our

con-

with

the
first

strongest

claims

on our

The

approach to the study of

view a long and dreary

Languages presents

to

passage, but which must be travelled through

with care and diligence, by those

who
it

wish to

make any
tainly
this

useful

progress.

Now

would cer-

be a great advantage to turn and shorten

toilsome road, and to be enabled to pursue

our journey through the regions of science by

more

direct and less fatiguing advances.

That any course of learning should be devised

by which the acquisition of Languages
shall

be

100

NEW ART oy MEMORY.

it

rendered an expeditious and unlaborious task,

would be presumptuous
be reasonably hoped,

to expect.

But

it

may
im-

that, in the progressive

provement of
of instruction

human may be

experience,

new methods

introduced, in this as well

as in other sciences,
facilities to learning,

which may afford additional

and clear away many obsta-

cles to

improvement which former ages were

^

unable to remove.
It
is

quite obvious that the difficulty in ac-

quiring a foreign language consists in the consti-

tutional difference of our native tongue, and that

which we propose to

learn.

If the

grammatical

properties of the two languages were similar, the

mere obtaining of a copia verborum would be

an undertaking of no great
considerable a labour
it

difficulty.

But how

is

to

obtain a perfect

knowledge even of the genders and declensions

of nouns, the conjugations of verbs, and other
matters which are the very initials of language,

any one

who

has had the least experience of the

testify.

drudgery of teaching can well

It

would seem,

then, that

one of the most

extensive facilities which can be afforded in this

matter,

is

to point out the affinities of different

to systematise, as far as can be, their

languages

similarities

and, where
their

it is

practicable, to tjace

and

notify

variances.

In other

words.

LANGUAGE.
if

101
to exhibit the

the expression

may be allowed,
this nature will

uriivenalities of language.

Something of

be attempted in
it

the present chapter.

constitutes
a

It

is

inserted, because

part of

M. Von

Feinaigle's

in-

structions
it will

and because the Editor hopes

that,

be found to contain some useful matter.

to delude the reader into
will

But he does not mean

an expectation that he

be here provided with

a sort of talismanic key, which shall enable him,

without labor and without loss of time, to unlock the janua linguaruni.
ever

Indeed that (what-

some

interested enthusiasts
intelligent reader

may pretend)

is

what no

would expect, nor

All that

any honest

man

venture to promise.

will be here

attempted will be, to exhibit some

of the most important similarities of different

languages

to

show

that, notwithstanding indivistill

dual peculiarities, they

retain strong

marks

of

affinity in

many

essential particulars.

Facies non omnibus nna,

Kec tamen

diversa

qualem decet esse sororum.

Ov. Met.
l.

2. V.

13.

And,

to bring the matter

more home

to practice,

to offer

some

rules,

by the assistance of which

usefully applied to the ac-

one language may be

quisition of another.

As we

are about to consider

some of

the uni-

k3

102

NEW ART

OF MEMOllY.
it

versal properties of language,

may

not, per-

haps,

be thought improper to enter

on the

subject with a slight sketch of the origin of lan-

guage.

Sect. 2.

Sketch of

the Origin

of Language.
that

*'

We

are informed

by Scripture,

when
was

the building of Babel was begun, about eighteen

hundred years
of one speech.

after the fall, tliewhoJe earth

And had no
it

miraculous inter-

position taken place,

traces of
it

is

probable, that
in

some

would have remained

day.

every lan-

guage
time,

to

this

For, though, in so long a

many words must have been changed, introduced, aid many forgotten, in every many country, yet men being all of the same family,
and
all

deriving their speech from the only one

it

primitive tongue,

may be presumed
still
:

that

some
all

of the original words would

have been in
even as in

use throughout the whole eaith

the

modern languages of Europe, some Greek,

is

and some Hebrew, and a great deal of Latin,

still

discernible.
this
;

But Providence

thouglit

lit

to

prevent

and by confounding the language

the

of the builders of Babel, to establish in

world a

variety of primitive tongues.

^
fp

"F

" Languages

are either Primitive or Derived.

LANGUAGE.

103

That those which are formed out of the ame

parent tongue should
ther,
all
all

resemble

it

and one anois

and yet should

be

different,

not

more

wonderful, than that children and

tlieir

parents

should be marked with a general family likeness,

and

each distinguished
Italian,

by peculiar

features.

Spanish,

Portuguese,

French,

and a

great deal of the English

Tongue, are derived

from the Latin

with the addition of

many new

words, and new modes of termination and syntax

which were introduced by the northern nations.

And,
LiBtin

therefore,

all

these languages resemble the

;

and one another

it,

and yet each

But,

is

different

from

and from

all

the rest.

if

we could
Gothick

compare two
ther, the

original or primitive tongues toge-

Hebrew

for instance, with the

or the Celtick, or the language of China, with

that of the

Hurons

in

North America, we should

:

not discern, perhaps, the least similitude

considering that
all

which,
fa-

mankind are of the same

mily, could not be fully accounted for without

supposing, that some

that at
tlie

preternatural events like

confusion of Babel, had

some time

or other taken place.

difficulties."*

But

this history solves all

Beattie on Language, in his Dissertations, pp. 304-

206, 4.

104
This
gin of
is

NEW ART OF
ilie

MfiMOftY.

the general opinion respecting the oridiversity of

Languages; but

it

is

not

an uncontroverted

doctriiie.

Dr. Priestley*
mangene-

has argued upon this point in the following

ner

:
diversity of language
is

" The present

rally

believed to

have taken

its

rise

from the

building of Babel, and to have been brought

about by the interposition of the Divine Being;

but

it is

no

uiipiety to suppose, that this (agree-

able to most other

operations of the

Deity)

might have been brought about by natural means.

The
tions.

possibility of this natural

deviation seems

to be

deduced from the following considera-

"

First.

The

primitive

language,
first

or

that

which was spoken by the

family

of the

human
in their

race,

must have been very scanty, and

purposes of their descendants,

insufficient for the

growing acquaintance with the world.

" Second/^.
of writing,
it

Not being

fixed by the practice

liable to variation.

would be very

" Thirdly.
have been
inflections,

Supposing the primitive language

to have had few inflections, (because few

sufficient,)
it

would

would

easily

admit any

which chance or design might sug-

* Lecture on the Theory of Language, p. 287, and

leeq.

LANGUA.OE,
gest to the founders
their

lOJ

of different families, or to

successors.

These

different

inflections

would consequenily introduce

tions of words,

different construc-

and different rules of syntax

and thus what are called the very stamina of

languages, would be formed independently of

one another, and admit of

all

possible varieties.

" Fourthly.

Considering into what different

climates mankind were dispersed, furnished with

the bare rudiments of the art of speech, into

what

different

ways of

living they fell,

and

how
it

long they continued without the art of writing,

(without which no language can be
fixed,)

seems

to be

no woixier that languages should be

;

so different as they are

rules

both with respect to the fundamentals

of inflection,

with the

of
the

grammar which depend upon them, and

words of which they consist. " Tiie difficulty which some allege there
world so very
not only

is,

in conceiving hosv languages should arise in the

different,
in

the words,

but in the manner of using them, seems to arise

wholly from the supposition, that the primitive

language was copiou'^, regular, and perfect

its

in all

parts: the difficulty of changing such a lanis

guage
is

allowed

but the

fact, is

apprehended,

nuich easier accounted for upon the present

hypoihusis.

"

To

these arguments

it

may be added,

that

106

NEW ART

OF MfiMORY.

to a person thoroughly acquainted with the pre-* sent state of mankind,

ti.e

prodigious diversity of

human manners and customs may probably appear almost as

difficult to

be accounted

for, as

the diversity of languages only."

The
on

late

Dr. G. GRnGORY
that
it

has obsefved

this subject,

is

impossible to say what

was the nature of the confusion of language at Babe/ ; whether it consisted in the invention of

new The

tortus, or in

the improper use of the old.

miracle at Bahel, he adds, might be only

sufficient

a temporary confusion,*

to set aside
:

that useless and absurd undertaking

and

it

is

more

natural to

suppose, that the consequent

dispersion of mankind was the effect of dissentions occasioned

by having misunderstood each

other, than that ihey could not live together, be-

cause they did not

language.
II.

all

continue to speak the same

The

origin of alphabetical writing

is

in-

volved in as

much doubt

as that of the diversity

* This conjecture, as
is

Dr. Gregory

states in a note,

fonfirmed by a criticism of Mr. Bryant, wlio remarks,

his analysis of

in

Ancient Mytiiology, that

("THJli^

really

signifies lip,

and that consequently the

in the language,

niiia(;le

was not

any alteration
in labial
tlaey

but a failure or incapacity

utterance, which, soon after their separation,

recovered.

LANGUAGE.
of language
arisen
;

107

and the controversies which have

side pretending to found their argu-

on both subjects have been Mmilarly con-

ducted

one

ments on the authority of the Scriptures, and

the other side

denymg

that those records furnish

any such inference.

They who have

allege that the
first

recourse to supernaturnl interfor

position to account

the

origin of writing,

alphabetical writings were the

two

tables of stone, which, as

we

are infoi

med

by Moses, were written by the

himself.

finger

of (iod
(in the

And

it

must be acknowledged

words of Dr. Priestley)

that the oldest acco. nt

we have

concerning the use of letters in Asia

is

and Greece

so circumstanced, as by
It

no means

to clash with this hypothesis.

seems Itkewise

very probable from

Robertson's
the

compansou of
origi-

Alphabets, that
nally

all

known ones might

have been derived from the llebiew, or

Samaritan.

But

in opposition to

these arguments

it

has

been asked
such an
noted

If the Deity

had taught or revealed

is
it

art to

mankind, why

not explicitly

in

that

complete history of revelation,

to us
?

which inspiration has handed down

writing on the tables at

The
is

Mount
it

Sinai
if it

not

spoken of as a new invention; and

such, and particularly
if
is

had been

had been the imme*

diate act of the Deity,

there the least proba-

108

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

important a fact would have been
?

bility tl*t so

omitted by the sacred historian

rious other arguments in

There

are va-

this matter,
;

but these
shall close

form the hinge of the dispute

this

and we

subject with a very satisfactory observation

of Dr. Priestley,
fections of
all

who

reniarks, that, the

imper-

alphabets,
to

the

Hebrew by no
skill,

means excepted, seems

result of such

argue them not to

but the

have been the product of divine

a concurrence
all

of accident and

gradual improvement as
M'hat

human

arts,

and

we

call inventions,

owe

certainly, the

alphabets in

For use bear no marks of

their birth to.

the regularity and perfection of the works of nature

:

the

reason

more we consider the latter, we see to admire their beauty,

whereas, the more

the

more

just pro-

portions, and consequent fitness to answer their

respective ends

we examine
and

the former, the

more
all

defects, superfluities,

imperfections of

kinds

we

discover iu them.

Besides, had there ever been a divine alphabet,

it

would

certainly have established itself in the

its

world by

manifest excellence, particularly as,

upon

this

supposition,

mankind were incapable of

devising one themselves.

Ill,

But whatever may be the origin of /zci

phabeticai
bets are,

iiing,

it is

certain that

all

alpha-

more or

less, defective.

In the orit

thography of modern languages, in particular,

LANGUAGE.
is

109
has
feeen

great

inconvenience,

as

truly

observed,* that the pronunciation does not cor-

respond with the writing

ters

but that the same let-

have different sounds, and the same sounds

:

are often represented by different letters

letters also,

some

according to the pronunciation, are

superfluous in

some words,
is

in others

letters are

wanting.
tion

This

chiefly a

mark of
:

their deriva-

from other languages

since, in

many of
to the an-

those differences, the speUing leans

tients,

when

the pronunciation

is

modern.

Tlius

the (p) in the

word

receipt

is

not pronounced

but

it

shows the derivation of the word from

in

recipio

Latin.

Some words of
:

the

same
a dis-

sound are spelled

differently, to preserve

tinction in writing, as air, heir

hair, hare, etc.

Other words, on the contrary, which are spelled

in the

same manner, are pronounced

;

differently,

to preserve a distinction in speaking

as I

readr

and

have read.

Sect. 3.

Accmint of some attempts towards forming a universal Character or Alphabet.

All
the

alphabets

extant

are

charged

by

Bishop Wilkin s

with

great

irregularities,

* Priestley's Lectures on Language, p. 43.

no
with

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

respect both
to

order,

number, power,

figure, etc.

As

to the order

it

appears, says he, inartificial,

precarious, and confused, as the vowels and con-

sonants are not reduced into classes, with such

order of precedence and subsequence as their

natures will bear.

Of
is

this

imperfection

the

Greek alphabet, which

tive,
is

one of the
:

least defec-

far

from being

free

for instance, the

Greeks should have separated the consonants

from

the vowels

after the

vowels they should

have placed the diphthongs, and then the consonants

;

whereas, in

fact,
o

the order

is

so per-

verted, that

we

find the

the fifteenth letter in

&>,

the order of the alphabet, and the

the tvi'enty-fourth

or long o,
fifth,

and

last

the

the

and

the n the seventh letter.

With

respect to number, they are both redun-

dant and deficient; redundant

by allotting the
as in the

same sound to several

and k,f and ph
;

letters,

Latin c

or by reckoning double letters

among
Greek
the

the simple elements of speech, as in the

I and
^|/,

the Latin q or cu,

x or

ex,

and

consonant.

They

are deficient in

many

respects,

particularly with regard to

vowels, of

which seven or eight kinds are commonly used,

though the Latin alphabet takes notice only of
five.

Add

to this, that

the difference

among

LANGUAGE.
them with regard
to long

Ill
is

and short,

not

suffi-

ciently provided against.

The powers
confusion
rally
;

again are not

more exempt from

the vowels, for instance, are geneto have

acknowledged
;

each of them several

different sounds

and among the consonants we

their different

need only bring as evidence of

nunciation the letter c in the
in the

pro-

word
it

circa,

and

word negligence.
in the

Hence

happens, that

some words
nounced

are diflferently written, though pro-

same manner,

as cessio

and

sessio

and others are

are the

different in pronunciation,

which

same

in writing, as give, dare,

and give,

vinculum.
Finally,

he adds, the
is

Jigtires are

but

ill

con-

certed, there

nothing in the characters of the

vowels answerable to the different manner of pronunciation

;

nor in the consonants analogous to

their agreements, or disagreements.

As we

are

on

this subject,

the reader

may

not

be displeased,

perhaps,

to

have the
for the

various

schemes which have been proposed

dation and correction of the

emen-

English Alphabet

brought together
**

in

one concise view.

for

There have been many schemes offered

which,
like that of other nations,

the emendation and settlement of our ortho-

graphy

being

formed by chance, or according

the earliest writers in rude ages,

to the fancy

of

was

at first verj

112

NEW ART
:

OF

MEMORY.
is

various and uncertain, and

yet sufficiently irre-

gular
to

of these reformers

some have endeavoured

better to the prois

accommodate orthography

nunciation, without considering that this

to

measure by a shadow
or standard, which
it. is

to take that for a

modet

changing while they apply

Others,

less

absurdly indeed, but with equal

to

unlikelihood of success, have endeavoured

proportion

the

number of

letters

to
its

that

of

sounds, that every sound

racter,

may have

own

cha-

and every character a single sound.

the orthography of a

would be

Such new language to

to prevail
all

be formed by a synod of grammarians upon principles of science.

But who can hope

their practice,
?

on nations

to

change

and make

the old books useless

or what advantage would

equivalent to the con-

new orthography procure

" One of
the
first

fusion and perplexity of such an alteration.

who proposed a scheme of Sir Thomas Smith, Secretary of Slate to Queen Elizabeth, a man of real learning, and nmch practised in grammatical After him auother mode of disquisitions.*
regular orthography, was

In the prefa;'

'

ohnson's English Dictionary

.iiatled) a f^peclmevi

(from

whWA this

h.

may be
juoper

seen of .Ilia rfePoTMcrj orif>g)ifhy.

ty,p98,

Tke want

ol"

itowever, renders

>*

y^">^^'ii^h\t

to etliibit this

and

ptji^r spe,ciaieu3 here.

LANGUAGE.
writing was offered by

113
the
cele-

Dr. Gill,

brated Master of St. Paul's School in London.

Dr. Gill was followed by

a

Charles Butler,

man who did

not want an understanding which

might have qualified him for better employment.

He

seems to have been more sanguine than

his

predecessors, for he printed his book according

to his
'*

own scheme.

In the time of

Charles
among

I.

there was a

very prevalent inclination to change the ortho-

graphy

as

appears,

other books,

in

such editions of the works of Milton as were

published by himself.

Of

these reformers every

;

man had

his

own scheme
by

but they agreed in

letters

one general design of accommodating the

(o the pronunciation,

ejecting such as they

thought superfluous.
written these lines thus

Some of them would

:

have

All the erth

Shall then be paradis, far happier place

Than

this

of Eden, and far happier dais.

"

Bishop Wilkins

afterwards, in his great

work of the philosophical language, proposed,

without expecting to be followed, a regular or-

thography

by which the Lord's prayer

is

to

be

written thus

Yr FSdher
dhyi
erth as

hsitsh

art

in h6ven, hfllloed bi
sill

nam, dhi cingdym cym, dhy

it is

bi

dyn

in

in

heven, etc."

l3

ili

NEW ART

OF MEMORY.

Here Dr. Johnson has closed bis account, which we shall emleavour to complete by noticing

some other philosophical speculations of a

to the

similar nature that have been submitted

public.

But we

shall

first

present the reader

with a more detailed accourit of Bishop Wilkins'

plan of a universal and philosophical language.

This account we

shall

give in an extract from

Dr. Priestley's
Language, because

Lectures on the Theory of

it

contains
it,

the

most clear
be

and concise exposition of

given.

that can possibly

" Having
labour
to

in the

first

place, with

prodigious
all
;

and

exactness,

distributed

things

which names are given

into classes

under

forty genuses or general heads,

(some of which,

however, are subordinate to others) he assigns a

short and simple character to each of these forty

genuses,---a definite variation of the character, to

each difference under the genuses,

variation for each species,
etc.
all

and
By

a further

this

means,

the characters, representing

things that have

names, have the same analogies with one another

that the things themselves have.

" Characters being provaded

things, the

for the

names of
of words,

grammatical

distinctions

numbers,
" In

tenses, persons, voices, etc. are

denoted

by some appendage
this

to the character.

manner may we be furnished with an

LANGUAGE.
universal character,
directly,

115

which

shall represent ideas

without the intervention of any sounds,

and which may be equally understood by people

using any language whatever.*

"

To make

this character efFable,

the

Doctor

(Wilkins) appropriates a

single

sound to the

characters representing each genus and difterence,

and also

to
:

each variation and appendage before

mentioned

and they are so contrived, that the

all

simple sounds adapted to

the

parts

of the

most complex character may be pronounced with

ease, as

one word.
tliis

" By

means any people,

after

they had

applied this character to represent their ideas,

might soon learn to read

it

in

the

same manner

Tbc languages of Europe have one

writiny;.

instance of this

kind of

Their aritkmeliculfiguus, which were de-

rived from the Arabians, arc signiticantiBarks precisely of

the sarae nature as the universal characters ai)Ove
tioued.
figure

men*
for

They have no depondcnte on words

represents an object
it

but each

represents
all

the

number

which

stands
is

and accordingly, on being presented to

the nations,

the eye,

equally understood by

who have

agreed in the use of those cyphers

by Italians, Spaniards,
each nu-

French and English, however diflerent the languages of

those nations are from one another, and whatever dift'erent

names they give

in tlieir respective languages, to

merical cypher. JB?Jr on the Belles Lett. Led.

vii.

H6

NEW ART
;

OF MEMORY.
whereby,
in

as any other people

conversation

as well as in writing, they

might make themselves

perfectly understood by one another.

" The elements of

are so few, and
easy, that the

this

character and language

the combination

of them so

Doctor

(VVilkins) says he has

no

doubt, that a person of a good capacity and

meto

mory may,

in

one month's space, attain

his

good readiness of expressing " As the names of

prehended
ences, the
in tables

mind

this

way,

either in the character or language.

individuals cannot

be comdiffer-

of genuses and their

Dt)ctor (VVilkins) hath contrived an

ALPHABET
human
sets

of
;

all

the simple articulations of the

voice

to

which he hath assigned two

:

of characters, to be used at pleasure

the

one consists of short and plain strokes, the other

is

a kind of delineation of the position of the

organs in forming the articulations."

This plan

Dr. Priestley considers the

most

rational of all the plans of a universal

and phi*

losophical
this

language.
is

And

he adds, whenever
it

noble project
to

resumed,

seems

to

be im-

possible
this.

proceed upon a better plan than

principal thing that
it

The

is

wanting to the

perfection of

is

a more perfect distribution of

things into classes than,

state

perhaps,

the present

of knowledge can enable us to make.

LANGUAGE.
Mr. JiODWicK,
actions* gives
Alphabet.'
'

117

in t\ie

Philosophical TranS"

an Essay towards an universal

to contain an

His plan was

enumeused in

ration of all such single sounds, as are

any language

by means of which people should

truly

be able

to

pronounce

and

readily any lan-

guage; to describe the

pronunciation of any

language that shall be pronounced in their hearing, so as others

accustomed

to this language,

though they had never heard the language pronounced,

it
:

shall at first
lastly,

be able

truly to

pronounce
serve

and

this

character was to

to

perpetuate the sounds

ever.

of any language what-

The

construction of " a

new

alphabet, and a

reformed mode of spelling," has also occupied

the attention of that celebrated Philosopher,

Dr.
mis-

Franklin.
cellaneous

His plan may be seen

In
this

in his

works.'!"

alphabet he has
letter should

attempted to provide that no

have

two sounds, and every sound should be represented by a distinct letter. " It is to be observed
(he says) that in
all

the letters, vowels, and con-

sonants, wherever they are

met
is

with, or in what-

ever company, their sound

r

always the same.

Vol. xvi. p. 126.

t

Vol.

ii.

p.

357. ed. Lond. 1806.

il8
It
is

NEW ART
used in spelling
;

OF MEMORY.
no superfluous
letter that
six
is

also intended, that there be

;

letters

i.

e.

no
by

not

sounded

and

this alphabet,

new

letters,

provides that there be no distinct sounds in the

language, without letters to express them.

to the difference
it is

As

between short and long vowels,

naturally expressed by a single vowel,

;

where

short

a double one, where long

as for

mend,

write

mend;
;

but

for

remaitied,

write re-

meen'd

for

did write did, but for deed write

diid, etc."

In

this

alphabet c
its

is

omitted as unnecessary
s

k supplying

hard sound, and

the soft

also supplies well

the place of z, and with an s

.r :

added, the place of

omitted.

q and x are therefore

as oo,

The vowel

u, being sounded

makes the
simply,
is

unnecessary.
i,
:

The

?/,

where used
as a diphis

supplied by

and where

thong, by two vowels

that letter

therefore

omitted as useless.
its

The jod,

j,

is

also omitted,
letter,

sound being supplied by a new

which

serves other purposes.

The philosophical construction of the alphabet may be best seen in the following account, writ*
ten by himself, and entitled
:

LANGUAGE.
"

IIQ

Remarks
^It
is

oh the alphabetical Table."

to give the alphabet a
first witli

endeavoured
;

more nU'

\ fund order
to
<'

beginning:

the simple sounds

huh

J help
r

formed by the breath, with none or very little of tongue, teeth, and lips, and produced
chiefly in the windpipe.

C Then
^'
'

coming forward

to tliose

formed by the roof

i of the tongue next to the windpipe.

j.^

^ Then

to those,

formed more forward, by the

forc

t.

d.

i part of the tongue, against the roof of the

mouth.
in

{Then
$.z.

those formed

still

more forward

the
to

mouth, by the tip of tlie tongue, applied the roots of the upper teeth.

first

^1 Then
/
^''

to those

formed by the

tip of the tongue, ap-

plied to the ends or edges of the upper teeth.

C Then to those formed still more forward, by the ^ under lip applied to the upper teeth.

{Then

to those

formed yet more forward, by the

lip

upper and under

ing breath.

opening to

let

out

tiie

sound-

m.

/ And lastly, ending with the shutting up of the mouth, or closing the lips while any vowel is
t.sO"uding.

It

is

impossible for want of proper types to

of the Doctor's reformed

give a specimen here

mode

of spelling

but several examples may be

seen in the 3rd vol. of his works, p. S57, in

which

is

inserted a

correspondence which was

120

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

Doctor and Miss Steand
of
the
his
in
this

carried on between the

phenson, on

subject,
utility

which

the

former urges the

endeavours
against it."*
to

scheme, and
raised

answer

objections

Mr.
vation,

Noah Webster,
"
to render our

another American

author, has

proposed a more moderate innoorthography sufficiently

-regular and easy."

1.

The

omission of

all

superfluous or silent
give, bread, built,
spelt,

letters.

Thus bread, head,

meant, realm, friend, would be

bred,

hed, giv, brest, bilt, ment, relm, frend.

2.

A substitution

of a character that has a

is

certain definite sound, for one that

more vague
neer, speek,

and indeterminate.
grieve, zeal,

Thus, mean, near, speak,

would become, meen,

greeve, zeel.

Thus key should be

daughter, dawter
;

written kee

laugh, laf;

blood, blud

character, karacter; chorus, korus, etc.

3.

trifling alteration in

a character, or the

addition of a point would distinguish different

sounds, without the substitution of a

new chaall his

* Mr.

Webster

states, that the

Doctor, amidst

other employments,

public and private, actually conl-

piled aUictionai7 on this scheme of reform, and procured

types to be cast for priiiting

printed.

it.

But

it

never was

LANGUAGE.
racter.

HI
the

Thus

a very
its

small stroke across

would

distinguish

two sounds.
all

point over

a vowel might answer

ferent letters.

the purposes of dif-

And

for the diphthong on, let the

two

letters

be united by a small
of the

stroke, or both

engraven on the same piece of metal, with the

left

hand

line

united to the o.

These, with a few other inconsiderable altera*

tions,

Mr. Webster

thinks,

" would answer every

purpose, and render the orthography sufficiently

correct and regular."*

The
notice

only other scheme of reformation

is

that put forth

by Mr.

we shall Elphinston.

We

shall transcribe the first

paragraph of his

preface, f

" Evvery tung

oddher.
tural rule)

iz

independant

ov evvery

Hooewer
nor wil

seeks dhe anallogy (or natfind

it

ov anny tung, must dherfore

dhe seeker seek
in vain.

at

home;

Inglish

diccion dhen haz no laws, but her own.

in her picturage, and consequently in

Yet,

much ov

her livving practice

hav anny oddher laws, or

any lawlesues, been prefferably regarded.

No

more can anny language adopt dhe system ov any

oddlier; dhan anny nacion, dhe hoal poUity ov

* Dissertations on the English Language,

p. 394.

Propriety ascertained in her Picture, 4^.

122
anoddher
a

NEW ART
iiacioii
:

OF MEMORY".
wer no more

for such adopter

distinct nacion or

language

wer but a mon-

grel, or

an eccoe."

Sect.

4.

Proposed Philosophical
to

Arrange'

merit

of the Alphabet as applied

Language

in general.

The

ordinary arrangement of the alphabet be-

ing thus defective and unphilosophical,

we

shall

propose another mode of disposing the

letters,

which we

shall

endeavour to

justify,

by assigning

a reason for allotting to each

place which
it

letter the particular

occupies.

We
:

shall exhibit

our

alphabet, then, in this form

LANGUAGE.
The
first

125
Y,
is

column contains the vowels.

it is

a vowel in Englisli, but

by no means an
It takes in

essential part of the alphabet.

general

'the sound of
etc.

i,

as in

rhyme, cyder, system, synfax,

For

this

reason (as

Mr. Walker has ob-

served) printers,

who
many
fi

have been the great cor-

rectors of our orthography, have substllultd the

i in its stead,

in

instances.

We

shall dis-

card

?/,

therefore,

cm

our alphabet.
first,

The

vowels are placed

because they can

be pronounced without the assistance of consonants, while consonants cannot be

pronounced

without the aid of vowels.

In order to arcount
;

for the arrangement of the vowels, thus

0,

a, e,

i,

u; we must advert to the pronunciation of them.

pronunciation
;

The French

is

the

most natural and

pkilosophical

for in the course of that pronunis

ciation of the vowels, there

a regular gradation

of sound from the most open to the closest,

from high

to low,

aw,

a,

ee,

o,

en.
is
;

This

the order of nature.

The sound
in the

of a

produced,

by a very wide opening of

the lips

which are

somewhat more closed

and
is
still

pronunciation ofe,*
i.

more

so in the utterance o(
lips

When
still

pronounced, the
at the

approximate

more,

and

sound of

u, they are

almost closed.
illustrated

This subject may be further

following extract from
ples

by the
Princi-

Mr. Walker's

of

Engli.'ih

Pronunciation prefixed to his

124
Critical

NtW AUT

OP MEMORT.
After ex-

Pronouncing Dictionary.

hibiting a detailed view of the organic formation

of the vowels, not differing materially from that

before stated, he renjarks that, in
fiid, that, a, e,
this

view

we
a

and
is

o, are the

only simple or pure

vowels

that

a diphthong, and that

If

is

semi-consooant.

we were
term

inclined (he adds)

to contrive a scale for measuring the breadth or

narrowness, or, as

otliei s

it,

the openness or

closeness of the vowel,

we might
calls
it,

begin with t

open, as

Mr. Elphinston

and which he
all

announces to be the closest of

powers.
In the pronunciation of
tlie

the vocal

this letter,

we

find the aperture of side

;

mouth extended on each

closed,

the lips

almost

and the sound

issuing horizontally.

The

slender

in

waste

opens the mouth a opens the mouth

the corners.

little

wider.

The a

in father

still

more, without contracting

a, heard in wall, not

Tlie

German

only opens the mouth wider than the former a,

but contracts the corners of the mouth, so as to

make

the aperture approach nearer to a circle

still

while die o opens the mouth

tracts the corners so as to

more, and conit

make
it

the os rotun-

dum, a

picture of the letter

sounds.

Consonants are divided into different classes

according to the seat of their intonation, or from
those organs of speech which are chiefly

em-

ployed

in

forming them.

The

distinction

which we

LANGUAGE.
shall

12S

adopt,

is

.that

which divides them into

and palatals
;

labials, gutturals, dentals,

as they

are formed by the lips, the throat, the teeth, or

the palate

or,

in

other words, because the

is
is

breath, in passing

from the lungs,

intercepted

in those seats or places, or at least

very strongly

compressed there.
In the second column are the consonants b,

f, P,
jB

T>'

is

a labial

it is

formed by intercepting the

passage of the breath through the mouth, by

closing the lips.

may be
in

represented

by ph.

Ph

occurs

chiefly in

words derived from the Greek, and

that

written
in

language

^.

such words, write y,* thus, while

The we

Italians,

adhering

strictly to derivation write

philosopher, they write

Jilosofo*

P
lips
;

is

a labial, formed (like h) by closing the

less forcible

but in a

manner.

The Arailliterate

bians (says

Mr.
it

Wallis) have not this letter, but

either

substitute for

Be

or Phe.

The

Jews

in this country usually

confound b and

in their pronunciation, using the

one for the other.

Euudem

olini

(j)li)

sonum habuisse ac/

pliidelis

inscriptiones

veteres confinnant, in quibus altonun pro altcro proniiscue

adhibeii {erninms

ut

pro fiddis,

Middleion

ImI, Lxtcu Pron, Disc,

m3

126

KEW ART OF MEMORY.

is

F
flat

a labial

it

is

formed by a touch of the

lip.

upper teeth and the under

fj to

It

is,

indeed, the
relation

which

letter

it

bears the

same

as

"p

does to h.
this

The

Arabians and Persians have

is
it

not

sound

and Wallis

of opinion that the

not, or wrote
it

English-Saxons either had

by

for

they used, he says, no v consonant, and

they wrote
did after

many words with f^ as the English them, for some ages, which are now

written with v, as well as those which are

now
ac-

written withy.- as gij\ heofon, etc. which are

now

written give, heaven.

And

Priscian

knowledges, that the Latins formerly pronounced

y with
C
of
s

the

same sound, with which afterwards

the V consonant was pronounced.

In the third column, are

and

c,
;

g, q, x.
c

are both gutturals

has the sound

is

and k ;

ofJ and k.
is

As

the sound of k

usually given to c, there

great reason for sup-

posing that

this

was

its

original sound.*
c,

In the

less frequent

sound of

the guttural

becomes a

hissing sound.

The

hard sounds of c and g, (ka,

ge) are produced by a stroke in the throat, and

are consequently gutturals
:

g
;

is

the only
is

weak

sound of
pirated.

tch, as in church

ch

a guttural as-

'WalHs observes, that

:

tl)e

Latin k was formerly used

judiflfereutly Calendie

for c

for the

Komous wrote

and

Kaknda.

LANGUAGE^

127

is

the strong sound of

is

c,

which, as was be-

fore observed,

weak

guttural.
;

is

written egs, ecs, and eks

it is

a guttural

aspirate, with

a hissing termination.

Aspirate

and hissing are compound sounds.

The

fourth

column contains

d, h,

t,

t.

D
T
^
tojJ,

is

a dental, or

produced by pressing the

tongue against the gums of the upper teeth, and

then separating them.
is

also a dental, and

is

similarly formed.

H.
is

This

letter

is

no more than an aspiration,

or breathing forcibly before the succeeding vowel.

a hissing dental.
It
is

the

flat

s,

and

bears the same relation to that letter as h does

andy'tou.

It

is

formed by placing the

in t

tongue in the same position as

and

fZ,

but
:

not so close to the gums as to stop the breath

a space
is

left

between the tongue and the palate

for the breath to issue,

which fojms the hissing

letter.

or buzzing sound of the

X,

//?,

w, are placed in the centre because they

are of a middle ilature between mutes and consonants.

They

are

generally

termed liquids,

because, in pronunciation, they easily flow inta

and combine with the mutes.

tal, in is

X
n
is

is

weak palaformed

a labio-palatal, and

a strong palatal.
it is

JR

is

not found

in all

languages,
air,

by the forcible expulsion of the

its

which during

passage, causes a tremulous motion of the

123
tongue.
ter with

NEW ART

OF MEMORY.
this let-

The Greeks sometimes wrote

rhetoric,

an aspiration, and we, follow their ex-

ample
aS
is

ill

rhythm,

etc.
is

a hissing palatal, and

as z.

formed

in the

same manner

J and We

V are placed between the highest vowels

and the weakest consonants.

shall

subjoin the following tabular view

of the powers and qualities of the consonants,

accordinof to this system.

LA.NGUAGE.

120

As

in the

course of this chapter

different

we

have no-

ticed the

schemes of

autliois

on

this

subject,

it

may be

as well to insert
;

here the fol-

lowing tables of the consonants

extracted from

Dr. Wallis, Mr. Walker, and Mr. Elphiuston.

(I.

From Dr.

AVallis

*)

Synopsis of the Letters.

Mute
Labial or

Lip

HaU" Mute

W
TH

( Half Vowel
Mute
c g a c
^ ^

M a Lowioi
D
N
a

Palatine or Palate

< Half Mute

Half Vowel
[utp

DH L R
shjli

C N

CH

Guttural or

Throat

f
\

Half Mute

G
wasisrh

Half Vowel

* Grammatica Angliamay p. 55.

1^

NEW ART

OF

MEMOBY.

B o

-d

LANGTJAE.

131

{5.

From Mr.

Elphinston.*)

TABEL OV AFFINNITY.
DUE
i

LICQUIDS.
I

Ungual,
I

guttural,

dental,

labial^

DHE MUTES.
direct
dopri'saire

simfd,

aspirate,

sinipel.

aspirate.

>labial.

Vdental.
th

dh
\sibbilating,

eb, si

[zh]zi

J
/

k,

c,

pallatal or ^giittural.

ch ch
[tsh']

gb
J;

J
L -

U Vcompouai

We may
" In
this

conclude

this part

of our subject in

the words of

Mr. Walker on

a similar occasion.

sketch of the formation and distribution

Propriety ascertained is her Picture,' p.

3,

132

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

it is

of the consonants,

curious to observe on

how
with

few

radical principles, the almost infinite variety

It
is

of combination in language depends.

some degree of wonder, we perceive

slightest aspiration, the

that the

almost insensible inflexion

of nearly similar sounds, often generate the most

different

and opposite meanings.

in every other,

In this view

of nature, as

and variety very

at first imprinted

we find uniformity The single Jiatf conspicuous.

on the chaos, seems to operate

on languages; which from the simplicity and

paucity of their principles, and the extent and

power of
" This
only

their co-mbinations,

prove the goodness,

their origin.
is

wisdem, and omnipotence of

analogical association of sounds

:

not

curious, but ustful

it

gives us a

compre:

hensive view of the powers of the letters

and,

from the smull number

ent, enables us to
varieties

that are radically differ-

see the rules

it

on which

their

depend

discovers to us the genius

and propensities of several languages and dialects; and,

when

authority

is

silent,

enables us t

decide agreeably to analogy."

LANGUAGE*
Sect. J.

133
Latirtf

The derkation of French from

letters

skozcn to consist, principally, in the change

of certain
rules.

according to established

When two

difFeient

nations

have

an inter-

course together, either by means of war or

com-

merce, an attempt

is

made on both

sides, to ren-

der the language of each, mutually understood.

For example, France was once conquered by

the

Romans.

The French people

tjitdr

were,

of

course, subject to the laws of

conquerors,

and

if

they had any complaints to prefer before

the courts, were, of necessity compelled to

make

them
-

in

Latin,

The

people
to

in

acquiring this language, did

lhe\f

nut

resort

grammars;

had

heard a
object,

name another name to

part^ular
stantly seen

given to a

particular

another, etc.

and

had con-

the objects

characterised by these

names.

The French had

heard

the

Romans

mention a bridge, vvhich they called pons; they

heard them speak of the expense of a bridge,
(pontis) of going to a bridge, (ponti) of destroying this bridge, (ponlem) of going far from
it,

(ponte) of more bridges, (pontes, pontium, pontibus,

etc.)

The common

people seeing such

terminatk)ns affixed to each word, and not caring

to understand or

remember ihem,

rejected tlieia

134

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

body of the word
and forming
tlie

off at once, preserving the

pout,

French ponte.

The

Spaniards

and Italians followed the example.

which, in Latin, formed the
;

The

terminations,

declensions,

were omitted

and

as

in

this

last

word, so

in

many

other derivatives from Latin

appellatives, the last vowel only

was changed,

and a great part of the original word remained.

What

is

done

in adjectives

and substantives, also

takes place in verbs.

In Latin, the verbs have their

terminaled in
e,

infinitive

moods

re; once preceded by a, once by

i,

and once by

as

are=ere=ire.
All

It

has been

observed, that the consonants are weak, strong,

aspirated,
letters

and hissing.

nations

used

the

of the alphabet, but they changed the

pronunciation according to the genius of their

respective countries.

The

language of one peowith strong,

ple abounds with

weak

letters, others

hissing, or gutteral letters, etc.

The
comes

Latin word

frater
the

when changed
it

into

French, has the

e

letter

a weakened, and

beis

as in

frere:

deep

Roman a
is

taken away, and the weaker letter e

tuted,
as
in

substi-

mare, mer:

chare,
it is

chere;

pater,

pere ; catena, chaine.

As

the genius of the

verbs,

French language to
Latin
infinitive are,

shorten their

the

becomes

er

as in

amare,
only

uimer.

In the third conjugation the

final e

LANGUAGE.
is

135
in fiiiire,

cut

off,

and the

ir

remains, as

Jinir

'

venire, venir, etc. etc.

tion

In the second conjuga-

which ends

in ere,

were the

final e to

be re-

jected, er only
the

would remain, which would be

as that

sime termination
If
will
it

of the
i,

first

conjuga-

tion.

be changed into
;

the third conjuga-

tion

appear

we seem

then in danger of
Tiiis inconvenience,

losing a

wh jle conjugation.
will

however,

be soon obviated.

The

genius of

the language requires that the sound should

be

shortened

there remains, then, no other

first

mode

than to deprive the ere of the

vowel, and

the second conjugation in re will be found, as

perdere, perdre.

By

taking

away

the vowel that

into con-

precedes the

r,

this letter

would come

tact with a preceding consonant, with which, in

some
stnid.

cases,

it

would be impossible

for

it

to

The

verb valere, would, according to

the rule just given, r cannot stand

become

valre

but as

and

together, one should

be taken

away.

To

connect them a sharp vosvel nmst be

inserted, and this

must be

e,

but then the conjutry

i,

gation would be
find
it

lost.

Let us

and we shall

will

become

oir.
is

The

Latin trea

changed into
this

trois,

for va-

lere, there is valoir

cannot be an irregular

conjugation, for

all
;

the remaining parts are conas there

is

jugated regularly
vu/uir,
it

only the infinitive

is

then neither regular, nor irregular,

136

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

This oir can only stand for the
;

but regulated.
infinitive

mood it is instead of valre if the mood be not found regularly, the future As r is indispensable, we must cannot be given. The Latin vvord ca/x, is made the /. part with
:

infinitive

chalk
the

in English,

but in pronouncing

this

word,

I is

opened and the pronunciation becomes

c

(chawk) changing the

calx becomes
the
I is

into ch.

in Freflch^

chaux; in the Latin

is

word

alter,
>

opened and alter

converted into autre

saltare into sautre.

From
and V
is

the Latin pulvere, the French infinitive

/ is

would be pulver,* but the

poudre;
cinere, cindre.

resolved into eu,

changed into d; thus, pulvere becomes

In vaudre, the
;

be rejected, and au supplied

thus valre

vau.
;

must

In the future, the French do not

or English,

say, as in to

Latin
they

will

do, hut

have
it

do

take the present of avoir, add

to the infinitive,

and thus form the future vaudr-ai, vaudr-as,

vaudr-a

we cannot
/

say voulerai.
is

In the pre;

sent tense, in Latin, there

valet

the e

is

re-

jected, and as the

/ is

and

cannot stand together,

opened

as before,

and we immediately have

vaut.
It has

been shown already, that the

infinitive

moo^s of
and
last

the Latin ending in are, ere, ire, are

er,
re,
ir,

changed into

in

French.

The

first

conjugations are both made by rejecting

LANGUAGE.
the
final e.

137

Afterwards we find a fourth conjuit

gation

in

oil';

has
it is

been shown how

not a

this

is

formed, and that

new

conjugation, for
oir.

no tense or person

is

formed from

If the Latin and

French languages are comwill

pared together,

it

be easy to prove

much one

is

derived from the other,

how and how

very materially the study of the Latirt and French

will facilitate the acquisition of other languages.

Those who
person

are acquainted with

is

the Latin lan-

guage know that mus

first

the termination of the

that

pKual,
ere,

so

from are we get

ire,

amus, from
first

emus, from
in

imiis.

ii the

person plural

French be required, the

will

vowel must be omitted, and ms

be given*
all

The French words

nounced
final,
it
:

iion,

nom, noms,
for

are

pro-

in
is

the

same manner;
as h,

when

is

pronounced
is

which has a nasal

for if

sound

m, then,

no more necessary,
it

we

write according to the pronunciation

would be

In

the verb darner,

is

for

cxamp'e, the
oris,

infini-

tive termination er

changed into

and

we
is^

have

darisoiis.

The

second person
tis

known by
the

the termination

atis
etis
i is

in Latin,

if is:.

same principle

that directed the

French to

shorten the forn>er person, induces them to pursue

tlie

same method here.

\vhich has
tlie

The

taken away
as, ad,

vmd

ts \a left,

same sound

138

NEW ART
supplied by,
its

OF MEMORY.
z.

may be
is

The word

is

written

according to

pronunciation, and from darner

produced

da?isez.

The
there

Latin termination ent

is

is

continued in French, but

if

mute

they say

dansent (danse) as

were no

eiit.

In the next tense the past time occurs;

we

danced yesterday: again

plural there
is
;

for

the

first

person

oris,

but this would denote the

therefore, the im-

present tense
perfect,
that
it is

to distinguish,

from the present,

past,
is i is

tense,

and to show
;

placed before ons, as ions

and

this

always found in the imperfect in

In
the

all

conjugations.
there
is

second person, present,

the imperfect,
i

ez

to denote

nmst be

added, as
the
tle
J,

iez.
it,

For the
ient
;

third person, ent with

before

but this requires

is

some

lit-

addition

o,

therefore,

placed before the

tense, then,
is

and

oitrit i^

formed.

This

dan-

dons, dansiez, dansoient.

The
thing

future,

we shall dance,

will require

someis

more

than ons; the whole iniinilive

the termination ons
is

here
thus

taken, and

added

ne

have da user, danserons, danserez, and dan-

sei'ont.

From
i

ont comes the

infinitive

danser^

to dance.

This future also has an imperfect,

would dunce;

the sign for the imperfect being

danser'oint,

added> danieiions, daiiseriez,

obtaiiied.
Uiu5,
If the
\

are

word danserions be
\

analysed>
tbafr

danse

ons^

it

will be

*bund

LANGUAGE.
vNS
is

139
;

the sign of the third person plural

;

of

the imperfect

aiKl ;

of the future.
to

There
dered.

are yet

two more tenses

be consi-

The first is the danced^ or we danced.

tions are
}uiis,

preterperfect, 7ce have

In Latin, the termina;

stis,

runt

the

mus
stis

is

softened

into wes, as in

parlames

the
s

was formerly

written parlastes, but as the

it

was not sounded,

i

was

entirely

dropped, and the

being softened,
into

formed parlates;

and runt was softened

rent, as in parlerent.

In the imperfect of the

terminations are ssions,

subjunctive
ssiez,

mood,

flie

and the third person would be ssaient

but that would be a longer termination than the

genius of the French language would allow,
therefore shortened into ssent.
If the person, tense, etc. of the
it is

word Juiiriez,
is

be required,

it

nmst be remembered that ez

person plwral
;

the sign of the second

that

i is

the sign of an imperfect tense,

ture
:

and

of the fu-

it is

liierefore the

second person plural of

In rendroit,
is

the future imperfect.

t is

the sign

of'the third person singular, oi

the sign of the

it

imperfect, and r of the future

is

then the

third person singular of the future imperfect,

and

belongs to the conjugation ending

in re.

A
is

French verb which

derived

is

termed

irrcrrular.

nevertheless

regularly

from

the

Latitt>

For example the verb plaire^

This

140
verb
is

NEW ART
tliis

OF

MEMORY.
must be curwill

evidently derived from the h-atm p/acere

to convert
tailed,

word
first

into French,

it

and

the

step towards
/;

this,

be to

leave out the e before the

there will then be

placre, but as

and r cannot combine together,

and

tile

is

absolutely necessary, the c must be

;

dispensed wiih
softer

the a

being changed into the

sound

ai,

which forms plaire.

it

To form

the different persons and tenses,

to reject the final e,
tions.

remains only

and add the proper termina-

The French

verb connoitre

is

derived from the

Latin cognoscere.

We

will

now

consider the

vaiious changes which take place (iuring the process of derivation.

In the word connoissance,

is

which

is

also

derived from cognoscere, the so

ss,

changed into
oiss
:

and the

is

sliortened
;

into oi,

we

then have cognoisseie

e,

but as there

cannot be a double
cause the latter
is

the

first is

taken away, be-

wanteci for the infinitive ter:

minaiion
the
r

the

word becomes then cognoissre

too
vvei.k

being

by
t ;

itself,
t

it

must be
;

strenglhened by a

d
n,

or

preferred

the

is

changed into
connoitre
is

and the double

s is lost

at

last

obtained.
is

In thej^utitre, the r
coiinoitras,
etc.
its

retained

as counoitrai,
is

but in other tenses, the r

original
s

changed
iioiSf etc.

into

je cotuiois, tu <:o-

LANGUAGE.
Anollier example

141
in

may be found
is

mourir.

In the

Latin, there

for

the

infinitive,

someform

times moriri,

but generally
final
i

mo/7'.

To

mourir, the

nmst be taken from moriri,

;

and the
is

softened into on

for the future, the ir

rejected,

and we have je mourai

tu mouras,
it is

etc.
is

In the present, the

s is

infinitive

termination

omitted, and an
as the

added, as je viours, tu
too long,

mours; but

ou

is

changed

into en, as je meurs, etc.

In the same manner,

when
ihort
into

in
o's,

the

Latin word dolor there are two

they are strengthened and converted

ou and
;

eu

as,

dolor,

douleur ;

color,

eouleur

and from dolorosus comes douloureux.

Latin word debere
is

When the
the

to

be sought

in

French, the b must be changed into v (devere,)

second e being rejected,

it

becomes devre,
This
It is

but as the v and r cannot combine together, the

termination re
is

changed into

oir, devoir.

verb then

is

not regular, but regulated.

impossible to obtain the future from devoir, as

it is

irregular,

and must be derived from the reIn the present, the r

but, as v and
*

gular verb devre.

jected, and
it

is

re-

becomes devs ;
s is

cannot

stand together, and as

it

the personal character,

;

must remain, and the v be omitted

is

the
it

word
must

des

then

left,

but as the

e is
it

too weak,
into oi
:

be strengthened by changing
then dois

we have

je

dois,

tu doisy

il

doit.

When

in

142

NEW ART OF MEMOTvY.

tlie

the plural there are two syllables,

stored,

is

re-

and devons, devez,

doive/if,

are

ob-

tained.
It

remains ou]y to
easily
e,
i,

fix

the conjugations.

This

may be
tions

done by observing which of the

precedes the personal termina-

vowels, a,

The Latin conjugations may be learned in the same way. In the verb aller, we do not, in the present tense, Bayfa/Ie^
rcns, rez, ront.

hut jevais; the v a is

aller,

in

not then derived from

It takes

but from

tlie

German, zcenden.

part of the present from one verb, and the re-

mainder from another.

habere
is

When
is

the Latin verb

is
/*

to

be converted into French, the b

changed

info r,

and hatere

formed
it

the

not being sounded in French,

is

omitted, as

avere; the

first e is

rejected,

and the re being

changed into

oir,

we have

avoir.
s

In the present, the oir would be

avs; but

V and

not combining together, the v must be

is

omitted, and the a

uis; the s not being

softened into ai
it is
:

making
therefore
future

pronounced,
tiien

dropped

we have

ai

-jai
;

the

comes from

the infinitive ax're

solved into u; as avrai

aurai auras aura.

s

the v being re-

The
The

second person singular always takes

habes
t

character, as in Latin

as=dehes
in

for

its

doi&.
as
it

third person has

from the Latin, but

this letter

was not pronounced

some

cases,

LANGUAGE.
has been dropped
use,
;

143
brought into
put after the
as

yet

it is

again
is

when

the nominative case

verb, wlien two vowels

aima-t-il?

moura-t-'U?
t

would come together,

When

the nominative

precedes the verb, the

is

omitted.

The

following observations showing the pro-

cess of derivation in

some

particular languages,
letter is substituted

and the mode by which one

for another,
will serve to

illustrate

the subject

upon which we have been

**

treating.

Thty

are

taken from Dr. Rees' Cyclopaedia.*

The

substitution of a labial for an aspirate

or a guttural, or a diphthong, forms a general

principle which pervades the Latin tongue in
its

formation from die Greek.

lage,

Hence

vicus, a viloivog\

from

oixoj;
oig

vinum,
;

w^ine,

from

oris,

a sheep, from

video, to see, from n^co.

a similar

With

respect to our
prevails,
labial
;

own language
is

analogy
into a

which has converted a guttural

pronounced
la/f;

thus laugh

enough,

oiuff; and most of those words which begin or

end with

?/

and

zc,

whether derived from He-

brew, Greek, or Gothic, began or ended with

a guttural.
safely
ly,

On

tliis

general principle year

may

be said to be derived directly, or indirectyvfoj,

from

a circle, and means a period,

Art. Etymology.

144

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

;

or revolution of time
etc. etc.

wheel from y^<w to

rotlf

" The
is

prefixing of the letter

s to

Greek words
;

a principle that pervades the

Latin tongue
the heel
to
;

as

in sperno, to despise,

from

ttts^vyi,
is, is

thus

the primary sense of sperno

put the heel

upon
sult,

qn the same principle

salio, insilio, in-

taken from aWoiMai,

The French
in the

gene-

rally

drop the gutturals either

end of vfords
;

middle or

at the fied

hence

we

should be justi-

by an invariable analogy
is

in saying, that eau^

water,

from aqua, and seul from singulm.

/,

The

Italians generally drop the liquid

agreeis

ably to this custom

of the language, Jiiime

derived from Jiumen, a stream, and piano from

planus, a plain.

In
t

German, most of
besser, better
es,
it

those

words which have

s
;

in English, are
;

used with an
;
:

as teaser,

water

and

the

corruption of

into

or v,

is

a principle
;

that runs through the

Welsh tongue

thus, ve,

voer,
fnare,

and vayr, are but the Latin words, me, and major."
shall

We

conclude

this section

with

some exfor

cellent rules given by

Mr. Greenwood,*
is

ascertaining

when an English word

derived

E.ifay

toward a Practical English Grammar,

p. 21'^.

LANGUAGE.
from
again.
1

145

Latin,-

and

how

it

may be made Latin

in nee, or cy,
tia
;

Most English words, ending

derived from Latin words in

are

Tempe-

rantia,
2.

dementia

Temperance, Clemency.

Words

in ion, in
as.

Enghsh, are made Latin

Question, Questio
;

by casting away n ;
iigion, Religio.

Re-

S.

Words ending

in

ty are
as.

made Latin by
Libertas;

changing ty into tas;

Charity, Charitas.
4.

Liberty,

Words ending

in

nde are derived from the

;

Latin, by changing o into e

Fortitude^ Forti"-

tudo
5.

Gratitude, Gratitudo, etc.

Adjectives, which end
in

d,

do for the

most part become Latin, by the addition of us

as Rigid, 6.

Rigidus ; Putrid, Putridus,

etc.

Words ending in t, n, or r, between two vowels become Latin by changing the last vowel
into us
;

as,

Mute, Mxitus ;

Obscure,

Obscu-

Tus; Obscene, Obscanus, etc.

7.

Most words ending

into

in 7U are

made

Latin,
,'

by changing nt

ris ;

as Latent,

Latens

Vigilant, Vigilans, etc.

8.

Many words
become

ending in
as

al,

by the addition

of

is

Latiij;

Liberal, Liberalise

Substantial, Substantialis.

146

NEW ART
Mode of

OF MEMORY.

Sect, 6.

learning the Conjugations

and Declensions of a Language.

In the Latin
infinitive

are, ere, ire, are the

;

terminations of the primary conjugations

are
first

there

two more

in ere

which are secondary.

is

The

person singular

0, as eo

deleo from delere

;
:

given by the termination

;

and

io

audio from

audiere

but

we do

not say

amao from amare^

but
the

amo
a
is

a and o are two dependant vowels

in the o
;

merged

according to the genius

labial
io

of the language
lingual vowel.
lingual,

for a

cannot precede a
there
is

In eo and
labial

first

and then a

vowel,

we

conse-

quently have

amare

amo

delerie audire larabere fugere deleo audio lambo fugio

is

The
amavi

preterperfect tense
delevi

terminated by vi, as
in the secondary

audivi, except
i; as

conjugations which only change the o of the present tense

into

lambo

Iambifugio

The supine is known by the termination tuntf auditum lambitum as, amatum deletum fugitum. The personal characters are in the sin-

gular

(amoj,

(amabam^,

(amasamabas,

LAK6UACE.
(

U7
mus,
tis,

(ama?

amabaO

and

in the plural,

nt, as

(amamz, ama^js, amanO*

is

The

third per-

son plural from ire

not

iiit,

but being softened

ti,

in the pronunciation

by the insertion of

be-

comes

iunt, as audiunt,
'(^re,

fugiunt

and the se-

condary

as in

lambere does not make lam,'

bent in the third person plural, but lamhunt.

The
sent,

different tenses to

be considered are the pre-

imperfect, preterperfect, preterpluperfect,

;

and future

and there are two moods, the indieach of which con-

cative and the subjunctive,

tains all llie foregoing tenses.

In the present tense of the subjunctive

mood
bethus

when
into e

the vowel
;

is

a
it

in the infinitive,
is

it is

changed

and when

e in the infinitive, it
;

comes a

in the subjunctive

this

may be

remembered a /

amare

amem

delere-^

deleam; legere
imperfect
is

legam.

The

character of the

ha

in the indicative,

and re

in the

subjunctive
this

mood.

to

deleham

delerem.

our

recollection

The word hare amabam

will bring

amarem;
is

The
the

character of the preterperfect

i in

the

indicative, except in the secondary verbs,

subjunctive

is
;

delevi

deleverim Iambi lamberim.

erim

amavi

amaverim;

and in

148

NBW ART OF MBMORY.

preterpluperfeci

The

of

the

indicative

ia

known by the termination veram, etc. except when the pretcrptrfect is formed simply with t,
in which case
it is

eram.

The same
delevissem

tense in tbo

subjunctive

is
,

vissem, or issem

amavissem
hghsem.

deleveram

:~^amaveram'
;

legeram

The future of the indicative is formed by bo in amo and deleo, and by am in lambo and Jugio,
In the subjunctive mood^ the future termination
is

formed from the preterperfect

indicative

by

the addition of ero

amavero ;delebo
hero.

delevero

throughout;
;

as amabo* lambam lam'

to

The

following tables of the Latin conjuga-

tions and declensions

may be committed
wall, a

me-

mory, by placing them on a

mantle-

piece, a door, etc. preserving the situations of

the moods, tenses, and declensions as described

in the tables.

LANGUAGE.

149

150

NEW

Allf

Oi MEMORY.

V V ^ ^ ^

^ O

ij

<u

J3

3 S

S.-2

p:|

o.H.M V

>)

tC

.2

p.-.

s o

{^

Si

Ri

.s

ii

c*

.a

.:s

C 1 H o
<ii

tl fj

5^

.a

LANGUAGE.
Sect. T, ^Particular Directions
iition

151

for the acqui"

of a Language.
of the declen-

Having

fixed the terminations

sions and conjugations,

and observed the signs of

student

the different cases, the

may proceed

to

the learning of a language.

Supposing

this to

be the
first

JLatin

language, an easy book must be

taken, for instance, a Latin Bible, and an

it.

English one, placed by the side of

latter

In the

we

read,

" In the beginning

God created
In the
et

the heaven

and

the earth," etc. etc.

Latin

it is,

In principio creavit Dens ca'lum

terram, etc.

The two
first
;

versions having
is

been

compared, the

word

found to be the

same

in

both

the second in the Latin (princi;

pium) does not resemble the English

accuracy from

its

mean-

ing may, however, be ascertained with tolerable

its

situation

and

as o

is

the sign

of the ablative singular, there will n6t be

much

difficulty in discovering the translation of p?'//ic/-

pium
Latin

to
is

be

'

in the beginning.'
is

The

next word in
its

creavit, this
;

found to be a verb by
is

termination
first

cre-a-vi-t

proved to be of the
;

conjugation by the character a

v shows
t

it

to

be the preterperfect tense, and

It
is

gives the

third person singular.

impossible to err in

assigning

creavit

its

proper

meaning

the

word

so nearly resembles the English

created.

J.52

NEW ART
createtl
?

OF MEMORY.
Deus
?

Who

God
et

created

is

the

nomi-

native.

What
cochun
to
I

did he create

the heaven and the

earth:

terram

will

immediately be
terrestrial

presented

us; our

caleiiial and

cannot

fa'

to give the

meaning of diese words>

manner, we should

and the

final

will point out to us Uiat they are

in the accusative case. In this

proceed for two

or three

pages, and then read

till

them

for three

or four times more,

facility.

we can
do not

translate

with tolerable

We
occur.

consult
to

grammars
any

to learn the rules, but merely

solve

difficulty that

may
is

In the

present mode, the

grammar

learned in the lan-

guage,

anil

not the language in the

is

grammar.

Every

rule

an abstraction, and cannot be unInstead of long-

derstood without an example.

rules

we

learn examples, and these should be

in

fixed

upon the walls of a room

striking analogy

proper order.

The

between many modern lanfacility

guages, and the consequent

several

of acquiring

languages, at the same time, must be

evident to every one.

This

is

particularly the

case with the English,

Italian; Spanish,

German,

Latin, French,

and Portugueze languages.

CHAP.

VI.

)pstematic Cables.

JL

H E knowledge

of systematic Tables

is

pecu-

liarly

important to the student in any branch of

it

science, whether
try,

be botany, zoology, chemis-

mineralogy, etc.

and the mode of fixing

these tables in the

memory, must be deemed of

very great use to

pursuits.
tables will
gical

all

who

are concerned in such

The

application of this art to such

in the following

be shown

Mineralo-

Table of

Hau y.

The

characters of Minerals are of three kinds,

Physical, Geometrical, and Chemical,

I.

GENERAL.
Specific Gravity, (according
drostatic balance of Nicholson.)
to the

1.

Hy-

2.

Cohesion.
1.

In Solids
I.

is proved

By
t

friction with a File,

Yielding.

ii

Not

yielduig.

154

NEW aut
II.

of memory.

Physical characters, continued.

By rubbing the angular

ther mineral.

parts of one mi-

neral against the angular parts of ano^

III.

By
i

Percussion with a hammer.

Dirticult to
Brittle.

be broken.

a
IV.

Hi Crumbling.

By a
i

Steel.

Giving Fire<
giving Fire.

u Not
V.

By

flexion or pressure.
i 21

Simply Flexible.
Elastic.

Hi Ductile.
iv Soft.
1.

In

its

own

nature.
fluid.

2.

Having imbibed a

VI.
2.

By

the force of Traction.

Liquids (yielding with the slightest pressure.)

I.

II.
II.

By moistening the hand. By not moistening it.

1.

PARTICULAR. (As found by the senses.) Impression upon the Tongue.

I.

Bi/ Taste,
i ii

Salt.

Astringent.

Hi Sweetish.
iv

Pungent.

V Bitter.
vi

Urinous.

SYSTEMATIC TABLES.
Physical characters, continued.
II.

155

By

adhesion.

2.

Feeling.
I.

Unctuous and Greasy.

Smooth, hut not greasy.

II.

III.

Harsh.

3,

Smell.

By Breathing. By Rubbing. III. By Heating.

J.

II.

i
ii

Aliaceous, or garlic-like.

Bituminous.

Hi Sulphureous.
4,

Sound.
I.

II.

By Percussion, By Bending. By
i

5.

Light.
I.

Reflexion, (producing Colour.)

Colours of the mass.

1.

In their species.

2. In their distribution.
i

Uniform.
Variegated.
1.

ii

In stripes.

2. In spots.

3. In their action.
1.

2.

By change of colour. By reflex irises.

156

NETf ART OE MEMOKY.

Physical characters, continued.

ii

Colours of the Streak.

1. Similar,

2. Dissimilar.
ill

Colours of the Powder,

1.

Similar.

2. Dissimilar.

(Producing Lustre)
i Brilliant.
ii

Dull.

Hi Greasy.
tv Silky.

V Pearly.
vi Metallic,
vii
II.

Pseudo-Metallic,

jBy Refraction.

(Transparency.)
1.

Limpid.

2. Transparent
3. Translucid.

but coloured,

4.

Opaque.

iil J5_y Phospltorescenct,

i
ii

By heating, By rubbing,

6.

Electricity,
I.

Passive.
i

By communication. ii By rubbing.
1. Vitreous.

3. Resinous.

SYSTEMATIC TABLES.
Physical characters, continued.
in

U7

By

heating.

(Vitreous on one side, and resiuoui

on the
II.
t

other.)

Active

Vitreous.

a
iii

Resinous.

Neither vitreous nor resinous >

f.

Magnetism.
I.

Simple,

II.

Polar.

11. (geometrical

i^tmtt0,

L FORM.
1.

Determinable.
I.

Elementary.
Secondary.

II.

J.

Indeterminable.
I.

By

rounding

oflf

the surfaces and angles.

II. Striated

and rough.
bodies,
(i.

III.

Amorphous

e.

bodies of an

irregular form.)
3.

Imitative.
I.

Bodies formed by concretion.

II.

Pseudoraorphous bodies,

(i.

e.

such as

have assumed the form of another body,

for

which they are substituted.)

IB9

NEW ART OF MEMORY,

STRUCTURE,
Laminated. Lamellated,
Stratiform, Foliated,
Fibrous. j With parallel
it
'

Geometrical characters, continufd.

II.

1.

2.

3.
4.
5.

fibres^

With radiated

fibre?.

6.
J',

Granulated.
Compact. Cellular.

8.

in.
I.

FRACTURE,
Directions,
I,

Longitudinal.

II,

Transverse.

III, Indeterminate,

g.

Varieties.
I.

Conchoidal.

II.

Smooth.

III.

Rough.

IV. Scaly.

V. Articulated,

BY FIRE. 1. With Straw.

I.

Fusibility.

II.

The

result of Fusiop,

nu Tiie

Reduction of metallic Substances.

SYSTEMATIC TABLEf
Chemical characters, continued*
2.

159

With red-hot Coals.

I.

Volatility.
"

II.

Detonation.
Decrepitation.

III.

IV. Ebullition.

II.

BY ACIDS,
Acid.)

(and in particular

by the

Nitrli

i.

2.

3.

Dissolution with effervescence. Dissolution without effervescence. Reduction into jelly.

III. 1.

BY ALKALIES.
Dissolution of Copper by Ammonia,
forming a beautiful blue Colour.

2.

The Vapour

of

sulphuretted Ammo^

nia, blackening the Carbonate of Lead.

The

characters of minerals, as

we

have seen,

are physical, geometrical, and chemical.

The

physical characters are general and particular;

and both these are again subdivided.

neral physical characters must be
dered.

The geconsi-

first

In order to
\vhich
is

fix these,

we

should take a

room

familiar to us,

and place the va-

rious divisions

upon the

different objects in that

room, which
ing

are also well

known

to us,

invent-

some connecting circumstance by which w

160

NEW ART

OF MEMOKY.
remember
the par-

may be

the better enabled to

ticular division of the table.

Having a room
"we take 'the first

in

which there are four walla,

is

which

on our

left

hand, and
divi-

commence with

specific graviti/, the first

sion of the general characters, and to fix this in

our minds a balance

wall,

is

placed on the top of the

near the cieling.

is

The

next division

ia

cohesion, which
if

put by the end of the balance

its

we

ask what preserves the whole wall in

state,

present firm

the answer will be cohesion.

is

There

is

now
solids

occasion for a sopha, which

;

placed against the lower part of the wall

upon

which the
is

must be put

cohesion in solids

proved

in six different ways.

In one corner of

the sopha,

a file

is

placed, which will call to

mind

the

first

ther corner,

mode, friction with a file ; in anosome minerals of an angular shape

to fix the six different

and thus we must proceed

divisions.

The
if

sub-divisions will

be

easily re-

membered,
fixed.

connected, in some way, with the

principal outlines, which are thus permanently

Having

filled

one wall with the general

the particular

physical characters of minerals,

characters are next to be considered.

The paV"
known,

ticular physical characters of minerals are

1.

by

taste, 2.

by adhesion.

needful, in which there

door a tongue

is

Another wall is now may be a door : on this placed as the emblem of taste

SYSTEMATIC TABLES.

l6l

the door being divided into six compartments, in

tlie

first is

found a cube of
;

salt,

to

convey the
stritig

idea

of saline
in

on
the

the
third

second

for
for

astringent;

some sweetmeats

sweetish; in the fourth, a knife for sharp, which

may

cut the string in the second compartment

bitter in the fifth division will

under sweetish

and cannot
it

fail

come immediately to be remempresents

;

bered by the contrast which

is

urinous

in the sixth

and
this

last division,

and will need no

pupil proceed

symbol.

In

way must

the

with the remaining divisions of the table, fixing

each

upon

an object,

and connecting

some

striking circumstance with the object,

that will

afford a
is

permanent idea of the system \\hich he

desirous to acquire.

PS

CHAP. vn.

anlj

Brose.

A HE

first

materials of a poetic edifice are to be

arid in various
all

found in metaphors, allegories,

kinds of fiction
;
,

and,

it

is

thus

images,

comparisons, allusions, and figures, particularly

those which personify moral subjects, concur in

adorning such a structure.

When
is

these images

are reduced into verse, ihe ear

delighted to a
repeats
is

high degree,

and the mind

insensibly

them while
cularly the

the eye reads them.

This

parti-

case with rhyme.

Cadence,

har-

mony, and

especially rhyme, afford the greatest

assistance to

the

memory

that art can invent;

fictions,

and the images, or poetic

our senses, our minds.
assist in

that strike

engraving

them deeply on

When

a historical narrative

is

related in prose

the facts only are stated in a plain, regular order,

without any minute description of the different

objects which occur in the course of the history.

fOETRY AND PROSE.

The
poet; however, proceeds differently.

l63

He

describes, minutely, every object wliicli presents

itself;
if it

be a mountain, we have
its

a lively de-

scription of
it,

situation, the objects seen

from

and the

trees

or houses upon
this

it.

Should
its

there

be a castle on
state
is

mountain,

antient

and present

accurately described, togeits

ther with the characters of

various possessors
it
:

and

their contests for the

occupation of

these

descriptions

we

read with pleasure, and they are

more
them.

firmly imprinted

upon

the

memory by

the
in

variety

and succession of images employed

In order to commit to

memory any
six,

particular
into stan-

piece of poetry which may be divided

zas,

each consisting of four,

it is it

eight, or ten

lines, etc.

necessary to take one stanza at a

over, and to select the principal

time, to read

objects or images, and

Jirst

combine them with the

(he next

symbol

attaching

stanza to the

second symbol, and so on with the remaining

stanzas.

By

these

means we are not only ena-

bled to recite

the whole

poem

in regular order^
in

but to repeat any one or more stanzas

order,

any

to

determine the numerical situation of

in

any line or vvord

often any

the

poem and

to say

particular

WDid may occur.

how As we
it

are able to repeat any stanza in the

poem,

will

1(54

NEW AHT OF MEMORY.

if it

only be needful to count the lines or words,

be required

to

determine the numerical situation

of any line or word.

It will not

be d

fficult

to

apply these princi

pies to the repetition of poetry.

tration, perhaps, will

A
\

single illus-

be sufficient
first

and, for this

purpose

we Edwin and

take the

stanza of Goldsmith'*

Jiigeiina.

" Turn, gentle hermit of the dale, " And guide my lonely way "

To where yon

taper cheers the vale

ray."

" With hospitable

We
a

must here

reflect,

and imagine that we

sets

Hermit

standing on the Tozcer

of Babel, and
rapidity
;

turning round

with
is

inconceivable

very large taper

gelina
is

placed upon his head.

An;'

walking by the tower and calling out

'

loudly to the hermit

the taper cannot
the stanza.
fail

to

guide her lonely way

to suggest the remainder of

In a

poem

that

is

not divided into stanzas,

we
Se-

must take

4, 6, 8, or 10 lines, preserving the

fix

connection, and

them upon a symbol.

veral small pieces of poetry

may be

readily

im-

printed upon the

memory by

placing them

the pictures, or furniture, of the wall of a

with which

we may be

acquainted.

upon room Though

tO;,

the symbols are not here actually resorted

yOKTRY AND PROSE.

yet the principle
that
is

l65
is

pursued,
the

precisely

the

same,

for

what

are

symbols,

but

pictures which line the walls of our imaginary

rooms

As

a further illustration of the

mode

of com-

mitting poetry to

memory, we

shall give the fol-

lowing examples from Nolegar, as quoted by

Feyjoo, iu his Cartas Eruditas,*

First

Example,

Feuix Divina

De
Al

tan hellas alas

Humilde, y piadosd
Cielo te ensalzas.

Divine Phcenix,

With such beautiful wings, Humble and Merciful, Thou laisest to Heaven.

" The Pkanix

(says

in the first verse

of

this stanza,
first

Noiegar) must be placed on the

predi-

cament of the sphere,f on the

papal crown, or
tiara,

right hand,

and a

or any other thing beits

longing to the Church, must be put on

head

because

we cannot apply any

other material ob-

Tom.

i.

This will answer

to the first place in the first wall of

room.

166

NEW ART

OF MEMORY.

ject, to represent the

Word Divine; w6

majf

then

and

say,

make a reflectioji or two on these images, why has a Phcenix, the Papal Crown
head
?

on

its

It is a

Divine Phoenix, a Divine

Phmnix.
left

Then
shall

the second predicament of the

hand

be taken for the second verse, and

a stick to beat
it,

drum with
;

may be placed
word
[t?e]

there

the stick

may

explain the

with,

* #

#^

I imagine that the drummer

it,

being

ready to beat
Itari]

says [<^e} with

and the drum

such

in the

same place, I would put two

by the drummer, who
;

beautiful

women

silting

should have two wings lying at his feet speaking of the second predicament,
f

and

would say,

JDe tan hellas alas (with such beautiful wings.)

"

On the third predicament opposite th first on

would put a woman kneeling and
pardon of a poor man condemned

the right, I
soliciting the

to banishment,

who

should be there

with a

chain, and by this

image

I xvould recal to

the words of the third verse,

mind Humifde y piadosa

the fourth predica-

(humble and merciful.)

or any thing whose

On

ment, I would place a piece of carpet, (alfomhra)

name

begins with al [to,] and

I would only use this syllable, to which I would

sew the

tester of a bed,

and would say (al eielo)

raisest I

to heaven; and for the

word thou

would

put a Priest, raising the Host, to

rate (ayudantei)

whom

the

Cu-

should hold some

salt,

saying

POETRY AND PHOSE.

(ten sal alzas) take some
tills last

l67
In

salt,

(thou

raisest.)
is

image the figure Apenthesis

I

formed,
thou

and

reflecting,

should

say

(ensalzas)

raisest.

Second Example.
Pongan, Scnor,
el

medio, y

el

gohitrm

Lot

altos alribtilos de tu Essencia.

Sir, let >r'tIiod

and government be established

By
''

the high attributes of thy Essence,

In order to commit these verses to memory,

(says Nolegar,)

on the right hand of the table

writing,

upon which
stand
is, I

am

and where

my

ink-

would place a

slave, or a black
in
it
;

wo-

man, with a basket and two hens

to the slave a

and cJos*

Marquis or Duke, who on entershould attempt to frighten the hens,

ing
at

my room

which the slave must say (Po)tgan, Senor,)

lay,

Let them
slave

Sir.

On

the right

hand of the

would place a Medi Ce/emin (half a Peck measure,) and on the left hand a Chairif
I
the
letter
(i/)

signifying

(G)
I

or

some

(hiel)

Gall,
the

For government,

would place oue of

acquaintance,
I

many Governors of my
is

who

is

astonished at what
reflect,

going forward,

would

and think that I heard him say, Ponganf

el

Scnor,

medio

el

gobierno.

To

represent

ihs other Terse, I

w ould put

for (los altos)

tWQ

168

NEW AUT

OF

MEMORY.
some
tiles,

or three pieces of timber with

taking

these for the whole of the roof of a house,

consists of timber
attributes,
I

which

and

tiles

and for (atributos)

tributary Princes,

would place two

letter

with an image of the

(A) on the head of one,

who must
and
if his

be going to collect tributes or taxes,

name be Andrew,

the better

because

the (A) might be placed as an imi^e of the name.

Then supposing our

remember,
that

food to be dependent on the

it

collection of the taxes,

would be easy
bringing

to reattri-

Andrew was
;

some

butes by the letter (A)

collector, I

now,

at the feet of this

would place an alembic of Quintwa-

essences, or a Distiller, with a glass full of

ter,

(Quintessence, already drawn,)

to

who
stick,

should

mind not
the
glass
stick of a

break

it

with his feet

and close to
or the

would place a small

drummer, made of
it

iron, that
;

we may
it

remember

is

not to be broken

because

might be used as we have already

manner, whenever I write,
that I have this verse at

said, for

an
this

abecedario, meaning (de tu) of thy.

I
shall

In

remember

my right

hand; Pongan,
;

Senor,
left,

el

Medio, y Gobierno
;

and on

my
Es"

the other

Los
to

altos atributos, de tu

sencia"

When

Prose

is

be Committed to memory,
or
chapter, should
three times,

the particular passage,

be
and

read over carefully two or

POBTRY AND PROSE.

l69

having selected the principal images or objects,

it

will

be necessary to form a narrative by com-

bining them with the different symbols.

We

should take a few lines only at a time, and pro-

ceed gradually in fixing the various objects presented to us.

To
which

remember
is

the principal points in a

it

Sermon
is

regularly divided into parts,

only
as

needful to take the different heads or

titles

they are given, and arrange them on the cieling

of the church or chapel, placing some on the

cornice, and others in various parts, in regular

order.* Or, a sort of imaginary tree

may be supcieling,

posed springing from the centre of the

and the proofs and

preacher,

illustrations

adduced by the
branches.
effectual,

may be suspended on its This method will be rendered more

if

a symbol

of the idea be

formed,

as

for

plan somewhat analogous to this,

is

mentioned by

Mr. I^ugald Stewart, who

told of a

observes, " I have been

life, who memory the sermons

young woman,

in

a very low rank of

to hear,

contiived a method of committing to

which she was accustomed

by

fixing her atten-

tion, during the different heads of the discourse,

on

dif-

ferent compartments of the roof of the church

in

such a

manner
posed

as that

when she afterwards saw

the roof, or re-

collected the order in which its compartments were disof,

she recollected the

method which

the preacher

had observed in treating his subject. Elements qf the PJiilosophy of the Human Mind, p. 456.

j70

new art of memory.

This,

Justice a pair of scales, etc. etc.

ever,
is

hoW'

not essential.*
Stewart, speaking of the assistance ren-

Mr.
cal

dered to an orator, or public speaker, by the topi-

memory,
his
it

in recollecting the plan

and arrange-

ment of
given of

discourse, considers the accounts

as

by the antient rhetoricians,

abun-

dantly satisfactory, and

tinent observations

makes

the following per-

on the subject.
that

" Suppose
in

(says this author)

I were to

fix

my melarge

mory

the different apartments in

that I

some very

building, and

had accustomed myself to

think of these apartments always in the

same
in

in-

variable order.

Suppose

farther, tliat

pre-

pnring myself for a public discourse, in which I

had occasiou
culars,
I

to treat

of a great variety of partito fix in

was anxious
proposed

my memory,

the

order
tion of

to observe in the
Tt
is

communica-

my

ideas.

evident, that by a proper

division of
ncctinaf
(w.!ii(

my

subject into heads, and by cona particular apartment,

each head with

I

could easily do, by conceiving myself

to be sitting in the apartment while I

was studyto connect

ing the part of

my

discourse, I

meant

*
}>y

The chapter and

verse of the text

maybe

soon fixed,

changing the nnnilnr of each into a hieroglyphic, and

formjujf an association

between the two.

POETRY AND PROSE.

with
it,)

Ifl
apart-^

the habitual order in

which these

menls occurred
to

to inv thoughts,

would present

me,

in tlicir

proper arrangement, and without

part, the ideas of

any effort on
to
treat.

my

which

was

It is a'so

obvious, that a very

little

practice wou'd enable

contrivance, toithout

me

to avail myself of this dis-

traction of mi/ attention."

any embarrassment or *

A public speaker
of
a
his

may arrange
to

the arguments

adversary on various parts of his person,

and

thus

be enabled

review

and

answer

multiplicity

of observations made by many

different speakers.

The

first

remark might be
each eye, one in
etc. etc.

placed on his head, one in

each ear, another on his nose, mouth,

if
it

be required to remember a

iiigh
:

number,
for in-

we

need only resort to the symbols

stance,

27,819

will

be

fixed

by remember-

ing the

names of
Crusoe,

Don
the

Quixote, Midas, and

'i7th,

Robinson
symbols.

8th,

and

IQth

The

advantages of this part of the system

Tiie

to the different professions are very great.

minister the

legal student, and the

Member

Elements of the Philosiyphy of the

4,07.

Uumun Mind,

pp.

456,

172

NEW ART OE MEMORT.

with success.

of Parliament, may all practise this method The application of these principles
will also render

an essential service

to the

mer"

chant and ihe

couceriis ol
life.

man of

business, iu the various

CHAP.

Vlll.

Sititijmetic*

Xhe

application of

Mnemonics

to

arithinetie
this

was entirely omitted in the former edition of

work, becanse the editor did not conceive

at that

time, that the system could be rendered sufficiently intelligible to the general reader.

Anxious,

however, to make

this

edition

as

complete as

possible, he has given faithfully the substance of

Mr.

Feinaigle's Lecture

on Arithmetic, without

any attempt

at illustration.

As

this

Lecture has

been accurately detailed

it is

in a recent publication,*

extracted from that work, but without any

reporter's

of

tlie

commentaries and observations.

to see

"

We

have

now

how our methods

we
have, or

will

apply to Arithmetic.

" In

this

subject

we
in

think

may have
But
have cer-

evidence, for every particular proposition.

let

us think a

little

many

cases

we

Cross' Examination of Feinaigle's Arithmetic.

S3

174
tainty
:

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

but
is

certainty and evidence the

same

thing

For

instance
:

we know
;

that

6 multiplied
is it

by 6
Ail

gives

36

this is certain
is

but

evident
:

we can
is

say

that

we

have learned so

but

where

the evidence that

say that

6x6
;

gives just

36

When you
it is

6X6

is

36, you answer

that

tens and six units but see we this ? we convinced that it is just 36 and no other number ? but It is only in our machine how it comes we know not. We have these

three
are

How

products given us

in

our multiplication tables,

which we
to learn
it,
;

know how difficult it is for children nay, many grown persons cannot learn
all
it is

because

founded only upon

tlie

poor na-

tural

memory, upon which we can never depend.

it it

We

make

only an object of
to the intellect,

memory

instead of

presenting

and we have no evi-

dence, because
find the
first

we want the first evidence. To evidence we must cousider the fiLet us see then what
is in

gures ihemselves.
figures
:

the

123456789
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
100, &c.

we have

1000, &c.

What
the
1

conies after 9

Is

it

10? No; 10

is

higher unit, and must therefore be placed before

;

No

it

now what comes after 10? Is it 1 1 is 20. Thus we find those nations did

.?

ARITHMETIC.
who employed
used the
first

175
:

letters for

numbers

after

having

9 they went on

thus, 10, 20, 30,

&c. and not

10, II, 12,

&c. .Thus change these

will always find they

numbers
go from

as
1

you please, you

to 9,

and by considering the numbers

in this way, the child sees at

once that the rap-

port of 10 to 60
1

is

exactly the

same with

that of

to

and

all

the relations of these

numbers

are at once in his mind.

The

first

thing then
fi-

must
gures

surely be to give the evidence of those

;

after

this

every thing will be easy.

difficulty is to
that, the

In

problems, the greatest

.

understand

the question
half solved
braical
;

when we do
the

problem

is

mind then

acts like an alge-

formula.
;

O
do

we

see

put
that,

this here,

and that there

done.

this,

and do

and

it

is

" Let
Let

us see then

how we

are to get the true

idea of number.
this
it

be one,

--------O
?

Let

be one something, an apple, or an

orange, or whatever, and let this be

another,

---------Q
Is this

Now what
two ones
dence
;

have we here
an
I

two

1 see

only

we

say that these are equal to

this?.

one
evi-

two: But how kn>)W we

in

Have we

the

tiling itself that

^

two ones

are the

same with one two

one thus
:

---------<I)

should see two things in

176

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

at

and the child sees

equal to one
;

once that two halves are

and that two halves and one are

In the same manner I have
sectors
;

equal to one two.

for

three, a circle divided into three

at

and the child sees

equal to one
;

once that three thirds are

is

and that the half of 3 thirds

thirds

one

half; and that three

and two halves and

so on for the higher

one are equal

numbers.
*'

to three.

And

Thus

tlie

child sees at

once the proportions

things which

between the

fractions

those

are

most

difficult to
first

be learned by the
to

common way

are here the

be acquired, because they go

If I say give

M'ith the first conception.

me

one

half of three thirds, or one third of one half, or

one half of one

one half of one

third, or third,

one third together with

he gives

me them
to

at

once,

because he has a clear conception of their meaning.

I

give

not these things

to

the child, he

must give lliem

calculations

me

and

it is

wonderful what

many

children will

make when
all

they

go on

witli their

reason

but

this

is

gone

when

they begin with the usual methods, beis

cause evidence
find that

taken away, and

commonly we

the

more

instruction they receive, the

difficulty is the greater.

But

in

our method they

proceed with pleasure, because they continue to

have evidence
;

and I

will

engage that any child

in

instructed in this method,

would

one fortnight

ARITHMETIC.

177

perform calculations of which you have no idea.

So true is this, that if we were to unknow all that we have learned, and begin from the foundation,
it

would be
**

better.

We

can go on with the same principles to

;

Mathematics

in

them we have three

things,

weight, measure, and

cible to

number

but

all are

redu-

number. " If we now represent our succession of

units thus, and divide ten into

two halves,

as

we have seen
6

that this

is

necessary for
If I ask

representing two in one.

is

what

to 8, or give

me

one half of eight,

and one fourth of

this at

eight, the. child finds

is

once,

which

sometimes the solution

If

of a
tion,

difficult

problem.
is

we go onto Addir

and ask what

is

and 8

the child sees

at once that 7

equal to 5 and 2,
;

and that
8 are

is

equal

to

3 and 3

so that 7 and

equal to two fives and

or fifteen.

five,

or one ten and five,

C)

In the same manner 6 and

are one

ten and two, 8 and 8 are one ten and six, See. &.c. so that

we
us

see addition
is

is

certainly demonstrated

thus

and subtraction

as evident.

" Let

go on then
is

to Multiplication.

Say that

we

ask

how much
8
is

eight taken six times, the

answer nmst be
that

in tens

and units, the child sees

equal to 5 and 3,

and

is

equal to 5 and

1.

178

NEW ART OF MEMORY.

multiplying
every
it is

And
Thus
what

25 number must be considered by 15

tlieSe -

he has

in rapport to

10 and

5.

5
3

48
But
let us see if this is

not in our dots also,

We

have certainly above a and below b and e

;

four dots, which are the tens

four,

above b we have
nuiltiplied by four

and above

two; two

gives eight for the units, so that

we have 48.
9>

" In the same manner 7 nmltiplied by

we have 6 tens, and one

or 3 units, that
is

multiplied by

?>,

63.

tjj

ARITHMETIC.

179

And so 8 multiplied by 9, we have 7 tens,

and one multiplied by two and
so in
units or 72, every odier case; only the rule ^'
.

must be changed when we change the

object of the question.

So
it;

that

we

see a child has

;

no need of the mulhis

tiplication table

he burdens not

mind with

he sees not only the relation of the different

all

numbers, but he sees

haw

they affect and

combine with each other;

the thing
;

ail is in tlie

nature of

the evidence

is

before liim.

" Let

us

now go on

to Division.
;

Suppose we
if this is

have to divide 63 by 7

let

us see

not

included in the nature of the thing.

We

have

7)63(
If

we

subtract the 7 from 10,

we have 3; and

180
if

KEW AKT OF MEMOHY.

this to

we add

6,

we have 9

the quotient.

Divide 54 by 9.

9)54(6
Subtracting the 9 from
10,

and adding the re-

mainder to 5, we have 6 the quotient.

4
2

SO 6)48(8

8)72(9 and so on.

And

in cases

where the dividend does not exactly

contain the devisor, as in

9)76(8

we

find

by multiplication, that 8 mulkiplied by 9

gives 72,

we have

then

over,

which

is

conse-

quently 4 ninths.

" Thus

in every case

to the nearest

we have always the answer whole number. Here also we

table,

have no need of the multiplication

as I said before,
is

which,

so

difficult

to learn, as the
;

numbers themselves
their nature.

give us the answer

see then

it is is

in

You

vance by our method, and

how easy it we charge

to ad-

not th

memory with what

it is

so

difficult to fix."

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS

^irttficial

iHemotp.

CHRONOLOGICALLY ARRANGED.

JlA-S

many of

the

treatises

on

this

subject are

extremely rare,

we

shall give

the

title

of each,
;

and occasionally notice

shall not

their

contents

but

we

attempt a particular analysis of the early

books, as the same principles will be found

ply developed in those of a

amdate,

more recent
will

from which copious extracts

be made.

In
its

some few
rarity,

instances, indeed,

on account of

or usefulness,
;

the whole

work has been

life

reprinted
has,

and, a slight sketch of the author's

practicable, been

when

introduced.

The

articles thus noticed are all

numbered; the books

and the

are

chronologically arranged, according to the

dates

of their publication

MSS.

are

referred to that period in

which

their respective

authors probably tlourished.

182

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

1.

ThomcB JBradwardini Ars 3Iemorativa.

3IS.
is

This curious manuscript

No. 3744

in the

Shane
seum.

Collection, preserved in the British

It consists

Mu-

of three pages and a half of a

small duodecimo

size,

and

treats

of places, and of
in the places

images or symbols
and,
to
is

to

be arranged

evidently an attempt, though a feeble one,

to

form a system of topical memory, according

the plan of the antients.

Thomas Bkadwardin

was

called
in

the

Profound Doctor, and was born

Sussex,

about the beginning of the fourteenrfi century.

He

was educated

at

Merton College, Oxford, of

in

which he was proctor

1325.

Being called

to

court by Stratford, archbishop of Canterbury, he

was made confessor

to

Edward

III.

and presented

with a canonry of Lincoln, and also with the

chancellorship of St. Paul's,

London.

He

ac-

companied the king in his warlike expeditions;

and
to his sanctity of life

and pious prayers, the

superstition of the age attributed

much

of the suc-

cess attending the

arms of that monarch.

;

His

writings were
to have
siastics

partly theological

and he appears

been one of the most enlightened eccleof his age.

He gained great credit

by his

mathematical works.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
2.

183

Matheoli Perusini iractatus Artis Memorativce, 8. 1470. [BL Ictj

This work was often reprinted
in

subsequent

years.

3.

Jacohi Puhlicii Ars Memorativa

cipit feliciter, 4. p&L IctJ

in-

4.

In 7iova mirahilique ac perfectissima Memorise Jacohi Puhlicii, prologus

feliciter incipit, 4". [iJL
Jct*]

These two
printer's

articles are

without date, place, or

name.

Panzer* has

among

the books printed at

No. 3. Cologne, by John

arranged
it.

Gnldenschaff, but does not assign any date to

Publicius was the author of
tolas

Ars

conficiendi epis-

TulUano more, printed

printed in 1482.
tlie

in

1488; and of
et

Artis Oratories Epitom. Ars Epistolaris

Ars

Memorise,

It is very

proba-

ble, then, that

article

under consideration, was

printed before the year 1482, and afterwards re-

printed with, the

two other

tracts of

Publicius.

Tlie Ars

Memorativa seems

to have

been the

fountain from which every successive writer has

taken copious draughts.

It treats

of the airange-

Aunales TypograpUici, torn.

I.,

p, 343. eiL

Norimh. iTSt-

184

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS Of
the combination of images.

ment of places and

Several wood-cuts are given, of the most rude and

grotesque description, representing the alphabet

by symbols taken from

5.

diiFerent objects.

Ars 3Iemoraiiva per Johannem Priiss. foL Argent. 1488. [ijj. let.]
Petrus Colonia, Ars Memorativa,
[W.
let.]

6.

4".

No.

6. consists

of eight leaves, with several

badly executed wood-cuts, evidently the productions of a very early period.

It is

without date,

place, or

name of
the

the

prmter.

The arms
last

of

Cologne occupy
from
this

whole of the

page;

circumstance, and from the addition

it

of the author,

may be

inferred that the

work

was printed

at

Cologne.

The

address to the

reader notices the attempt of Publicins, and expresses the author's desire to

form a compendious
for the use of all
little differ-

view of the Art of

persons.

Memory

There

is,

of course, but

ence between the schemes of Publicius, and

ter

Pe-

of Cologne.

The

wood-cuts, which are nu-

merous, are interspersed with the letter-press, and

are intended to represent images of particular objects; as a carpenter, by a
ii

hammer ^

a cobier,

by a

shoe, etc, etc.

ARTIFICIAL WEMORY.
7.

18.^

Incipit

Ars Memoria venerabilis Sal4.

donini Sahodiensis Medicce Artis

D actoris Eximii,
This
article
is

Paris. [6L let ]

without date, place, or

is,

name

of the printer.
Publicius, with

It

in fact,

a republication of

some

introductory rule&, which

are dehvered in Latin hexameters, aceompanied

by a prosaic comment and exposition.

Manget,

m
this
*

his

Bibliotheca

Script or um

Medicorum*

has the following meagre information respecting

*

venerable and illustrious medical Doctor.'

Baldovinus (Sabodie.mis),

De

eo erstat,

Ars

viemoricc carmine

cum

glossis.

Varisiis^ in 4.'

8.

Fcenix

Duni Petri Rauenatis Me-

morice magistri, A. Venetiis, 1491.

9.

Memorice Ars quce Phcenix

8".

inscribitury

Paris, 1544.

10.

Phcenix sen Artificiosa Memoria CI. J. V. D. et militis J>. Petri Raveniiatis

Juris Canonici olim in Pata-

vino
rimi,

Gymnasio Professoris
4*"^

celeber-

Vicentice, 1600.

Tom. L

p. 224.

S3

186
In
this

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
work, [Nos.
8, 9, 10.] the places

and

images are noticed

at large,

with various rules for

If

forming, arranging, and combining them.

we

would remember,
cumstances,

says Peter, any particular cir-

we must form some vivid

it

imagination

of the event, and associate

with the names of

! !

some" pretty girls"ofouracquaintance!

^wish him
study
that
is

Iwould

melancholy, (says Burton) to

Cosmus

Rosselius, Peter Ravennas, and

Schenckelius Detectus.
1

Jacohi Colincei Campani de Memoria

Arti/iciosa compendiosumopusctdnm.

Jmpressit Ascensms, 4". ^Paris'] 1515.

Venundatur

in

Aedihus Asccnsianis.

12.

Nicholcd Chappusii de mente

et

me-

moria lihellusntilissimus, 4*^. \^Paris\ Venundatur ubi impresstis 1515.

est in

Aedibus Aseensianis.
little

[hi. Jct.]

The two
with

preceding articles are

more than

a repetition of the scheme of Peter of Ravenna,

some

observations on the theory of natural

memory.
colophon

They
[in

are

both beautiful

specimens
title

of early typography, and have in the

a large

wood] representing a room of

printing ofiice, in which are a compositor at work,

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
a press, a

187

man

laying

on the

ink,

and another

working the press.

13.

Congestorium Artificiosce Memorice

Joamiis Romberch de Kyrpse;

opus

omnibus Tkeologis, predicatoribiis

confessoribuSy advocatis, etuotariis;

medicis, philosophis ; Arti liberalium

professor ibus. Insuper mercatoribus,

nuntiis, et tabellariis perfiecessarimn,
8.

Veneius,per 3Ielch.
let.]

kUtessa,

1533.

[hi

This work abounds with the most curious woodcuts

;

according to

tlie title, it is

intended for di-

rines, preachers, confessors, advocates, notaries,

physicians, philosopliers, and

liberal arts:
it

professors, of the
for

is

also very

necess-ary

mer-

chants,

messengers, and amanuensts.

The auetc.

thor speaks of natural

illustrates his

memory,

its seat,

and

observations by the representation

of a head, on which the situations of thought,

fancy, etc. are laid

down with

great care.

Arter

having treated of the necessity and use of places,

and images, of
the author

visible places

and

fictitious places

recommends the

fixing of certain places

upon

the walls of the different

:

rooms of a house,

monastery, or other place

and, the better to re-

member

the situation of the places, puts symbols

188
there.

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

A wood

cut

is

given with the symbols

niauy of which repre-

for figures as hij^h as 30,

sent very accurately the outline of the figure.

The

alphabet
bols
;

is

represented in the same way by sym-

and, in one instance, entirely by birds of

different species.

In speaking of languages, in order to

fix the

numbers and
the
pupil,

cases

of nouns in the
resorts

mind of
the
fol-

M. Romberch

to

lowing expedient.
the singular

A naked
;

man

is

to personate
is

number

ihe nominative case

this

to be

placed on the head of

man, the
on

genitive in

his right hand, the dative in his left,

tive

the accusa-

on

his breast, the vocative

his middle,

and

the ablative on his knees.

plural

A man clothed gives the

to

number, and the cases are

as

be disposed in

the

same manner,

on the naked man.

Two

chapters are devoted to the merchants; in the one,

they are instructed to

remember
;

the weight and

measure of their goods

and

in the other, the

debts

owing

to

them, the

bills

which they have

to pay,

etc. etc.

I'hree chapters are dedicated to

tlie

gam-

ing; one explains

application of the art to

dice, another to cards,

and the

last to chess.

Another edition of Romberch's Congestorium

was published
but gave
enice,

at

Franckfort, in iGO^, 8.
this

Xo-

dovico Dolci translated

it

book
j

into- Italian,

a dialogue

form

it

was printed at

iu 8". 1562..

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

189

14.

DeMemoria reparanda,
vandaque
tificiosa
lib. itmis
;

migenda, ser-

et

de locali vel aralter

Cruill.

Memoria

lib.

Grataroli, 8. JRomcc, 1555.

A
were

prior edition of this treatise

was printed

at

Basle in lo54, with Grataroli's Opuscula, which

all

corrected by himself.

Many

other edi-

tions followed,

and a translation into English was

the following

made by William Fulwod nnder

title.

15.

T/ic Castel of

Memorie :

iv herein is

contemned the restoring, augmenting,

and conseruinge of the Memorie atid Remembrance, tvith the safest remedies, and best precepts
thereunto in any icise apperteining
:

made by Gidielmus Gratarolus JBergomatis Doctor of Artes and Physike.

Englyshed by William Fid-

ivod.

The

Contentes ivherof ap-

pear in the Page next folowing.

Imprinted at London in
streete

Fleete-

by William

How,
let.]

dwelling

at

Temple

barre. [bl.

iQO

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
earlier edition of this

An
is

extremely rare book

After the
contentes/

noticed in the Censura Literaria.*

*

line in the title of this edition,

The

etc. there is a cut of the Printer's sign

with the

motto post tenebras lux.

Printed at

London
at

by Rouland Hall, dwellynge

12.'

in Gutter-lane,

the signe of the Half Egle and the Keye, 1562,

The

address to the reader

is

dated Nov.

20, 1562.

The

date to the edition from which

is

our extracts have been made,

of the
'

placed at the end

address,'

and

An
the

Epistle

Nov. 20, 1573. dedicatorie' to Lord Dudley,

is

'^Maister of the Queenes Maiesties horse,' follows

title.

This

epistle is in verse,

very prolix

and

dull.

After a studied eulogy on his patron,

enlarges

Mr. Fulwod
memory,

upon
to the

the

importance of

particularly

Judge, Preacher,

Captaine, Marchaunt, Lawyer, and Husband-

man, and shrewdly observes.

For what helps
it

good bookes to rade,

or noble stories large

Excepte a pcrfecte Meraorie,

do take thereof the charge ?

What

profits it

most worthy thinj

:

to see, or else to heare

If that the same

come

in at the one,

and out

at the other eare?

Vol.

vii, p.

209.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

191

An
lege,

address from the translator to the reader,

this sage

concludes with

admonition, lege et perIn the next place

ne quid temere.

we

have,

THE BOOKES
Verd'ute.
]

Castell stroug I doe present

well furnished and sure

Munited eke with Arraoure bent For euer to endure.

Which

iiitherto long

time hath ben

In (Limbo patrum) hidde,

But now

at last may here bee scene, From daungers men to ridde

:

Procuring them a perfect state,*

And safe securitie, Wherby they may fynde out

the gate

Of wisedome's
Hee

lore.

For why ?

that hath lost his Mcmorie,

:

By mee may it rcnewe

And hee
that wyll
it

amflifio.

Shall find instructions trewe.

And hee
That

that will

still

keepe the same,

:

it shall

not decay

By mee must learne the way And my prccptes obej-.

to frame,

Sapi. 6, 8.

and

18.

192

PRlNCirAL SYSTEMS OF
Lo here yee see my full effecte And that I doe entende
The
secretes tlierof to detect.

That thereby wittes may mende.

Then ludge mee^ As I am worthie.

The
is,

Castel of

Memorie
'

is

divided into seven

chapters.

The
it
is.'

first

declareth

what memorie

where

Jiorisheth,

how

profitable
*

and nethe

cessa7'ie

it

The
cures
:'

second

conteineth
is

chiefe causes
their signes

wherby the memorie

hurt, with

and

and, in treating of moist

*

and cold

brains, concerning the

nieates forbid-

den the pacient,' there are the following curious

:'

directions

" Let them

also forbeare
fishe,

Marow

(which
if

is

in

bones) Cranes fleshe,

especially

it

be

clammy and nourished

naughtie
fruites

in diches or holes,

colde

pot herbes, milke, cheese, especially much, or

:

moist and not ripe or often

but sometimes they maye eate sharper or tarter

nieates, chiefly in the winter, as Garlike, Peniroyall,

or Calamint,
is

Capers being

watered

mustard
little

praised of Pithagoras, they must eate

at

and speciailye
it

supper

they must drink

no water, except

be sod with hony, or cinnapleasant spices.

mon, or some other

abstein

They must
and not to

from ouer mutch sleepe,

AKTlilClAL MEMORY.

IQS

sleepe in the daye time, nor upon the noddle of

the head, nor
let

upon

to

mutch

fulnes of

meate

them

also take
it

heede of ouer great watchspirite,

inges, for
it,

weakeneth the

and resokieth

and stuffeth the head."

The
euer

third

chapter

'

sheweth the principall

sorte, so

tsndajnages
tliey

of the memorie in what

bee.'

The

fourth

telleth

likewise

the perticuiar helpes

fifth
*

of

the Memorie.'
best

comprehendeth certain

The approued and

chosen medicinable

compounded remedies and

presertiatiues greatly encreasing the

Memory ;*
aged

and containeth a receipt

to

make

'

Pilles that are

good

for a languishing braine, especially in

folkes,'

and olde

"an odoriferous or sweet smell-

ing aple for the memorie'

a comforting water

or lee, for the washing of a colde and

moist

head, also

it

helpedi the

Memorie,

autl it

must
chap-

be of the ashes of Twigges, or of an oake.'

Another, and another follow.
ter
*

The

sixth

expresseth

Philosnphicall

.Judgements,
these
as fol-

Rules,

and PreceplesofRememhraunce;
number;
the nineteenth
is

are twenty iu

lows
.

" For the recreation of your myude and there-

storing of
fylthie

your strengthes, you must not

flye to
it

and dishonest things, but you

by changing of your studie
to refresh
;

shall bring

to passe

for

it is

better

somewhat

your niynde, then altogether

194
to lose
it.

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
Yea,
also the plaies, pastimes or en-

terludes of Christians ought to be sage and honest.

Therefore

after earneste

and graue studies and

easier,
it

you muste repaire

to

lighter

as to

Histories or Musicall exercises, for

restoreth

the strength and norisheth the conuenient reste,

and also vertue

is

of more power after leasure

that

and

rest.

There be some
is

had rather play,

the which indeede

graunted and permitted, so

earnest or

that the playe bee a play and not an

said thinge,

and

let it

be shorte, honest, without

deceite hurt or couetousnes.

(a Treatise
lishe)

The
up

Chestes playe

whereof I

lately translated into

stire

Eng-

doth
is

moue and

the wit, but in

the

same

often bestowed to

much tyme and

studye, the which ought

to be better applied.

The

baule or Tenyce play, doth also profite the

all

hole bodye (But above

the noble exercise of

is

Shooting

in

the long

Bowe
is

most commendachieflye

ble) walking abroad

good

for

the

heade
ing

but

it is

better to dispute together walk-

up and downe and mouing the handes. This recreacion of the minde ought not to be
daily nor

often,

and especially

it

must not be

used at the hours or tyme of study."

The
"

seventh

chapter

entreateth in fevve

zeoordes of locall or artificiall

Artificiall

MemorieJ
imagination,

Memorie

is

a disposyn or placing

of sensible thinges in the

mynde by

AKTIFIcrAL MEMORY.

195
is

whereunto the naturall memorie hauing respect,

by them admonished, that

to

it

may
and

be hable to call
suche thinges

mind more easely and

distinctly
:

as are to bee
in hys

remembred

(as Cicero sayth

it

seconde to Herennius)
as
it

.consisteth

of

places,

were of waxe

or tables, and of

images, as of figures and

letters.

For so

it

commeth

to passe that

such thinges, as

we haue
as

heard or learned,

we

reherse agayne, euen

though we read them.

Nor

it

skilleth

not

muche whether we begynne

mjfie.

at the first, or at the

rMiis!;

The

places themselves

be

set in
it

order,

for, yf

there be a confusion in them,

al the reste

foloweth of necessitie, that

disordred.

must be

And

it

behoueth also that there be

thinges

many
by

places, that

manye

maye be placed
Cicero
in

the

same

exercise

and

practise.

judged
ber.

that there should

be an hundreth
it

num-

Thomas A<juinus thought

[more].

good

to have

mo.

For

these

places

many have
Metrosixtie places

searched by diuers and sundry artes.

dorus found oute three hundred and

of the XII signes in the whiche, the sunne goeth

his course
:

because the Astrologers do deuyde

the Zodiacke into so

manye

degrees.

" Cicero inuented

a certayne familiar house, se-

uered or parted into manye places, and he thought

it

good

that

we shoulde

deuise after euerye fyft

place, either a golden hande or

some other

dis-

196
tinction,

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
wherby the one might be discerned
also in

from the Oiher, and

stfdfaHt
a!vv;jys

them

to

obserue a

and unmonable order,

enter in
A'jtiior,

th.-st

wee

miglit

and go out

at

the right syde.

A'l' idler

not unskillful, fayned places

deriued their

bv

certavife

iyuing creatures, and

or<!.r

out of the Latyne alphabet, in suche sorte

thai euer)

one of

their

names shouloe bcginne

:

some one of euery- letter euen as if these vere the names an Asse, a Beare, a Cat, a
with
:

Dogge, an Elephant,
tj

a Foxe, a Goate, a Horse,

Ja^e, a Kyte. a Lyou. a Mule, a Nyghtingafc,

an Oule, a Partridge, a Quaile, a Rabbet, a

Sheepe, a Throstle, a Unicorne, Xystus the Philosopher (who wrote of these) Hyena, Zacheus,

He

deuyded

all

these into fyue places

into the

heade, into the fore

feete, into the bealye, into

the hynder feete and the tayle, for this order nature
herself niinistreth, neither can the wit
in

be

confounded

counting or

reckenning

them.

Hauing

thus gotten then an hundrcth and fyftene

places, he graued in

them the Images of thinges

written by

worlhye of memorie, and also he coraniaunded

that

many

thinges should bee

the

mynde

or wit in the face of him that speaketh,

forehead, in the eyes, and

in the heares, in the

so to descend downewarde to the feete.

But me
and

thynketh

it

a verye easye

thinge to deinise
also

Jmmagine not onlve an hundreth but

infinite:

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
places, seeing

IQ?

no man

is

ignorant of the situation

in the

of the

citie

where he was borne, or

which

he hath long dwelled.

" Therefore when the mynde entreth

gate, whiles
it

in at the

considereth the diuersitie of waves,

countreyes, and

directing and leading to diners

whiles

it

remembreth frendes houses, pnblike

dwellinge places, palaces, or

common

places of

Judgment,
of places.

it

shall

fynde out a maruelous

also
it

number
great
it

Hereto

maye imagine

courtes, or places

of larger roume, wherein

may

deuise as great a

eth, so that

number of places as it listeuery thing may be written therein

that he will haue.

*'

And

because the teaching by examples

is

briefe and effectual],

nowe

will I put forth

some

examples, to the end that thereby the matter

may be
a)i

the better perceiued.

I will

put forth

example of tenne, and consequently by the

proportion thereof shall be deuised the example of a thousand.

" And

therefore I take or choose a greate and

emptie house, to the which you muste not go

often but seldome, and appointe or sette
fyrst

the
foot

place which

is

at

the doore,

three

distant

from the doore.

Let the seconde place

that, as

be twelve or fyftenne foote distant from

for

example

let

there be one corner or angle.

distant
s

Let the thyrd place be

from the seconde

l^S-

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

even as many or twelve foote, and there may be

perchance, another corner, or a middest betwene
die
first

and the second corner.

be a corner.

by

as miiche.

The fourth shall The fyft shall be a corner, distant The syxte llkewyse: and' the hall
you
shall enter into

beyng

finished,

one chamber,
shall note

and immediately within the doore you

or appoynte the seuenthe, and afterwarde, in the

fyrst corner of the

chamber

the eyght, and in the

in the thyrd the

second corner the nynthe, and

tenth with his distaunce.

And

yf you wyll haue

any more places, goe out of the chamber, and

so raarke or note the other chambers proportionally.

" But yet remember

is

that the dystaunce

whych
but yf

geuen

is

moderate and conuenyent,

there
lesser

be not found so great dystaunce, but a

eucn unto eyghte, or to

yet should
it

Ipsse

euen unto

fiue foote,

be tolerable.

As con-

cernynge the teniple,

as

it

ought to be such a one

must not be much frequented, especially of yourself to the ende that you be not confounded
or troubled, with the multitude of the fygures or

Images.

These places ought to be memorable

for the corners

and remoueable with ones hand,

are not places, but fyxed images sette and placed

in the

corners,

uppon

the which (euen as

paper) are painted other fygures, which

put out euen as

letters

upon paper.

upon may he As for

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
example, the
by * * *
in
firste

Jf)^

place

is

marked or known
in his

setting * * *

place.

The
The
of

second by asalue boxe, setting there also a salue

boxe.
Tlie
a
iii

by a morter putting

it

there.

fourth by

pestle.

The
sixte

fyfte

by a

pair

writing Tables.

The

by a hares

foote

The

senenth by a

Scarcer.

The

eight

by a

bagge.

The

ninth

by a lofe of waxe.

The
names

tenth by the Canes of Cassia.

And

these

must be kepte alwaies

from

in

niynd and the places

fine to liue^that the quinaries or fyfte places

may

alwaies by had in mcmorie.

is

Of

the

dis-

tance there

enough spoken.
to fine

Yet note

tha?

you may passe

yonde, leste
the images.

and

thirtie,

and not be-

t'nere

should chaunce a negation in

" And bee

it

spoken euen likewise of the

the height, that there

quantitie as touching

be

not manye of a height, but from fyue eueii unto

eleven
foote.
as
it is

And

let

euery

fyftic

place be
qualiti

marked,
also

sayde of the order.

The

must be noted, that they be not

to light, nor

to darke, nor to
to the

much

frequented.

Let us come
that

Images which are the ihinges

:

must be
such

places
us,

the

Images whiche bee knowen unto

set in these places with

ought to be so

mouingcs, that by them

we may
I

call tliinges to

remembraunce.

For example,

would remem:

ber twentye names^ I will do thus

In the

fyrste

SOO

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

place, I will set the Images of Peter, one I well knowe, with an

whom
James
this

* ^ *

full

of water iu hys

hande, the whyche he shall power upon

one also well

k no wen unto

me

and so by

notable act, I shall

remember
I

these twoo, and

so place in

my remembraunce
mee
verye well

these

twoo names.

" In

the seconde place

wyll put

Henrye

who

is

unto

knowen

(for these

fygures must be exactly

knowen

that they

maye
shall

quickelye

come

into ones

Memorye) who
Steuen,

put

his

hande into a Boxe and pull out the salue,

to

and therwilhal

besniyer

one also

whom
whome
face
:

do very uell know.

I will set

" In the thyrde place

I

Wylliam, one
of the

knowe

also,

who
shall

shall take out

morter a playster, and

or inuentinge

put

it

upon Fraunces

toyes,

some other mad iestes and whereby the memorye maye bee confyrmed
awaye suche lyke names.
so
in lyke

to beare

" And
rest.*

manner proceede with the

As

the 'original passage has not, here, been literally

translated,

we

shall present

Grataroli's Latin.
res collocandic
locis collocari
:

" Transeanius
it;v

our readers with a specimen of

ad imagines, qua; sunt

istis

dobent

imagines nobis notae in

talibus, ul per eas

cum motibus
:

valeamus

memorari.

Verbi gratia, volo memorari dc viginti nomiin priino

loco

uibus, sic faciam aotissimi locabo,

iniaginem Petri mihi

cum

urinali in raanu pleno urina

:

quam
acta

fundet supcr^Iacobum mihi uotissimum

et ex isto

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
" Likewise
doyng of
if

201

would remember any man

I

and also his acte,

his acta; as,

will imagin
if

him and the

would remember one

imagine that with a

eating of iigges, then

figge,

I will

he did some mery or strange thing.

Grataroli next treats of figures, and gives the

five
'*'

following rules concerning them.

Thefyrste

is

that the fygure

do mone either
one

to laughter, compassion, or admiracion, for

may soone

fynde a figure that styre

up and moue
I should settc

the affection of the Soule.

" An example hereof

r place in the

is this,

if

mouthe of

mad

Asse, the head

of Antonye to be almoste bytten in pieces, the

blood to gushe out of him, and that he asketb

helpe, and holdynge
for
it

up

his

handes cryeth out

cannot bee but that when I woulde, I

shoulde see him with the eyes of my mynde, and

Dotabili,

nuin raenioriaiu milii fcceio.

tiiiiim
niilii

honim duorHin memorabor: ctsic duorum nomiIn secundo lco pouaiii Maiiiotis^imuin

(nam opoitet imagines

istas esse

iiotissinias,

at cito
in

in nicnioriani

rtcuiTant) qui ponet

-

tligitum

sunm

pyxidc ct extrahct nnguentiini, qno

un^et ani Ilcnrici
niihi
niilii

m
In

di'^ito ^oriliciiini
/e;^(tf

notissirai.

ponani Andieam

itidem uotuin, qui

cum manu

ex mortaiio extrahet cmplastrum quod ponet super faciem

'

Frnncisci, vcl alios ridiculos actus fabricando, ex quibus

memovia dc
fonnitcr

talibus nominihus confirmetur.

in aliis."

Et

ita pari-

pioredatnr

Gratarolux de

Manor ii

<)Pi St. pp. 66, 67.

Kanil. 1554.

202

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
him
that should ask

declare or express Antony to

or enquire for him.

" Aiiother

is,

that

we

should represent eyther

the lyke by the like, or by the contrary, or else

by the proprietie
fyrst
is,

therof.

An

example of tbe

as if I

were about to place the name of

Galeae, I should write the name of some other

excellent physition,
lusiy

whose

authoritie (as neere as

be)

is

eyther equall or lyttle inferiour.

is,

"

An

example of the seconde

if 1

writ the

name of an unlerned
Thersites,
euill
*'
;

physition, if

describe
for the
*

by Achilles, and the good

or the foule by the fayre.

An

example of the

thi/rde

is,
:

yf

represent

Ouidius Naso, by a great nose

Plato, by large
;

shoulders, Crispus by crysped or curled heares

and Cicero by Gelasinus. " The tkyrde is, that wee accustome ourselues
to place

thinges,

euen from

our very
:

youth, and that

we

encrease with dayly exercise

although that the teaching therof

profit

may helpe and

euen them also that be elder. " The habite, the perfectnes and dexteritye

(I

meane
if

to practyse these thynges)

is

muche

the

more,

they doe so place

all

thynges, whiche

they shall either saye or do and also whatsoeuer they heare in communication or talkinge.

And

they must lykewise paynt and graue the maners,

gestures and tymes.

For

in so

doynge they shall

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
ill

205
It

a sliorte space

be notably wel exercised.

profvteth also to playe one with another, and to

goe about
thynges,

to excel!

hym

that shall recyte

many

more

clearlye, orderlye,

and spedely

then other.

" The fourth

fyft

is

that (in

euery quinary or

number of

those thynges that are to

be

marked) we repeate agayne from the beginninge

all

such th}niges as are alreadye noted for the

repeticion of things coramonlye bryngeth greate

utilitie

and profyte. " The fyfte is,

that

wee should represent

thinges

compounde with

the scimilitude of simple

thinges.

As
this

for

example.
:

Hee

that will re-

member
C/c^7'

sentence
shall

Cicero contendeth with

Hortensius,

immagine the pease called

whiche complayneth of the barenes of the

:

garden
the

for so

doth Cicer resemble Cicero and

Garden

called

Hart us doth
complaynte

represent

Hor-

tensius,
etc. etc.

and

the

the contention,

" Agayne you

shall not forget that in

placyng

or setting of the images or fygurts in their places

the thynge
is

alwayes to bee placed with a merye,

a merueylous or cruell acte, or

some other unacor exceedinglye

customed mauer

for merye, cruel), iniurious,

merueylous, excellently fayre,

foule thynges

do chaufige and moue the sences,

styrre

and

better

uppe

the

memorye, when

204
the

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OP
myude
is

muche occupied about suche

thinges.

" Also the images are varyed by the transpo*

sition

and transumption of the

letters

as

if

vvoulde

remember Nep,*
a

shall place

a pen,
It

and

for a tyran, [Tyrant]

rauening wolf.

sufficeth therefore, that

we have

expressed a me-

thode or compendious waye, the whiche whosoeuer foloweth shall easelye (so that exercise be
not lackynge) get and attayne the certeine and
sure remembrance, of

manye and sundrye

:

thinges,

as due occasion shall require

but as for the

sluggish
still,

and ydle,

let

them slugge and sleepe

to

whome

all

thinges are displeasing."

At
put

the conclusion

of the seventh chapter

'

is

an

Epilogue of the foresayde thinges'

This epilogue contains quotations from Erasmus,

PJato, and Aristotle, and concludes thus
:

"

It is

verye good also to renewe and rehearse

verye often suche thinges as are commytted to

the

memorye, with an elegant Oration or

it

sweete

songe, as
is

is

heretofore declared, for pleasure

the sauce of thynges, the foode of love, the

quickening of the wyt, the nouryshynge of the

affection and the strength of the

Memorye.
purged

" The

Soule

also

must

be

from

A Horbc

so called.

ATtTlIlCIAL
euill

MEMORY.
filled

205
with good

thinges, that

it

may be

thinges.

" And we must humbly

faythfull

desire of

God
Lord

with a

prayer to grant us his spyryte of wyse-

dome and

knowledge,

for

our

Jesus

Christes sake, to wliome wylh the father and the

holy ghost be

all

honor, laud, and glorye for

euer and euer.

Amen."
l*"af,

On
nition.

the back of the last

Memory

taketh

leave of her disciples with the following

admo-

Memorie

sayeth.

To him

that would

me

gladly gaine

These three precepts

sliall

not be vaine.

The first is well to vnderstand The tiling that he doth take iu hand. The second is the same to piace
In order good and formed race,

The The

thirdo,

i^

often to repeat

thing that he would not forgeat.

to
tliis

Adioyning

castell strong,

Great vcrtue comes

cr

it

be long.

A French
on
the
the following

translation of Grataroli's Treatises

Memory
is

and on Physiognoujv,
the
title

is

extunt;

as given by
this
is

De Bure,
07t/i/

and

it is

remarkable that

the

book

which he has admitted imder the head

ral and Artificial

ol

Natu-

Memory.

206
16.

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
Discours notables des moyens pour
conserver et augmeiiter la memoire^

avec wi Traite de la PJiysionomie

oil

Jiigement de la nature des homtire

mes

des

traits

dii

visage,
trad,

et
dii

autres parties
Latiti

du corps;
16'',

de

Guill.

Gratarol,

Estienne Cope,

par Lyon, 1586.

*

Of
in et
his

this

book

De Bure
'

says,

Fetit Traite

singulier, et assez recherche.'

AndCAiLLEAU
cette

Diet. Bibliog.

pen commun.'

Petit Traite singulier

Onprefere

Traduction

a Voriginal Latin.'

William Grataroli
mo
at in Italy, in the year

was born

at

Berga-

1510.

He

was educated

Padua, where he took the degree of Doctor

of Physic, and afterwards became Professor of

the

same

science,

and gained considerable

dis-

tinction.

But, having embraced the Calvinistic

doctrines on the persuasion of Peter Vermilli, he

fled

from

Italy

through fear of the inquisition,

and

retired to

Marpurg, where he taught medicine

however, compelled.to leave
in the

for a year.

He was,

that place also,

and repaired to Basle,

hope of a

better fortune, and where, in fact, he

taught and practised his profession with success

until

May,

5QQ>,

when he

died at the age of 52

He was author

of a great number of works, som-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
f which
are

20?
and

honorable

to

his

talents,

evince a large share of knowledge, but

in otliers

he shows an attachment to the absurdities of

the alchemist,

much

superstition,

and opinions

which do not imply a sound judgment.

His

works, besides those which we have had occasion

to

mention, were,

I.

Treatise on the Preser-

vation of the Health of Magistrates,

lers,

Travel-

and Students,
in

in Latin, 12.

published at Frank-

fort,

1591,

in

II.

Cologne,

1(371, in B.

III.
He

Da He

Vini Natura.

was the editor

of a collection of various works of Pomponatius

Basle,
this

1565,

in 8.

had been the pupil of

his

celebrated

man, and adopted some of

notions.

IV.

tallic^

Doctrine, etc.fol. Basil, 156l.

Vera Alchijmice Artisque MeV. De

pradictione
etc.

rerum

naturarumque

hominum
mutatione,

VI.
It

De Temporum omnimoda

etc.*

"

cannot be denied (says Baylc)

tlvat

Gra-

taroli

was a public-spirited man, since he not

only sought remedies that he might be useful to

magistrates, but also those that are proper for all
sorts of travellers.

He

did not forget studious

men

for he

endeavoured to enable them to pre-

serve their health, and strengthen their

memory.
on

man, who would supply

Bavle Diet.

their necessities

Hist. art. GralarolL

08

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
would deserve divine honors
tit

this account^

the republic

of

tetters,

in which

memory

is

almost as necessary as life."

17. AriiJlcioscE

MemoricB

libellus,

antore
8

Joann.

Spaiigenherg,

Herd.

Witeberg, 1570.
18. Artis 3Iemoria:, seupotius
centicE

Reminis-

pars secunda^ Autliore Joh,

Sp, Herd. Franco/. 1603.

This
is

a very useful mamiil, and

-dii.

is

intended

principally for tyros in the

It unfolds,

by

question and answer, the principles of former

writers

on the

jsufcject,

and

is

equally remarkable
TJiis small tract is

for perspicuity and brevity,

included in the Gazophylacium Artis Memorice,

published

in

l6lO, under the

title

of Erotemata
etc,

de Arte Memories seu Reminiscent ice,

9.

Cosmi Rosselii Thesmirns

ciosce

Artifi-

Memoriae,

4.

Venet. 1574.

20.

Jordano Sruno de nmhris Idearum,

Paris,
1582.

21. Artificiosce Memorise Libellus,

Au-

thore Thoma Watsono

Oxonictisi,

ARTIFICIAL MEMOItY.
Juris
lo83.
This manuscript
is

20L)

Utriusque

studioso.

MS.

No. 5731

in the

Collection, preserved in the Britisii

is

Shane Museum. It
the
titles

divided
are,

into

fifteen chapters,

of

which
1.

yJutoris

Prologomenon
et

el

Methodus,
3.

2.

De

Memoria
ria. 0.

Heminiscentia.
4.

De MeMemo-

moria Nnturali.

De

ArtificiGsa

De

Dup/ici locorum gene re. G.

7-

De
8.

Legibas locorum.

De

Imaginibus.
9-

De Imagine rei
rei

aimplici.
10.

De
esse

Imagine
debeant

composita.
11.

Qnales

imagines.

De

Cathena.
\3.

12.

De
artis

Fer-

boruin memoria.

De praxi
15.

me-

jHorativae et ofijectornm tarietate.

14.

De

Util
(

it ate

localis memorirt.

De

Imjus

artis acqnisitione,

If

wish to remember

five objects,

(says

Mr.

Watson)
horse,
I

as a stone, a tree, a fish, a bird, and a

take

some spacious
the
in

wall well-known to
;

me, and make

see a

five great divisions in

;

in

the inst, I
;

door

second, a

window

in the
;

third, a chest

the fourth, an iron book

in

the
,

fifth,

a large crack, or fissure.

to
fill

The

stone

must be large enough

viay
;

up

the

whole door-

the tree has taken root, and almost con-

t8

210
ceals the

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
window by
;

its

branches
is

the iish

is ly-

ing hid in the chest

the bird
is

seizing the ironit

hook with

his beak,
;

and

endeavouring to tear
tail

from the wall

fissure,

the horse has put his

into the

and

is

fixed there.

By

these means, the

objects, and their numerical situation are

permawail

nently

remembered: other

divisions

of a

are given: one into 3C, and

the other into 100

compartments; the
and the
latter

first

is

reckoned by eights,

by tens.
is

The

connection of the different images

con-

sidered of great importance, and the following

illustration
is

given.

If 1

wish to remember

(continues the auihor) a man, a horse, a stone,

fire,

a hog, and a tree,

must
it

say, that
tail
;

the
the
is

man

finds a hoise
is

and

seizes

by the

horse

biting a large stone,

from which

fire

elicited

by the teeth

of the animal;

this

fire

burns a hog, which had approached too near the

horse
;

the hog,

mad

with pain, runs against the

it.

tree, and overthrows

Anthony Wood,
author.

in his

Athencc OxonieU'
this

ses* affords some information respecting

"

Thomas Watson,

Londoner born, did

Logic

spend some time

in this University, not in

Vol. I. col. 262, 263.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

211

and Philosophy, as he ought to have done; but

in the

smooth and pleasant

studies of poetry and

romance, whereby he obtained

an honourable

name among
the

the students in those faculties.

Af-

terwards retiring to

the metropolis [he] studied

common

law

at riper years,

and for a diverFrancisci

yJminta,

sion wrote,

Echgn

in

obitum D.
loQO.

Wals'mgham Esq. aur. Lond.

Gaudiu, Loud.
159'2,

written in

Lat. Hexa-

meter, and dedicated to the incomparable

Maty

Countess of Pembroke,
his studies.

who was

a patroness of

He

hath written other things of that

nature,
pastoral,

or strain, ami something pertaniing to

which

have not yet seen, and was

in the latter

highly valued

among ingemous men,

end of Q. Elizabeth."

22.

Jordano Hfuno de Imaginum, Idearum compositioue ad omnia

venlmiem,
lihri,
8.

et

in-

et

iMemorice genera tres

Franc.

1591.
in4".

55.

Joan. Mich. Alherti de omnibus

sreniis ausrendce

nwmoria

libera

13onon.
24.

1591.

F.

Philippi

Gesvaldi Plutosojia,

Patau. 1600.

212
25.

PIllINCIPAL

SYSTEMS GF
Bapiista;

Ars Remiuiscendi Joan.

Porta; Neapolitan i, i'^.Neap. 1602.

Porta, like the authors aheady noticed, treats

of pUices and images

to

he also advises the pupil

commit poetry

to

memory, by forming

ideal

representations of the language, and placing

in order.

them

He
;

exchanges iigines for symbols,

for a globe
;
;

and represents a cipher

by a knife
;

2 by

a sickle

3 by a bow

4 by a chopper
;

by a serpent

8 by a pair of spectacles
Letters

9 by a

crosier, etc. etc.

are also represented

;

by symbols, and two aljihubels are given

in

the one, the letters are formed from vaiious objects

;

and

in

the other,

from

different positions

of the human body.

John Baptist Porta

gentleman,

was a Neapolitan

who

acquired celebrity by his appli-

cation to polite literature and the sciences, especially those

ral

of mathematics, medicine, and natu-

history.

He

often held at

liis

house meetthe chi-

ings

of

literati,

when

they discussed

merical secrets of magic.

The Court
its

of

Rome,
aca-

apprised of the object pursued by this

little

demy, prohibited him from holding

meetings.

Porta then cultivated the Muses, and composed

several tragedies

and comedies, which were resuccess.

ceived with

some

His house was

al-

ways the

retreat

of men of letters, and of foreign-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
CIS,

215

who admired

the merit of Porta.

He

died
to

in

15\5, aged 70 years.

We
tlie

are indebted

Porta for the invention of

Camera Obscura.
3.

His works
2.

are, 1.

Treatise ou Natural M;gic.

A Treatise

on Physiognomy.
treatise

De

occultis

Litterarum notis ; a

on the

art of

con-

cealing our thoughts in writing, or of discover-

ing those of others.

4.

P hi/tognomonica,
De

seu

Methodus cognoscendi ex inspectione

tas

vires abdi-

cujmcumque

rei.

5.

Distillationihus,*

26. F.

Hieronymi MarafiotiPoUstinensis Calabri Theolou'i J^e Arte JRemiper

Inca^ et imagines^

niscenticBy

ac

per
tas,

7iotas

etjiguras in manibus posi1602.

Q\^Franc.

Places and images are the basis of Marafioti's

system, but instead of putting
tiie

images upon

the walls of a house, they are placed in different

parts of the hands, both

on the back and

in the

palm of

the hand.

By

this
is

mode

a high

number
tract

of places and images

obtained.

This

was reprinted

in

KJIO, in the Gazuphylaciam

Artis Memorice.

* Diet. Hist. art. Pvrtn.

tI4

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

37.

Specimma duo Art is 3femoria

hibita

ex8.

Lutetice Parisiorum,

Paris,
This
it

1607.

tract

we have not
at Paris

seen, but suspect that

contains an account of Schenckel's experiments

in

Mnemonics

of whose system some

accuunt will be found

in the next article.

28. Sckcnckelii 3Ielkodus

de

Latina

Lingua intra 6 menses docenda, &\ Arsrerd. 1609.

29. GazopJiylaciiim Artis Meynori^e
;

in

quo duohus
ea quae

lihris

omnia

et

singula
cogni-

ad absolutam hujns

tioneM iuservimd, recondita haheii-

tm\ per Lambertum Sc/ienckelium

Dusilviiim.
eadeni

His

accesserunt

de
3

Arte MemoriiB
1.

adkuc

opnscuJa; quorum
triaci.
2.

Joannis Aus-

Hleronymi 3IuraJioti. 3. Joh. Sp. Herd. 8". Argent. 1610.

30. Sckeuckclins delectus
Arfijicialis
:

sen,

Blemoria

hactenus occultata ac

a multis quamdiu desiderata : nunc

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

215

primiim in gratiam optimarum ar

tmm, ac

sapieuticB studiosorum luc'

P. G. \Joh. Paep Galhaicus] S. P. D. Heme artem principes et alii ?iobiles, cum Eccledouata, a J.
siastici,

turn seculares addidicerunty

exercuerunt et tnirijice probarunty

ut

ex sequent ihus notum

Jiet.

8".

Lugduni, 1617.
31
.

Brevis Delineatio de

utilitatihits

et.

effectihus admirahilihns Artis

Me-

moricBy

12. Venet. \circ. 1610.]

artificialis
.

32.

3Iemoria
Schenckqly
sapientice

Lamherti
et

Omnibus literarum
luci

amantibus

donatay

vnacum

clauicula Illam legendi,mo-

diim aperiente.
Lubece?isiSy

Arnoldi Backhusy
Colon.

12".

Agrip.

1643.

Latin language in six mouths,

No. 28, ochenckel's method of learning the we have not seen.

contains Schenckel's Ait of

No. 29,

Memory,
No. SO,

and very considerable prolegomena which are

not inserted in any subsequent reprint.

tlQ
is

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

Schenckel's system only, without any intro-

duction.

The two

last

treatises

are perfectly

ueless to the uninitiated,

trary signs

on account of the arbiin

and marks employed

them.*

No.

31,
kej/

is

a reprint of

No.

30, wish the addition of a

arbitrary signs used in the

which explains the

It also

work.

contains a dedication to the learned

to the reader.

Meibomius, and an address

consequently,
tical
is

This,

the

most

useful edition for pracis

purposes.

No. 31,
is

a treatise by

Marthe

tin

Sommer, a contemporary and delegate of

It

SchenckeJ.

reprinted

in

No.

'29,

Gazophylacium, and forms a part of the introduction to that work.

Lambert,
born
at

or

Lcrmprecht
in

Schenckel,
went through

Bois-le-Duc,

1547, was the son of

an apothecary and philologist.

his

He

academical course at Lyons and Cologne,

and afterwards became a teacher of rhetoric,

prosody, and
gymnastics,
:

at

Paris,

Antwerp,
as

Malines,

and Rouen

not

forgetting,

the

custom of the age required,

scholarship,

to claim his title to

by writing

Latin verses.

From

The Gazophylacium,
more

liowcver,
tlie thi

is

valuable on account

of the prefatory matter, and

tains
;

ec tracts

which

it

con-

particularly, as the original editions of the

tracts are

extremely rare.

See

Monthly Slaguzine, fer

Feb. 1810, for some part of this accovnt.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
tliese,

417

however, he acquired no celebrity propor-

tionate to that

which was reared on

Art.

his disco-

eries

in the

Mnemonic

The more

efFec-

tually to

propagate these discoveries, he travelled

through the Netherlands, Germany, and France

where

his

method was inspected by the

great,

and transmitted from one university to another.

Applause followed every where

Princes and nobles,
ecclesiastics

at

his

heels.

and layniCn,
;

alike took soundings of his depth

and S,

'

"i-

ckel brought himself through every ordeal, to the

astonishment and admiration of his

rector of the Sorbonne, at P;in
,

*'idges.
<

The

g previ-

ously

made

trial

of his merits, peuiiitted him to

teach his science at the university; and Marillon,

Maitre des Requetes,

havitig

done the same, gave

him an

exclusive privilege" for practising

MneHis

monics throughout the French dominions.

auditors were, however, prohibited from

com-

municating this art to others, under a severe

penalty.
to

As

his

time

now became
circuits,

too precious
this

admit of

his

making

he delegated

branch of

his patent to

the licentiate

Martin

Sommer, and
ma,
under certain
France,
tries.

invested

him with a

regailar diplo-

as his plenipotentiary for circulating his art,

stipulations,

through

Germany,

Italy,

Spain, and the neighbouring counfirst

Sommer now
this subject,

published a Latin treahi every

tise

on

which he dispersed
u

218

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

place he visited. [No. 31.] In this he announces^

himself as commissioned by Schenckel,

struct the
'*

to in-

whole world.

lawyer, (says he)

who

has a hundred

causes and

more

to conduct, by the assistance of

my Mnemonics, may
his

stamp them so strongly on

memory,

that he will
client,

know

in

what wise to
and
at

answer each

in any

order,

any

hour, with as

much

precision, as if he had but

just perused his brief.

And

in pleading,

he

will

not only have the evidence and reasonings of his

own
go

party, at his fingers' ends, but

all
!

the grounds

and refutations of
into a library,

his antagonist also

Let a man
after

and read one book

anoevery

ther, yet shall he be able to write

down

sentence of what he has read,

many days

after at

home.

The

proficient in this science can dictate

matters of the most opposite nature, to ten, or

thirty

writers,

alternately.

After
to
class

four

weeks'

exercise, he will be able

twenty-five

thousand disarranged portraits within the saying

of a paternoster

aye,

and he

will

do

this

ten

times a day, without extraordinary exertion, and

with more precision than another,

rant of the art, can do
will
it

who

is
!

igno-

in a

whole year

He

no longer stand

in

need of a library for re-

ferring to.

This course of study may be comnine

days,

pleted in
daily, will

and
:

an hour's

practice

be

sufficient

but,

when

the rules are

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
once acquired, they require but half an
exercise daily.

219
liour's

Every pupil, who has afterwards

complaints to
allege,
first

well-grounded
only have the

shall

not

premium paid

in the

instance,

returned to him, but an addition will be

it.

made

to

The

professor of this art, makes but a short

stay in every place.

When

called upon, he will

submit

proofs,

adduce testimonials from the

most eminent characters, and surprise the ignorant, after four or six lessons,

with

tlie

most

in-

credible displays."
the

Here follow testimonials from

universities.

most celebrated

Nine alone are

and pre-

produced from learned men

at Leipzic,

cede others from Marpurg, and Frankfort on the

Oder.

On the
of Oct.

29th and 30th of Sept. and on the [O. S.]

1602,
art at

1st

Schenckel exhibited

some specimens of his

the
first

Marpurg

in

Hesse.*

experiment took place on the 29th of

Sept. at eight o'clock in the morning, before a

large assemblage of
cians,

Divines,

Lawyers, Physi-

and Philosophers.

Schenckel having re0.5

quested some one to dictate

Latin sentences,

he wrote them down with a pen, and numbered ihem.

scarcely

He

next read them aloud

tv\'ice,

with

any pause, and having sat for a short

* This account of Scbenckel's experiments

his

is

taken from
,"2.)

Memoria urtijiciality edited by Buckliusy.

(See No.

20

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS or

time in silence, he repealed the tvhole, from

beginning to end, backwards and forwards, and
in

any order desired, without the slightest hesitaIt

tion.

happened, however, that once or twice,

as,

Schenrkel substituted one word for another,

lithits for

ends; but being reminded of

required.

this,

he

immediately gave the word

After-

wards, any particular number being given, he

repeated
first
its

appropriate sentence; and, on the

word of a sentence being named, gave the

Schenckel being asked to resentences,
replied,

proper number.
peat 25
doctrinal

that

he

thought 15 would be sufficient; and, accordingly,

that

number having been

read, he united

dictated, written

down, and

them to the former 25

entences, and answered to the whole 40 in any

order desired.

On

the 30th of Sept. another meeting

was

held at the house of a medicine-vender,

Jifty words were given and

when
1

numbered from

to

50.

Schenckel having considered for a short

time, repeated the whole from beginning to end,

in regular order, in any

from

the last to the

first,

and

order required.

On

any number being

given,

he named the appropriate word,

and

vice-versa.

Havnig asked
he had given
that they

the persons present to

literati

double the number of words, some of the

replied, that
abilities,

sufficient

proof of his

and

had no doubt he would

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

221

be able to repeat many more words by the same

method.

learned auditor expressed his regret

to Schenckel, that he

was not allowed

It

to repeat

Jifty sentences, and a

unci red words, being fully

persuaded that he was capable of greater things.

Schenckel having presented to

his

auditory
his,

two hundred sentences,

in

which a pupil of

taken from the last meeting, had been exercised,

together with the
pupil,

40 sentences then

given, the

on any number being asked, repeated the

appropriate sentence, and vice-versa, to the asto-

nishment of

all

present
in

more

especially at the

unconnected manner

which the numbers were

proposed; as 235, 27, 9, 240, 128, 19, iB4, 3,

22.3, 2, 170, SQ, 7, etc. etc.

This same pupil

250 written words, which he had learned by some tuition from Schenckel, and by his ow n application. To these 250 words
offered to the assembly

were added 50 others

pupil answered
to the

and, in a short time, the

whole 300,

in the

same

manner
himself.

as

had been done before by the professor

In repeating the sentences, the pupil,
:

once or twice, did not give the words regularly

ly

when

this

was intimated

to

him, he immediate-

corrected himself, and repeated the words in

their appropriate order.

On the folio wing day, the

experiments were
of
all

1st

of October, similar

tried, greatly to the satisfaction

present

and, in consequence, Schenckel

222

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
it)

received (without asking for

a certificate of ap-

probation, under hand and seal, from a learned

physician, and

some

professors.
that
'

This

certificate

concludes by observing,

the deponents^

were present
there

at the different examinations,

that

was not

a possibility of fraud or collusion

it

that they thought

but justice, thus, unsolicited,

to express their approbation,

and

to bear wit-

ness to the truth of the facts stated in the docu-

ment.

The

student, destitute of oral instruction, can-

not expect to reap

much
:

benefit

from a perusal

of Schenckel's system
in

in the

Gazophylacium, or
as

Schenckdius delectus

he might

well seek
at

for a knowledge of

Mnemonics, by gazing
Gazophylacium
:

the hieroglyphics of an Egyptian obelisk.

pretty

It is

evident

that

this

was
the

designedly intended as a labyrinihal series

author indeed closes his labors by confessing,

that the

work was

to

be entrusted only to

his

scholars, and referring for further elucidation to

oral precepts.

The

very basis of his art

is

con-

cealed beneath a jumble of signs and abbreviations

:

thus, sect. 9. d. a sect.

99

"

videlicet,

locus, gines."

imago ordo locorum, memoria

loci^

ima-

And

further, in setting forth the

most

important points, he amuses himself by evincing a

multitude of jingling, and unintelligible

words.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
In proof of
to give
this assertion
it

2^3
be
sufficient

will

the
:

ki'y
it is

from

Backhusy's edition of

Schenckel

a fair

specimen of the obstacles

which are presented to the student.

Clauiculaseu cxplicatio

libri.

FALVCO NIVALCA.
1.

Lcf^endum serom a
Alplia

focis barbaeho.

t.
.1.

&

oincgd sunt lasos vitor.

in diet, osi^is oiiiui.
1

Idqae etiam
Si
in

4.

doliibacoui q. itaro cniccos

ilia

reg.

amucoli no

habet, sed cygaus in

5.

tantnna caballyso.

Hacbaei-etila singula sing.

pi.

num. denotant. eaedem gemi.

ex lusncsi

6.

Gen.

ca.

mod. temp.

&

alia datus obirttas,

facile collignntur:

a amnlube niacoue

6 t
II

asucoli

osias

bogamiu
rogamis

c codrot

d emuliica sibuco.
e

V usucolae!

daitnem

etnesi.

X farreto. y amnitios
I

f anuiit ecapso.

g boganiin
li

amulucato epecera
efucis itcmhtiras.

aseirape:

vanosrcpo

A
C

k emnsrodi
1

emurtsaca
emiioite ocnita istdo
parti esenefa

asumodi

D
E
G.

in imnis ftice orexes

n asulugnas.
e lairomemi

&

Gr. facitamo emar-

go
I asuirano bigamie

p dannofc q osedesi
r asiiarpe

K emuxi fennoca

omutnemi badnufa

224

PRfNClPAL SYSTEMS OF
<.Ru. satueinis

N. asuremuiii
P. Omuite galapo.

eduro

Sy. esisato anysi

R.

boitis otcpera.
hti

Ve
1.

eimibieui.

T. asuruase

rbaeieco
< salednaca L vanlns
2.

V. aniuiiato euuloni.
Adi. cimitac onuidas
ct. foitatica.

asmigyco.
onaiite.

dct. roitato scidos diu. poisis euido

cp. galoti osipcs

3. esuliige

4.

asnluga inaido
aqua?.

L G. afiicigoli
Mpli. asucisyiio epatem.

5. esunanii.
6.

falktsc.

Or: roitaros Ph. csHcisylipo

7.
8.

lamtor i vcl asiruceso.

txilacu
diinroca

{amPHOs

enerpo

i*.

vel

rasulunnas
0.

laidos esorpo

<

ext'inoia

asutali

V-cstiUKiito.

Rh. Laciros ethere

Reliqu* sludiosus Lector facile
colliget.

CLAVICVLA.
1.

2.

Lcgcndum haebraico more. Prima Sc vltima litcra sunt

Idque
vocabulo

otiosae.

3.

etiani in dictionibiis diuersis.

4. Si in

occurat, prutia regula locum non ha-

bet, sed prinium in taiitnm illasyllaba:

cxcmphim
>

sit

in asnluga inardo aquas: hoc est Quadrangulus, quas

vox nimierum quatcrnarium

5.

significat.

Litera; singulae singnlarcm

numerum

denotant, easdem

gcminatae, pluralem,
.

Genus, casus, modus, tempus

facile colliguntur.

&

alia attvibttta

ex semn,

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
Literx signijUanf.

'i'zo

a.

Voca1)nIum

N. Numerus.
P. Palatium

b.
.

Ars
Ortlo

K. Repetitio
S.

d.
e.
f.

Cubiculuni
Sententia

Fundamentura

T. Thesaurus
V. Voluntarium
Adi. Adiunctum
(J).

Spacium

g.

Imago
Partes

'

b.
i.

Citatio

Persona

Diet. Dictatio

k.
1.

Dorsum

Din. Diuisio

Domus
Exercitinm

Ep. Epistola.

in.

B.
0.

Angulus
Meiuoria

LG. Logicus Mpb. Metaphysicns

Or. Oratio

p.
([.

Forma
Sedes

Ph. Physicus
Pr.

Pronomen
Prosodia.

r.^^Praxis
s. t.

Locas Imago
Imago.

La. Latus

Rh. Rhetorica
Ru. Rudimenta
Sy. Syntaxis
"Ve.
1. 2.
3.

u. V.

Locus
Terra

X.
y.
8.

Verbum.

Ostium
Reccptacnlum

Cadela, Cerea, Vina

Cygnus
Triaiiguhis

A. Aritbmeticiu
C. Castrura

4.
5.

Quadrangului
IManns
'

D. Distinctio
F. Fenestra

6. Stella

7.
8. 9.

Norma
Calix

vel
j;

SecurU

G. Gr. Graminatica
1. Iniagiiiarius

Coniu.

11

K. Couuexum

10.

Anulus, Reroex, Circulus.

226

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
of Schenckel
is

The work
tion.
fine
itself to

a singular produce
art

His development of the

does not conIt sets

mechanical ideas alone.

the technical, symbolical, and logical faculties of

the
its

memory,

in equal activity

and requires that

powers should be
Its

at

once ingenious and peris

ceptive.

acquirement
:

founded on the assoit fail

ciation of ideas

nor does

to call wit

and

imagination in aid of natural memory.

mer's

SomAfter

Compendium,
for

consisting of eight sections,

was printed

the use of his auditors.

his departure, permission is

given to his scholars

to

communicate

their

mnemonistic doubts, obto

servations,

and discoveries,

each other

but

no one can be present without

and he who

legalizing himself

previously, as one of the initiated, by prescribed

signs:
fails in

this,

is

excluded as a

profaner.

As
rare,

Schenckel's work, besides being a literary

curiosity, had, of late years,

Dr.

Kliiber, in 1804, published a

it,

become extremely Ger*

man

translation of

entitled,
*

Compendium

der Mnenionikf etc' or,

monies, or

Compendium ofMne' the Art of Memory, at the beginning

of the seventeenth century, by L. Schenchel,

and M. Sommer. Truyislatedfrom the Latin, Tenth a preface and remarks, by D. Kluber, 8.
Erlamien. 1804.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
33.

2"27

De Memoria, ac Reminiscentia Discerptafio Sempronii Laucioni

Ho-

mani

ad went em

Philosophorum.
et

jyrincipum Platonis
concinnata.
In
this

Aristotelis

Yerona, 1608.

tract,

are exhibited passages of divers

authors, respecting the system of local

memory

as

practised

among

the Greeks.

34. Joh.

Henr. Alstedii Theatrum Scholasticum, 8. Herborn. 1610.

this

In

work

is

contained

the

Gymnasium

Mnemonicum,
mory.

or, treatise

on the Art of

Me-

3-5.

Jo7i.

Henr. Alstedii
8".

Si/ sterna

Mne-

monicum^
36. Joh.

Franc. 1610.

Henr. Alstedii Triga; CanoS.

niece,

Franc.
trigae is

1611.

The

first

of these

Artis

Mnemonics

explicatio.

37. Simonides redivivns; site

moricE

et

ohlivionis

Ars Me(qnam hodie

complures penitus ignorari scripse-

228

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
runt)
tahulis
expressce^

Authore

AdamoBruxio
et

Sproffasilesio Doct.

3Ied.

cut

accessit

nomenclator
4.

mnemonicus ejusdem aufhoris,

Lips. IGIO.

gieat

part f
at

the

Simonides Redimvus

was reprinted

Leyden, by
title

H.

Herdson,

in the

year l65l, under the

sive

of ^rs Mnemonicaf

Herdsonus Bruxiatiu ; vel Bruxus Herdso-

niatus.
lish

To this

was appended a

treatise in

Eng-

by Herdson, on the same subject, the whole

at

of which may be seen

After the
title

Nos. 51 and 53.

there
is

of

No. 37,

a wood-cut

nearly the size of the page, very tolerably executed.

It represents a tree

loaded with

fruit,

man mounted on

a ladder plucking the fruit,

a boy in a go-cart,

and a venerable

figure

(we

suppose the magister) looking very attentively at

the boy.
verses
Scala riro, currvs puero, quod scipio Acestce
;

Underneath the cut, are the following

Hoc memorativa prasiat

in arte Lociis.

Brux has

treated the subject in a very

compre-

hensive manner, and has subjoined a complete

nomenclator mnemonicus.
attention to an art

He

also directed his

less

on which much

has been

written

the

an ohlivionis,

or art oiforgetful-

ARTIFICIAL MEMOUY.
ness,

529
full

for the acquisition of

which very

and
art
it is

minute
'

directions

are

given.

Were

this

eliminated out of the thick fog in which

enveloped'

many

a candidate

would be found

for

the srceet oblivious antidote.

In this (says the

;

great moralist)

we

all

resemble one ai;other

the

hero and the sage are, like vulgar mortals, over-

burdened by the weight of

recollection,

life

all

shrink

from

and

all

wish for an art of forget~

fulnesS'

Before we take leave of

this interesting art,

the ff'liowingy^M d'e'<prit will be given from

one

of the daily papers,* as

it

deserves to be rescued
repositories.
It

from the usual oblivion of such

was written uu the occasion of some lectures

delivered
**

the

mi Mutnionics in the ciiyof DubUn. Svi-LABts of ihi Public Expernnents on new system of .'tnti-muemonics, to the per-

feciionation of whicii the Chevalier de sans

veiiir
I'.as

Seulife,

devoted the

last fifty
toila

years of a long

fully verifying

from the

he has encountered
the assertion of

and surmounted

iu the pursuit,

Pope,
" Of all
the lessons taught to mortals yet,

Tis

sure the hardest scieTiteto

forget."

Morning Chronicle for Nov. 21, 1815,

230

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

EXPERIMENT
" The Chevalier
liament, and
will

I.

produce before the com-

pany one of the Members just returned to Par-

whom

he

shall
;

have instructed not

will present to

one quarter of an hour

fifty

he

him

of those Constituents, with

since he

whom
it

but a

week when

was on the most familiar terms,

will

to the astonishment of all present

be

found that he does not remember the face of one

of them, nor retains the slightest remembrance of the pledges he gave or the promises he uttered,
notwithstanding the utmost efforts of the aboveiiaentioned fifty promisees to recal
collection.

them

to his re-

EXPERIMENT
*'

II.

The

Chevalier will present to the

company

an elderly

Widow

Lady, of demure aspect, and

;

sedate appearance
bottle in one

she shall have a smellinga white handkerchief in

hand and

the other,

which she

shall respectively

apply to

her nose and eyes, and exhibit every other accus-

tomed symptom of

grief,

when, by virtue of ten

minutes' influence of the anti-nmemonic system

she shall furl her flag of sorrow, pocket her bottle

of disconsolation, dance a favourite Irish

jig,

box

the ears of her seven children by her first hus-

band, and loudly declare the impossibility of

AllTIFICIAL

MEMORY.

31

managing a large family wiUiout the aid of a

second.

EXPERIMENT
"
to

III.

certain Viscount has graciously promised

at the first exhibition,
tlie

be present

and to permit
his recol-

the efilvacy of
lection.

art to

be

tried

upon

Twelve Members of Parliament have

questions

likewise consented to attend, and severally to ask

him twelve

upon various topics of

Unions Swamps foreign and domestic l%licy Catamarans Cat-o'-mue-iaih Beds of roses

in

The Orders
tion
tories,

Triangles Italian Music The Penal Code

Council

of the Catholics,

and, the Emaficipa by which interrogaall

amounting to 144, he
;

shall evidently

ap-

pear quite unmoved

nay, during the whole time

he

shall smile,

and preserve the most inviolable

self-complacency.

EXPERIMENT
" Many
complained

IV.

elderly persons having, since the

to

Che-

valier's arrival,

him of

the intole-

rable tenacity of the

memories of

their children

and dependants, who actually exhibit symptoms

of impatience at the
fiftieth

or sixtieth repetition

of the same story, and aiidaciously either yazon

or anticipate the denouement, to the great
tification

mor-

of the nairator.

Now

the Chevalier

S32
invites

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
any one of the said respectable characters

to his exhibition,

accompanied by seven or eight

of his most refractory family hearers, and he

engages, that after but ten minutes' instruction,'
they
shall
listen,

not merely composedly, but

with something like curiosity, to the most threadbare

tales,

laugh in

all

the proper places, an^

entertained

exhibit every other

symptom of being

and

gratified.

EXPERIMENT
"

V.

venerable Pluralist shall be brought for-

ward

for examination,

and

shall

be asked.
?

What
he
last

promises he made

at his ordination

or whether
tran-

he made any
visited
?

from what well-known author he scribed sermon with how many persons
his last
?

which of

his three livings

amongst

his

several flocks

he was acquainted

Not one of which

to answer.

interrogatories he shall be able

EXPERIMENT
" The Chevalier
lic

VI.

will next present to the

pub-

Lady of cold

affections and

morbid

vanity,

inoculated with the love of the great, possessed

of a

little

smartness, which the superficial might

is

mistake for wit, and deeply versed in what

termed knowledge of the world.

early
life

She

shall in

have given the most unequivocal pro-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
mise of
lier

23S

affections to an unpractised heart,

that trusted her with all the unlimited credulity

of confiding love
alized,

'pledges

shall

have been niutu-

and those solemn assurances reciprocated

faithful,

which indissolubly bind the

and can only

be violated by the unprincipled,

^yet

by the in-

fluence of this miraculous science, she shall for-

get her vows,

deny her attachment, and

;

finally

marry another person

and when the parties aftershall arise in

wards meet, no feeling

but a kind of aukward

her mind

flutter,

nor

in his

but the

most contemptuous

indift'erence,

EXPERIMENT
"
in

VIT.
also be
ait,

An

eminent Luwycr
this

shall

produced
will

testimony of

wonderful

who

be

found to be proof tven against a Refresher, and

this is

supposed, with one illustrious exception,

7ie

to

be the

plus ultra of atiti-mnemouic

in-

fluence,

if circumstances did

not imperiously

prevent, the Chevalier ccnild produce this Exalted

Individual, and triumphantly display him as one

of the singular prodigies of the anti-muenionic

system.
pist.
It
is

asserted by a celebrated crauioscothat earli/ friendships

Dr. Gall,

make

the

deepest impression upon the

human

brain,

and

are with the greatest difticu'ty effaced

linger there, the last and

that they

most tenacious inmates,

when

other recollections have been weakened by

x3

234

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

years, or absorbed in selfishness.

To

triumph
for

over a radicated feeling like

that science

this

was reserved

which can pervade the cottage

palace,
in

as

well

as

the

and

while

it

steeps

the

peasants mind
relieve

balmy forgetfulness, can equally

the Prince from the pangs of reminis-

cence.

" The Chevalier sans Souvenir having thus

far developed his plan, will not for

the present

enter into further details.

To
to

the Irish Nation,

whose

characteristic

leave particularly to
will a!so enable

forgive, he begs recommend his system, which

it is

them

to

forget

their

manifold

wrongs and

injuries,

and only to remenihtr, that

an united

are ever a happi/, and

a prosperous,

people; that to Religious and Political opinions

perfect freedom should be given,
if

we
;

wish to
that all

be happy

at

home

or formidable abroad

irritating retrospects

should meige ?w the love of

country, and that our endeavours should zealously

and exclusively be directed to the Reform of

and the extension of public
liber-

internal abuses,
ty, that

so the glorious fabric of our Constitution

to resist the aggression to

may be enabled
it is

which

exposed, and to survive the storm which has

of other Governments."

made shipwreck

38. Fr. Alart. Ravellini

8".

Ars Memoriir,

Franc.

1(517.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

235
Ravel-

The

principles of the art according to

;

lin, are four

place, image, order, and practice

or use of the images. bers

or
;

He

takes houses,
in

cham-

rooms,

and

walls,

the

following

order

on entering the room, and standing with

first

the back to the door, the

the
left,

wall

is

to be

on

the second before us, the

third
.or

on the
to
to

right, the fourth

behind

us,

and

i\\e Ji

is
is

be
be

reckoned

as the fifth wall.

M'all,

The

letter

supposed on each

and to be divided thus

3
1

4
5
is

In each of these divisions a hand consequently 2a places will

to be placed,
if

be gained,

we

count one for each of the fingers and the thumb.

By

taking ten hands and disposing

fifty

them

in the
if

same nianner,

places are obtained, and

each wrist be accounted as one place, 60 compartments

will

be found.
is

In

these compart-

ments the image of what

intended to be reRavel) in afterwards

membered
as

is

to be placed.

divides a wall by tens, precisely in the

same way
be-

Mr. Watson

has done in the

Shane MS.
in

fore noticed.

The

tract of

llaveUin was rean octavo

printed in

1678, with

five others,

volume, entitled; Variorum de Arte Memoria

Tractatm Sex.

S;>5

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
ZHriusfpie Cosmi, innjoris scilicet, et

39.

minoris Mefaphysica,

Physica
et

et

Teclmica Historia, anctore Iloberto

Fludd, It-om.fol. Openh. Franc.

16171621.

A
work

few pages of

tins

curious and expensive

are devoted to an explanation of the author's

system of Jtlnenionics.

This seems to be an
'

attempt to combine
Avith the local

tlie

Ars Magna' of Lully,

memory

of the antients, as improy-

ed by the modern memorists.

Some
;

curious

wood-cuts accompany the description

are,

and thers

on other subjects, many extremely singular

work, which are
intelligible

prints in this rare

only to an adept.
prefixed to the

The

portrait alone of Fludd,

at

first

volume, has been valued

four guineas ! !

Robert Fludd,

or as he styled himself in

Latin, de Jiuctibns, was the second son of Sir

Thomas Fludd, Treasurer of War

zabeth.

to
in

Queen
Kent,

Eli-

He was

born

at

Milgate

in the

year 1574, and was educated at St. John's College, Oxford.

He

was

a very

voluminous author
profundities,

in his sect, diving into the farthest

and most mysterious obscurities of the Rosycrucian

philosophy
;

and

blending in a most extraordi-

nary manner, divinity, chemistry, natural philoso-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
pby, and metaphysics.

237
Doctor of

He was made

Physic

in

l605, and died 1637.

40. Apsinis Grccci RJietoris, de 3lmoria liber singularis latine nunc pri-

mum
1618.

vertit.

Fed. 3IoreU.

Paris,

41. IncostimabilisArtisMemorandi

The-

smirus, ex variis optimisque autho-

rihus dcpromptus,
lio,

ab

Adamo Nau-

Rheto.
8".

Sacerd. et S. Theol.

Doct.
Naulius

Paris. 1618.
useful

has

compiled a

and

well-

arranged digest of the different authors

who have
art,

written on this subject, and has devoted a chapter,

treating

of the application of the

:

to

each of the following persons

fessors, lawyers, linguists,

divines, con-

rhetoricians, astrolo-

gers, geometricians, kings, princes,

travellers.

aud noble

42. 3Inemonica

sive

Ars Reminiscen-

di : e puris artis naturoequefontihus

hausta, ct in ires libros digesta, ac

non de Memoria

vatiirali

fovenda

libcUus : e variis doclissimorum operibus, sedulo collectus

:

jam primuni

238

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
in lucem edita author e Johan. Wil'
lisw,

SacrcR Theolo. Bacch.

8.

Loud. 1618.
Tlie treatise de

Memoria

vaturali fovenda,
the year 1678,

was reprinted

at

Frankfort, in

wit!i five other tracts, in

titied,

an octavo volume, en-

Variorum de

jirie

Memoria Tractatus
near

Stx.

'i'he

whole work was translated by Leonard

*

Sozvershyj a bookseller

at the Turn-stile,

New-market
in (he year

in

Lincoln's Inn Fields,' and printed

title
:

166], with the following

43.

Mnemonica; or, the Art of Memo/7/, dramed out of the pure fountains of art and nattire, digested into
three books.
tise

Also a phi/sical
7iatural

trea^

of cherishing

Metnory
JBy John

diligent/)/

collected

out of divers

learned

mens

writings.

Willis, JBatchelour in Divinity. 8".

Lo?id. 1661.

As
many

this

book has become

rare,

and developea

of the principles of

the local

memory

in

an apt and ir.tcUigihle n)anner, our extracts will

be more copK)iis than usual.

The worthy

translator

seems

to

have been a

man

of very unassuming manners.

The

dedica-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
tion,

239

which we recommend

all

booksellers of the

present day to peruse and

parallel for diffidence

imitate, has

not

its

and humility.

" TO

THE HONORABLE

"

WILLIAM PIERREPOINT, ESQ.

" Honored
Sir, If Lines were

"

capable of

Humane
;

affec-

tions, these

would blush, they are so mean a

at least

present to so Illustrious a person

con-

scious of their Masters presumption, they

would

condole
ability to

his unhappiuess, that

had not greater

Original compiled

accommodate some more worthy Fabrick

to so fair a Frontispiece.

The

by a learned hand, among some vulgar things

and
trifles,

coutainetti very excellent

;

and

profit-

able matter

hope

it

hath not lost

its utility

(though Grace)

in English.

" Honored
sufficient
cially

Sir, I fear,

good

intentions are

no

Plea for temerous Enterprises, espe-

the Undertaker being privie to his

;

own

imperfections

Therefore
vanity in

like

Criminal ac-

knowlediiing
things ab(ve

my my

ambitiously affecting
I

Sphere,

humbly re-implore

your Honors pardon and admittance to be what

I

was before,

Your Honors most humble Servant

Leonard Sowersby."

240

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
author, in
tht-

The
his

preface, having

compared

Art of
it

Memory

to a

new-born infant, beto the world,

cause

was then

first

prestnted

proceeds to show the advantages attendant upon

it.

Ths Jirst book

affairs,

treats

o( remembering
sentences,

comand

mon

words,

phrases,

speeches, by means of notes and writing

Having despatched

these vulgar ways

of

me^rst

mory, our author proceeds to speak

chapter of the second book,
*

in the

of remembring

without

writir,:i;,'

and

says,

"

descend to helps

conducing

lo the
is

same purpose without Handthen most pleasant,

writing, vhich

when we

are destitute of the aid of Paper, Ink, or Table-

Books, or when by sume obstacle we are debarred the free use of them.
operai)or.s,

This consisteth of two

Reposition and Deposition.

is

" Reposition

the

maimer of charging Meit

mory

v\ito

Note-vvo'thy things; herein

th<>t

is

not

to be expected

each particular word of cvrry

;

senterice be rttai!'* d

but onely, thut the general

sence be fasiened

mind.

At

-all

times wijen a

man is about his Memory,

fectly

to

commit any

thing in custody to
to

first let

him study

drown

all

un-

necessary ihvjughts in oblivion, that he

Hitend
the tlungs he
is

may

per-

to learn.

* * * *

ready re>nembrance most

commonly proccedhand;

eth

from

right understanding the thing in

therefore a

man

must prepare himself diligently,

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

241.

and so unite the force of his imagination, that ho

may

as

it

were engrave and imprint occurrent

things in his niemory.

Lead doth
tenacious,

facily receive

impression, because

it is

which Quick'

silver cannot admit, by reason of \isFluxibility

In like manner fleeting inconstant minds continually hurried into

new
fruit

& strange
chiefly to
is

cogitations,

is

far

from gathering

by any thing heard.

is

The
re-

method of

a speech

be observed,

garding seriously

what

the general subject

thereof; Secondly, the greater parts, and with

what Logical Arguments each part

the perfect

is

handled

duce

to

Mtthod of a speech doth much conremember the whole or if the Contex;

ture thereof be
tisfactory,

inartiflcial,

imperfect, and unsa-

comprehending many things forcibly

applied, rejecting things of a like kind, yet a

strong

Memory

will retain the

same by observa-

tion of the absurdities

and rude Artifice of the

whole. " Deposition

mitted to

is when we recollect things commemory; and having transcribed or

transacted them, discharge our memories of them,

which

is

alwayes
:

to be practised
in

at the first

opportunity

Things charged

Memory by
if

day, are to be deposited at least before sleep,

not sooner

things charged

by night, are to

be

deposited immediately after sleep, that the

mind

be no longer burthened than

is

convenient, and

24^

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
up
in

that things negligently laid

mind, be not

forgotten,

Writing being the

faithfullest

Guar-

Memorandums. If in dis-burthening your Memory, something charged happen to be

dian

of

forgotten, shut your eyes, that no external obiect

may

divert your

mind, and
;

try to recall

it

by im-

portunate

scrutiny

which operation may be

is

called Revocation, and

an Art that by help of

certain Rules teacheth the investigation of things

lapsed out of memory.

" To conclude, Deposition, or discharging

things

committed

to

mind,

is

not unlike expung:

ing

writing out

of Table- Books

If therefore
affirm)
it

there be any Art of Oblivion (as

some

may be properly referred general ; now to explicate

thereof.'*

hither.

So much

in

the particular species

The
*

second chapter treats of

remembring by
and the

certain verses purposely born in mind,' the third

of remembering by extempore
'

verses,'

fourth

of exonerating things charged on

memois

ry ex tempore.'

The manner
composed,
excogitate or

of remensbering

by

verses already

says

Mr.

Willis,

when a man doth

purpose.

rt tain

remarkable
to

things by repetition of verses provided

that

Suppose an attorney, be

to wait

upon

Judges riding the Circuits from one County to

another,
it

may be

vvorth his labour to

repeat

these verses at leaving his lodging, lest he forget

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
some necessary
thing,

^43
imagine

which
this

we may
end.

formerly framed by him to

Scalpellum, calami, comttgraphiumq; libcUi,

Charta, pugillares, vapilalia, ceia, aigiUum,

Sic aepiJe,
gla<liu.s, cultellus,

pu^io, burssu,

Muccinium, indtniumq ; monilia, penula , pecten

Fascia cruralis, cruralia, dactylethece.

These useful hexameters

are thus done into

English, by the worthy Mr. Sowersby.

Pen-knife, Quills, Ink-horn, Book, Paper, Table-Book

Caps Take Wax, Seal and make

;

Slippers, Swoni, Knife

and Dagger,

safe

Purse, handkerchiefs, Shirts, Rings, Coat, and^ for your

own
Combs,

sake,
Gai-ters, Stockius, XJloves.

The
from

following memorial verses for a traveller,

FiTz Herbert's

Husbandry,
to those

will

form a suitable companion

Willis.

of

Mr.

They

are hexameters,

but were by -the

Printer jumbled into prose, and have been restored by a correspondent in the

Gentleman^s
vol.

Magazine
p. 487.

foj-

October

1767,

xxxvii.

Purse, dirk,* cloak,

bugetjt and shoes

nightcap,

kerchief, slioeing-hom,

Dirk

is

a word of the same age.

Diigger will not

scan quite so well,

t

Bu"<it, budget.

24*

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS Ot

Spear, nails, hood, halter, sadle-cloth, spurs, hat, wi thv

horse comb Bow, arrow, sword,
:

buckler, horn, 'brush, gloves, string,

and thy bracer

Pen, paper, ink, parchment, red wax, poms,* books, then

Pe-i-knife,

remember comb, thimble, needle, thread,

thy girUi break
j

point, lest that

Bodkin,

ki.ife,

Iingel,t

give

tljy

horse meat

see he be

stowed well.

Make merry, sing an thou

thou lose none.

cansty.take heed to thy geer, that

Having recommended the carpenter

himself to the

to apply

Muses and

register his tools in the

day-book of Parnassus, Mr. Willis introduces

the following verses

composed by

himself.

ilN? quisquid^ eujus? cut? qtio? qvibus? muxilijs? tur?

Quemodo?

circa quid? quulis?

quantum? ex, in eta 9U0?

Quamdiu'i ubi? quandol quotiesl quotufUxl quotetundtl

These quiddities are thus

Sowersby for the
and more particularly for the
ral

translated

by Mr.

benefit of the English reader,

ladies,

whose natu-

curiosity might well be excited by so formidlist

able a

of quaeres.

*
*

Poms, perfumed wash-balln,

Lingel, an awl.

pf^waniii <.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
If?

'245

who? what? whose?

to

what? whether? why? about

by, of,
in,

what ?

How? what fashion? how much?

'How
long?

and from what ?

catne that?

how often ? how manifold ? whence Where, when, how many ?

*'

These Verses (craving the Readers pardon

two Questions

for the rugged iiess) contain twenty

of excellent use
to

to invent, retain, as also to recall

minde things of great concernnjent and worthy

in

memory

urgent

affairs.

The most curious and interesting part of these " drainings out of the pure fountains of art and
nature,"
is

to be found in the third

book

a large

proportion of which

we have

reprinted.

CHAP.
**

I.

Repositories,

"

The

Art of Memory, which we

now

treat

of consisteth of Ideas, and places, wherein

will first

we

handle the Repo!>ition of Ideals, and

afterward their Deposition.

" Reposition of Ideas

remembred,
are charged

is,

when

things

to

be

upon Memory h\ Idea's,

;

disposed in certain places of a Repository

but
it

before 1 discend to the manner of Reposition,

Y 3

846
is

PRINCIPAL STSTKMS OF

necessary for better explanation, to speak of JK-

positories, Places,
**

and Idea's
is

in distinct chapters.

A Reposiiori/

an imaginary fabrick, fan-

cied Artificially, built of

hewen

stone, ia
;

form of
suppose

a Theaf^er, the form whereof followeth

the Edifice to be twelve yards in length within

the walls, in breadth six yards, and in height seven

yards, the ruof thereof
flat,

leaded above, and

pargetted underneath, lying wholly open to view,

without any wall on that side supposed next us

Let there be imagined a Stage of smooth gray

Marble, even and variegated with a party coloured border, which Stage
is

to

be extended over
of the building,

the whole length and breadth

and raised a yard high above the Level of the

ground on which the said Edifice

all

is

erected

Let two

the walls, that

is,

the

opposite wall,
Cj/presse

&

ends ba wainscotted with

artificially

boards, so

plained and glewed, that the Joynts be

;

indiscernahle

suppose also a Groove or Gutter

of the Marble Stage, three

cut in the middle

inches broad, extended from the opposite wall to

the hither side of the Stage, whereby
it is

exactly

divided into two equal parts, and that upon the

further end of the said Groove, therr
is

erreared

a Column, a
the

foot and half thick, arising

up

to

Roof of

the building, almost touching the

it

opposite wall, and deviding

parts, as the

iuto

two equal
;

Groove

divideth the Stage

so that

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

247

by the Groove, and the Pillar, the ^hole RepO'

sHory
is

parted in twain, and consisteth of two

siding each other, each of

Rooms,
six

them being

yards long, six yards broad, and six yards

high.

For the

better understanling this invenJ'j/pe

tion, I liave

caused a

of the Repository to

be here dehneated, the explanation whereof immediately followeth."*

That nothing might be wanting

to ehicidate

tliis

cu-

rious description,

we have given

a fac-simile of the original

we^d'Cut.

See p. 348.

248

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

AKTIFICIAL MEMORY.
"

249

The letters,
c,

a, b, c, d,

shew the length of the

of

edifice, a,

b,

d, the height, a, e, b, f, the

i,

height of the stage, g,

the opposite wall,

k, k, are boundaries

e, c, i,

g, the side wall

upon

the left hand, h, k, d,f, the side wall of the right

hand,

c,

I,

m,

d, design the
first

Roof, g,
e,

i,

n, p, the

opposite wall of the

stage of the
first

Room,
s,

g, o,

p, the

Room,

r, q,

k, k, the

opposite

wall of the second room,

r,

h,f, the stage of

the second room, n, o, the pillar dividing the

opposite wall,
$tage.

o,

p, the groove wrought into the

"

A Repositori/ according to this fashion,

we
;

is

to

be represented before the tyes of our minde,

wheresoever
tise this

are, as oft as

we

intend to prac-

Art

supposing ourselves to stand about

midst thereof.

two yards

distant, against the

CHAP.
" "

II.

Of Places,
our consideration)
is

Place

(as to

an apt

space in a Repositori/, designed for reception of

idea$.

" There are onely two places

in every reposi'
is

^ory uf equal fsrui and magnitude, that

the

250

PRINCIPAL SYSTEM^ OF
eacii repositaii/

twe rooms of
aforesaid by the
**

determinated

as

pilar
is .-^aui

air(i

groove.
the former,

That place

io

which

is

on the right luuid

IS

of the

repository/, that
latter
;

which
which

on the

left
is

hand, the

that part

of the repository/
is

said to be

on the right hand,

opposite to the

left

hand of a
itie

man

standing against the middle of

that
right.

repository,

on the

ieft

hand which

is

opposite to the

" Thus
chapter,

in the

scheme exhibited
g,
i,

in the

former

tlie

letters,

n, o, demonstrate the
first

opposite wall of the right hand part, or

place or room of the repository, and the

e,

letters,

g,

0,

p, the stage thereof ; so

r, q, k, h,

are

indices of the opposite wall of the left

hand part,

or second place or
s, r,

room of

the repository, and

h,J\ the stage of the same.

CHAP.
"

III.

Of Idea's
is

in general.
representation

"

An

idea

visible

of

things to

be rememhred,

framed by a strong

imagination, by
flexion calleth to

help whereof the minde by re-

memory, together with

the idea,

the thing represented.

Idea's are to be vested

ARTIFICIAL MEMOKY.
with
their

S51

proper circumstances, according as

their natures require, for like as tvritings, the

fairer they are, are

more

facilly

read

so ideas,

the

more

aptly they are conceived, according to

the exigency of their nature, are

recalled
things by
to

more speedily
be

minde

and also consequently the

them

signified.

Motion
good or

is

to

attri-

buted

to

ideas of moveable things; quiet to

evil

ideas of quiet things, and

savours,

to ideas representing things so qualified.

Examwork
in

ples of

moveable

idea's, are artificers at

their shops,

women

dauncing, trees shaken by

the wind, water running from cocks, and such

like.

Idea's of quiet things, are henns laying in

ne^ts, thieves

their

lurking under bushes, &c.

is

Idea's to which sound

ascribed, are a lion roar-

ing, a bell ringing, whistling, rnuruiure of trees,

a quirister singing, a huntsman hollowing, &c.

Moreover,
be used
for

if

perfume, burning

in a chafing-dish,

an idea, a sweet and pleasant odour

must be attributed thereto, on the contrary to

vaults under ground, a filthy,
is

unwholesome

stink,

to be assigned

so idea's of merry men, require

cheerfulness of countenance, of sicknien, paleness and sadnes:>e.

edifices, macliines,

After

tbis

manner

idea's

of

aud all

artificial
;^

things whatso-

ever, oughi to be signalised

proportion of form,

and splendour of colours, must be attributed to

pictures,

grace

and

livelinesse

of

letters,

to

252

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

writings, glory and excellency of workmanship,

to engravings;
finally,

every

idea
it

must have

such

illustration as

may

render

most notable

and conspicuous, and seem principally coherent

to
its

nature.

" But

before I proceed further,

it is

expedient

to take into consideration, the

common affection
after, in

of ideas, their species shall succeed

more proper

place.
affections of idea's are three

The common

quantity, position, and colour.

CHAP.
"

IV,

Of the

Quantitie of Idea's.
is

"An
sented.

idea in respect oi quantity,

either

equal, greater,

or lesser then the thing repre-

" An equal idea

sented,
in its
is

is,

when

the thing repre-

bestowed

in a place

of the repository,

proper and due magnitude, as being neither

it

too great to be contained therein, nor so small

cannot be discerned by one standing before the

repository;
beds, heaps

such are chairs,

pictures,

tables,

of

stone, piles

of wood, two combais

tants in a single duel, and the like.

"

An

augmented, or greater idea,

when

the

thing to be

remembred,

is

increased to a multi-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
tude, that
it

253

may be
as
if

better viewed at a distance,

fall

which

else
;

being small, would not

the

under

cognizance

tlwng to be deposited in

the repository, were a penny, a pearl, a grain of

mustard-seed, or a spider, which are

that disposed in a

so,

small,

room of

the repository, they

escape the sight of a

man

standing before the

repository : in such cases, instead of one penny,

imagine a heap of pence new coined

instead of

one pearl, a multitude of pearls

grain

instead of
eertaiv

one

of mustard-seed,

fancy
;
'

bushels

scattered about the stage

and for one spider,

'

suppose a multitude creeping about the opposite

wall.

"
to

A contracted or lesser idea

is

is,

when
it

the thin^

be remembered
in

so great, that

cannot be

comprehended
and

its

proper natural quantity,

within such narrow limits of a

tory,
is

room of

a reposi-

therefore imagined to be pourtrayed

with elegant lively colours, in a picture fixed to

the opposite wall.
far soever distant,

Thus space of
and
all

places

great things,
:

how may be

facilely represented in a picture

as if the thing

to be

remembred were a

battel, a

triumphant

spectacle, hunting

or hawking through

woods

and

groves, a

naval conflict, large territories,

castles, a

mountain, or church, &c. whose idea's

cannot be contained in the memorial places, unless contracted,

and aptly and

artificially

com-

254

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

prized in a picture, conceited

by imagination hanging against the opposite wall, that so it may

be

fully

comprehended.

CHAP.
^*

V. of Idea's.

Of the Position

'*

Let

the position of every idea be such as in

vulgar use doth most

thing signified
;

commonly

appertain to the

let the

ideas of things usually

in the re-

hanged against a wall, be so disposed

pository, as musical instruments, arms, lookingglasses, pictures,

brushes, written tables,

&c.

Such

things as are customarily fastened to, or in

a wall, imagine them accommodated in the repository in like manner, as

title

pages of books
or

pasted against the

pillar,

proclamations,

printed pages nailed to the wall, funeral-streamers, or

pendants, in the higher part of the oppoas

site wall,

you see
set

in churches

such things as

are

commonly

upon
;

shelves, fancy

them so

placed in the repository

ver, glasses, books,

as vessels of gold, sil-

mercery wares, &c.

Such

things as are usually placed

on a

table, conceive

them so marshalled sums

in the repository, as victuals,

of money, table-boards, &c. such things

as Jye, or are any ways situate

on grounc^ must

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
be so placed
in the repositoi-y, as

255

heaps of wheat,

a cradle, chest, table, living creatures, whether

standing, sitting, or l^ing,

&c.

Such

things as

are frequently under ground, are to be supposed

under the marble-stage

the eye of a

for

though they escape

man

standing before the repository,

yet they cannot be concealed from the eyes of his

mind, which are only exercised

of

in this

matter

this sort are graves, wells, wine-cellars,

met-

taline-mines,

subterranean

passages,

through

which streams have

veins,
site

their course, as
is

blood in the

&c.

Like method

to

be observed in

and position of all other things

CHAP.
**

VI.

Of the
"

Colours of Repositories and Idea's.

Here

you

are

to
is

be admonished, that

though every repository

supposed

to

be uni-

form

in building

yet they are distinguished

from

one another by
repository,

tiie pillar in

the middle of every

which nmst be imagined of several

if

colours
for the

as

you use

ten, that

which you design

to have a golden

first,

must be conceived
second a
;

pillar; the

pillar

of silver; the third

;

of black stone
lift

the fourth of blew stone

the
the

of red stone

the si\th of yellow stone

Q56

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
;

seyenth of green stone

the eighth of purple

stone, the ninth of white stone, the tenth of ci-

namon
is

colour.

New

for distinction sake, gold

first

called the colour of the

repository
;

silver

the colour of the second repository

black of

the third repository

fore.

and so successively as beten repositories,

as

If you use

more than

you
be-

must repeat the same coloirs over again,

fore; so that the eleventh
is

imagined to have a
the thir-

golden

pillar, the twelfth a silver pillar,

th^^

teenth a black pillar,

lar,

fourteenth a blew pil-

and so the

rest in ocder.

After the same

manner every idea must be conceived cloathed,

adorned, or some way illustrated with the pro-

per colour of the repository, wherein

gined to be placed.
for better explanation

it is

ima-

Take an example
:

or

two
in

suppose a saylor

canvase suit be retained for an idea in the

repository,
{

first

represent

him

standing there with

;

a golden chain over his shoulder like a belt

if

tlie

second

imagine he weareth

a silver

chain

iabout his neck, with a whistle fastened thereto

*f in the third,

that he hath black boots

on

his

legs

if in

the fourth, that he hath a blew skarf

in

on

his

arm, tyed

a rose-not

if in

the fifth,
his

that

he wears a Red
:

Monmouth Cap on
:

head

if in

the sixth, that he swaggerelh

if in

with a

yellow feather in his cap

the seventh, that

:

he hath a green

silk garter

on

his right leg

if in

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
the eighth, that his canvase coat
is

257
imbellished
the ninth,

"with a border of purple velvet

tliat

if in

his

neck
;

is

beautified

with a very white

orient pear!

if in

the tenth, that he hath a pair

of cinnamon coloured breeches.

" Howbeit,

if

the idea of its

tlie

own nature be any

its

ways rehited to
wliereby
it

colour

of

repository,

may be

presently understood to have

it

the colour thereof,

tion
:

will

need no other attribucity,

for

example,

if a
is

mayor of a

(who

in

regard of his office

dignified with

a purple

gown, and gold chain) be placed

first

as an idea in the

or

fift

repo<>itori/,

there will

be no need of

attribution of colour, because the golden chain

doth manifestly represent the colour of the

repository, the purple
fift.

first

gown
the

of the colour of the

In Uke sort,

if

a black bull be placed as an

first

idea in either

room of
silver

repository , his
;

horns must be conceived gilded with gold

the second, with
;

if in

if

in

the third, black,

being the proper colour of that repository, excludeth any other addition
:

if

in the fourth, let

him be decked with

if

a chaplet of the blew flowers;

in the

fift,

with a garland of red roses. See.

So

a picture imagined to be painted on the opfirst

posite wall of the

repository y must be illusif in

trated w'iih gold in

some convenient place;

the opposite wall of the second repositorijj with

silver
;

of the third, with black, &,c.

z3

258
" This

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
attribution of a repositories colour, is of
in
;

marvellous use, bolh to keep

themselves, as also their order

mind

the idea's

hereby the mind

hath al-

re-perusing ideas formerly bestowed,

wayes some certainty

to guide itself,
;

and recolit's

lect any idea at present latent

because
idea
is

un-

questionable,

that the

missing

either

wholly, or at least in part, illustrated with the

proper colour of

its

repository.

" Moreover,
to an idea, (of

in attributing a repositories colour

it

self not partaking thereof)

you

musi; be careful that the colour of the repository

be accommodated to the most eminent part of

the idea, or as near as

may be

if

the history of

the prophet Jonah thrown into the sea by mariners,

be used as an idea,

it

mu-)t

be represented

in -a picture

according to the third chapter pre-

ceding

in

which, though the whale, sea, ship,

effigies

and land are to be poui trayed, yet the

J^owaA himself
is

of

the most remarkable part of the

picture, because

Jonah

is

of the history there

painted:

if therefore this story

be to be dej osited

in the first repository, let the border of his

gown
;

be supposed of gold
if in the

if in

the second, of silver

thud,

let

the

gown be

fancied black

if

in the fourth, blew, t^c.

so the top of a heap of

part
;

wheat
if

is

the

most

ct)nspicu()us

therefore
reposi'

a heap of wheat be placer! in the

first

tory,

imagine a golden streamer two foot long,

AETIFICIAL MEMORY.
fixed In the top of the

259
the second
;

heap

if

in

repository^ let the

third, black
;

streamer he

silv. r

if in

the

if in

the fourth, blew, Sd'.

suffice

" Thus much may

for

common

affec-

tions of ideas, in quantity, position,

their species follow.

and colour

CHAP.
"

VII.
Idea's.

Of Direct
simple or
is

"
idea

An
is

idea

is

compound

a simple

uniform, and

fourfold, direct, relative,

fictitious^

and written.
is

"

direct idea

when

a visible thing, or conis

ceived under a visible form,

repository,

bestowed

in the

according
naturally

to the

same form, under

:

which

it is

apprehended
;

so a goat

is

the direct

idea
;

of a goat

a rhinocerot of a
;

rhinocerot

a peacock, of a peacock
a majc
stical

a dove of

a dove.

Tims

man adorned
is

with a

scepter, iipperial

diadem and robe,

the idea

of a king

a person arrayed in academical habit,

;

of a schoUar

an ancient

woman
:

in

mourning

weeds, weeping and wiping her face with an

handkerchief, of a
like a nun, of a

widow
:

a virgin apparelled

nun

a satyr, as the poets de:

cribe ihem, of a satyr

so a temple

is

the direct

idea of a temple, a book of a booke, a bed of a

260

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

bed, a shealh of a sheath, an image of an image,

a picture of a picture, an epistle of an epistle, a

bond
rits,

sealed, of a

bond

so

good angels and

spi-

though they be incorporeal and

invisible,

(seeing they are ble forms)

commonly conceived under visimay be reposited as the otlier. To

conclude, the minde of

man

doth naturally and

all

immediately present direct idea's of

visible

thiug3, or such as are conceived under a visible

form, that

it is

in vain to

excogitate any, but raIf a

ther use those diat offer themselves.

man

he^rs the relation of a naval battel, doth not he

presently seem to behold the sea, ships,

smoke

of great ordnance, and other things obvious in

such matters.
If speech be

made of mustering
in his

an ar?ny, doth not the hearer form

minde

the effigies of the field, replenished with soalders

marching
this

in
is
;

military postures

No

precept in
it

kind

delivered,

which nature

self hath:

not dictated

but onely to imprint these idea'^

more

dei^ply in

meniory,

we bestow them mebe

exex-

thodically ni

some

place, lest otherwise they

light apprehension.

forgotten
plain
this

through

To

more

evidently, I

will

use an

ample.

" Jin Example of remembring a History. " Diogenes when he saw

the

Cynick entering Plato's

hall^

the table covered with a rich car-

ARTIFICIAL MEMaHY.

2(>1

pet, the shelves glittering with silver, gilt cups,

vessels,

and other sumptuous

all his

furniture, laid
it

hold

of the carpet with

might, threw

to the

ground, and trod thereon with his

feet, saying,

tread upon Plato's pride

to

whom

Plato re-

plied,

it

But with greater pride. " The idea of this story is not so great, but that may admit reposition in its equal quantity
it is

therefore I suppose in the place of the repository

where

to

be bestowed, that there

is

a table

covered with a rich carpet, which a sordid fellow

in beggarly raiment,

throws on the ground, a grave

man The

clothed in honest sober apparel looking on.

attribution of the colour of the repository is
:

not to be forgotten

if

therefore
is

it

be the

first

repository in which this idea

to

be placed, I

imagine the carpet to be imbellished with a fringe

or border of gold
in the third,
:

if in
:

the second, of silver

if

of black

if in

the fourth, of blew,

and so forth

in the rest.

"

An
"

example of a Sentence

to be

remembredy

the Subject being visible.

An ant is a small insect, the coldestand dryest

creatures, and

of

all

therefore

the wisest

for

cold and dry do chiefly contribute to wisdom.

The
ed
;

idea of this sentence ought to be augmentfor the

magnitude of an ant

is

so inconsi-

263
derable,

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
that

being bestowed in a memorial

:

place,

it

escapeth sight
in the

therefore I suppose an

tfnMieap
place,

middle stage of the memorial-

seeming almost black with antSj swarm;

ing hither and thither

as for assignation of co-

lour

if this

idea be placed in the third Repository

is sufficient!}'

the colour of the Repository j

noted

by the blackness of the ants;

needeth no addition of colour,
third or seventh Repository
:

if in
;

the seventh,

by the greenness of the a^-hill

so that there

if

placed in the

But

if it

be designed

to

the

first

Repository,

'et a

triangular golden

streamer be supposed fixed in the an?-hill, a foot

high;
the
if in

the second,

a silver streamer

if in

fourth, a streamer of

blew

silk

if in
;

the the
;

fifth,

of red

if in
;

the

sixt,

of yellow

if in

eighth, of purple
in the tenth, of

if in

the ninth, of white

if

cinnamon colour. " All Histories, Actions, F.ibles, common

;

Affairs
visible

all visible
;

things,

or conceived under a

form

finally,

All sentences whose subject

is visible,

may be

disposed in Repositories by Di-

rect Ideas, in equal,

augmented or contracted
of relative and

quantity."

Chap.

vlii.

and

ix. treat

ficti-

tious ideas.
xi.

Chap.

x. of written Ideas, and chap,

of c()n)j)ound Ideas.
[n chap.
xii.
*

Mr.

Willis gives the following

rules for the

choice of ideas.'

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
" Rule
Apologies,
1.

9.63

All Histories, Actions,

Fables,

common

businesses, visible things, or

conceived under a visible

form,
visible,

all

sentences

whose subject or matter

any dependent written
laid

is

and without

illustration,

ought to be

up

in the

Repositories by a Direct Idea, in

quantity equal,

augmented or contracted. Cap.

All
Histories,

I.

" Rule

2.

Actions,

Fables,

Apologies, Morals and Similyes, remarkable for

some coherent Verses

generally to

or Writings, as

all

Epi-

grams, Epitaphs, Anagrams and Impresses are

be expressed by a compound Idea,

consisting of a Direct and Scriptile,

Cap.

2.
illus-

" Rule
trated by

3. All

Emblems and

Sentences

some notable Example, or expressed Hyeroglyphically, are to be bestowed in Repoby a compound Idea,
consisting of a

sitories

Relative and Scriptile, Cap. 2.

" Rule

4.

All Characters,

single

Letters*

naked Numbers, Calculations of Nativities, Cosmographical descriptions and

citations, are to

be

always disposed in Repositories by a Scriptile

Idea.

" Rule

5. All single

words signifying no

vi-

sible thing,

whose Idea

either relative, fictitious,

or

compound

of fictitious and scriptile, doth preto be so placed in the Repository,

sently occur,

is

either relatively, fictitiously, or

compoundly

If

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
no such Idea occur, then
by
a Scriptile Idea.
it is

'

to

be represented

" Rule
pressible

6. All

Phrases and Sentences inex-

by a Direct Idea, may be conserved by

a Relative Idea, or

compounded of
it

a Relative

and Scriptile,
ly,
tile

if

any present

self

commodiousby a Scrip-

or

if

no such

offer itself quickly,

Idea."
xiii.

In chap
'

the following rules are given for

reposing ideas,'

" Rule
place

1.

Every Idea

is

to

be placed

in

its

order, tiz. that which

;

first

occurreth in the

first

the second in the second place of the

first,

first

Repository; the third in the

the fourth in
;

the second place of the second Repository

in the
first,

fift

the sixt in the second place of the

;

third Repository
in all

the like

method
till

is

to

be used

the

Repositories,

all

the Idea's be

placed.

" Rule

2.

Due

quantity, convenient site, co-

lour of the Repository, and peculiar attributes, are to be imposed on each Idea, and very carefully

minded.
3. After

" Rule
first

you have

rightly disposed the

it

Idea of any Repository, note

very diligent-

ly

with the eye of your mind, as

its

if it really

stood

there, observing

kind, subject, <iiiantity, site,

attribution of the Repositories colour, and other

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
such
like peculiar attributes, if
it

265
For

have any.

example, whether the Idea deposited in the first

place of any Repository (as to the kind) be direct; as to the subject, concerning a

man;

in

respect of quantity, equal

in regard

of sight,

placed on the ground

butes, whether

and as

to peculiar attri;

moving or

yeilding a sound

go

over

all

these things in your mind, saying,

is

The

Idea which I have here bestowed,

Direct, of a

man, equal, placed on the grouad, moving smd

yeilding a sound
:

For by such considerations an

disposed the

Idea

is

more
4.

firmly graven in mfemory.

"

Huh

After you have

fitly

second Idea of any Repository, you must: excogitate

some apt

relation thereof to the former, in

site,

respect of likeness or unlikeness of

likeness

or unlikeness of subject

or else in n;gard of the

action of the latter Idea referred to the fonper

you can pitch upon no Idea which may not be

related to the former by on* of these five vvyes,

which

shall plainly

appear by example

if

both

Idea's of one Repository, precedent and subseqi'.ent,

be fixed to the wall, placed on a

4'c.

table,

the ground, or under ground,

site
:

they agree in

But

if

one be fastened

to the Wall, the

other placed on a Table, on the ground or under

ground, they are unlike

ject of both Idea's
is

in site

When
;

the sub-

Justice, Sin, a

Man, War,
but

or Sleep,

S^c.

they agree in subject

when

A A

266

PR1^'CIPAL SYSTEMS OF
is

the subject of one Idea

Justice, of the other

Drunkenness, the one of a man, the other of a

stone, or any other opposite thing, they disagree
in subject.

Take an example of

transferring the
:

action of a latter Idea to a former

Suppose

that

man

in a

Gown,

sitting at a

Table, and over-

looking some Books of Accounts, with Counters

lying ready to

compute the
first

total

sum, be an Idea
;

disposed in the

place of a Repository

and
the

the Idea to be placed in the second

room of

Repository, be a Farryer giving a Horse a Drench

with a
latter

Horn In this case, that the action of the may have some dependance on the former,
:

imagine that the Horse (as soon as the drench

is

poured into
the

his

mouth) leaps back and disturbeth

man

in his reckoning,

who

sits at

the

Table

in the first place of the Repository.

This mutual

Relation of Idea's placed in the same Repository,

is

as

it

were a linking of them together, and doth

admirably conduce to the remembrance of both.

" Rule
cur,

5.

If

two or more

distinct idea's
is

con-

whose
if

relation to

one another

found so
;

near, as

they were

combined together
:

bestow
if

them

in

one same Memorial Place

As

the

Idea immediately preceding be a Silver Bason

full

of fragrant Water, set upon a joyned Stool,

idle

and the subsequent Idea be an

nothing
;

man doing
in
his

you may conjoin these two Idea's

this

one, imagining that

man washeth

hands

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
in that odiferous

26?

water ; so

if

the former Idea

latter a

be two Virgins talking together, the

Skein

of Green Silk, to join these two Ideas by a pro-

per connexion, you may fancy that one of the

Virgins holdeth the Skein upon her wrists, whilest
the other windeth
it

off her

hands into a bottom.

In

like

manner

if

the Antecedent Idea be ScripScriptile, if so

tile,

and the Consequent likewise

in the

be you ailow space enough

ter

Table,

tiie lat-

may be

subscribed under the former in a

convenient distance

from one another.

Thus

three Scriptile Ideas concurring together, if they

be not too large for one Table, may be supposed

written therein
;

the

first in

the highest place, the

second

in the middle, the third in the lowest, alfit

lowing nevertheless a

distance.

But alwayes

when you comprize two or three Ideas in one place, you must remember carefully, that so many Ideas were constituted in such a place.
" Rule
its

6.

W hen you
it

have
in

laid

up any Idea
first

in

Place (whether

be

the

or second

Room of the
may
reside

Reposiforj/) peruse
if

all

the foregoing
that they

Idea's in their order,

you have time,

in

more deeply

the stronger impression in

Memory, and make minde. For as a

School-boy by often
learneth
it

reading over his lesson,

by heart, so the more frequentlv you

peruse Idea's, the more firmly you will retain

thorn.

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
'*

Rule

7'

Lastly,

have a care not to load

jour

Memory

wiih a more numerous multitude

for as
it is

of Ideals

t\r<\n is fit,

unwholesome

to

burthen the stomach above

its

strength, so also to

overwhelm the

Memory

with multiplicity of

Idea's, doth lead into great confusion.

Temas they

perate
think

men

admit only so

much meat
;

they can well

concoct

so do you only

commit such things to Memory, as you trust faithfully to remember ; for it is better firmly to
retain

a few remarkable things, than

many of

mean
the

base nature.
xiv.

In chap.

which

treats

" of the practice of

the following
business.

Art of Memory," we have

" Examples of ordinary

**

I.

Suppose
go
to

(as taking

it

for granted)
it

you
con-

were

to

some

great

Market Town,

cerns not our purpose whether the place be known,

or unknown, and intend in the

quire the price of Seed Barlie

first
:

place to en-

imagine then in
is

the

first

Place of the

first

Repositorie (that

the

part on the right hand) you see a

Barlie out of a Sack into a

man measuring Bushel, with a comliim, as

is

pany of men standing about

the usual

manger

in

Maikets, not forgetting

to fancy the

Bushefl handles to be Gold, that so the Idea in

some

.part

may be
is

related to the Repository is

:

colour, as

required in the sixdi Chapter

ARTIFICIAL MEMOKY.
"
elli

269

11.

Moreover, That

in tlie

same

Town
;

liv-

Labourer wliom yon know, and must enwork

in

quire out to

your Ilay-harveit

fancy

him

to stand in the second place (on the left hand)

first

of the
,

Repositori/, sharpening his

it

Gulden

Sytlie on a zchetsfoiie, as

were preparing for

such Rustical imploynient: I say Go/den St/the,

that
it
;

may
this

participate of the colour of the

Repoin sight

sitory

Idea agreeth with the former

this

and subject, for both Idea's of

llcpository

are of men, and placed on the ground.

"

III.

while after you cail.to niinde

:

some

jdromutical Spices you are to buy

To remem-

ber which, fancy the second place of the second

Repositorie converted into a Grocers Shop, the
opposite wall garnished with Nests of Boxes full

of several

Spices,

with Tiiles

writ

upon the
on
this

Boxes,

after

the usual

mode

two

foot

side the wail, let iheje stand a Counter, the VV^ares

exposed thereon you are to buy

as if the first
5'//-

thing you nominate to buy be Pepper, let a

ver box

full

of

Pepper stand upon the further

if

end of the Counter;

die second thing design-

ed be Nutmegs, place a loose bagge of Sliver

gilt

Nutmegs

in

the oiiiddle of the Counter; if

the third be Sugar, set a ther end

Sugar

loafe on the hi-

of the Counter, with a Sf/rcr string

it

tyed about the top, that

may

in

some

part bear

the colour of the Repositorie.

In this case you

A A 3

270

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
that three Idea's

must remember
ill

were bestowed

one Place, whose coherence with the Idea in

is

the other EeposUoiy,

taken from their unlike-

nesse of

site

for that

Idea was heaped on the

ground, these three are placed upon a Counter.

" IV. Your next

incident businesse

is

to re-

member
town
(a

to

speak with a Counsellour of the same

of a very great repute and credit for
the

man

Law) about a friends sute depending in CImmery Imagine that Counsellour in a Lawyers Gown, sitting in a Chair, overlookknowledge
in
:

ing

some

writings, in the first

:

Place of the

third

Repository/

seeing his

Gown is

black, you need

no other attribution of colour of the Repositoyy. " V. If another new occasion present it self
to minde, as that

you are

to

buy "a piece of

;

Blarh Vehit of a Mercer in that town

cond
Place of the third
transformed into a Mercers shop,

the se-

Repository must be
a piece of

Black Velvet
lying

neatly laid in folds of equal length,

in like

on the Counter, which doth

the

manner

As well denote

Repositories colour, as the

Gown

of the Counsellor sitting in the former

is

Place; whence also

deduced a manifest

rela-

tion to the precedent Idea, the

Lawyers Govvn

supposed to be lined with Velvet,

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

71

CHAP. XV.
" "
is

Of

Dictation and Reposition,

the practical part of this Art

Moreover,

perspicuously seen in the Exercises of Dictat-

ing and Repetition,

" The use of Dictating

is,

when

a person

is

to dictate to several Scribes or Secretaries,

what

every one must write, so as to direct aid exercise

them

all at

once, which

is

frequently incumbent
in peril-

upon Princes and Generals of Armies

lous times
:

In such cases there must be assigned

a peculiar Repository to every Scribe, wherein

the affairs and sentences by

him

to be dispatched,
is,

must be reposited
pository to the
first

in

order; that

the

first

Re-

Scribe, the second Repository

to the second, the tiiird to the third, the fourth

to the fourth,.and so forth if there

be more
the

All
first

Idea's

of things to be dispatched by

Secretary, must have

some
;

attribution of

Gold
secoiid

appertaining to them

all

Idea's of the
;

Repository, something of silver

of the third,
S)C.

something of l>lack, of the fourth, blew,

this case also
it

In

is

permitted to place two, thre,

it

or

more

Idea's if
:

be necessary,

in

one place of

a Repository

All businesses and sentences being

thus reposited in order,

fore in mind,
it is

&

faithfully digested

be.first

no

difficult

matter by the

272

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
first

Idea of the

Repository, to dictate to the

write
first
t.i
;

first

Scribe what he of the second

Scribe what he

siiust

l)y

thu

first

Idea

Repository,
sliall

tell

the
first
;

second
Idea of

write; by the

the third Repository, to inform the third

like

nnd

in

manner

all

the

rest in

their order.

Again,
se:

by the second Idea of each Repository, the

cond sentence
is

facilely delivered to

each Scribe
;

By

the

tiiird,

every Scribes third bnsiness

by

the fonrih Idea their fourth, and so forward in the residue.

This

is

the

Exercise,

which by

some
*'

is

called the Art of Dictating.

is

Repetition

when

man

repeateth sen-

tences spoken by several persons, so as to return

each persons sentence in order as

ed
;

it

was deliver-

as if six, seven, or

more

friends sitting toge-

ther (to experience your

happy memory) do every

sentence, to have

one

in

order speak

some

them

repeated again, after the same or a

retrogade
the

manner, which way they please;

Liea's of your
first

dispose

friends sentences in the first

Repository

of your second friend in the second

Repository
so forward

of your third friend

in the third,

and

in the rest.

All which being rightly

little

disposed, you

may

with

trouble restore to

every friend his saying, either in the same order

as they

were spoken, or

in a retrogade or invert-

ed order.

"

have not thought expedient to

illustrate

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
these with Examples, because I think
ciently explained by

73
them
suffi-

what hath been already

said;

as also, that this

Exercise of Dictating and

Re-

peating have

little

or no use, but vain ostentation;

it

though

have inserted them here,

was not

done

as necessary, but

because the knowledge of

for such as are

them did not seem superfluous

learned of this Art.

CHAP. XVI.
" "
I

Of irregular

Reposition.

HAVE

thought godd to annex a few words

is

of irregular Reposition, which

that
is,

onely one Rule,

a real Repository

may be sometimes subwhich

irregiUarity is

stituted instead of a feigned,

admitted upon a double occasion.

"
fitly

First,

used instead of its proper Idea

sitting

sheets

may be As if a man in his Study, light on some Book whose are transplaced, which he intendeth when
thing itself being at hand,
:

he goes

forth of

l)is

Study, to send to a
:

Bookbe cast

binder to be amended
at the threshold

That Book

is

to

of the Study, that the sight theredeparting, to get

it

of

may admonish him

bound

So also if Ink be wanting, an Ink-Glass or Bottle may be set by the Book. " Secondly, When a man must exonerate one

274

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

or more Idea's, as soon as he hath reposited

them

as

when something
to a

offers

it

self to a

mans

mind, talking

powerful or rich man, which

to

he judgeth convenient

be comuiunicated to

him with
field,

the

first

opportunity, let

him

speedily

reposite the Idea of that thing in the

plain, or

same house,
is,

wheresoever he then

in

some

certain place

conversant before his eyes, that he

may be
some

always put in mind to propound the

serves
:

same when occasion

As

if

he think to do

friendly office for a person absent,

by pre;

some him imagine

ferring

business of his to the rich

man

let

that Friend always obvious in

some

determinate place in sight, not suffering the object to slip out of view,
till

he have curteously

performed
intervene

his officious

enterprise.

Or

if

there

some thought of buying

hath great plenty,

fewel, whereof

the rich

man

let

him suppose
some place
have to say
I

a great quantity of

Wood
:

piled

up

in

not distant out of sight

of
ii

This

is all

regular Reposition,

CHAP. XVII.
''

Of depositing

Ideals.

"

Haying
now

spoken copiously of repositing

conclude with Depositing them.

Idea's,

I will

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
" Deposition of
Idea's
is,

275
charged

when
the

tilings

upon Memory by
after

Idea's, are

recalled,

and the

mind exonerated of them,

such
Deposition,

Memorial Place?
left

being

empty, and

prepared to receive
case, if
it

new
lost

Idea's.

Now

in

this

happen

at
is

any time that an Idea

or forgotten,

negli-.
it

gently reposited,

when

should be deposited, the recovery thereof must

be endeavoured by these ensuing considerations. " First, This is always assuredly known, every
lost

Idea did bear the colour of his Kepository,

first

either in wliole or part; therefore the

thing

to be inquired

is,

in

what respect the colour of

the Repository did agree with the Idea sought

by

this sole consideration, forgotten Idea's are oft

discovered.

" The Idea being not discovered

diligent

thus,

make
site,

indagation for

its

relation

to the Idea

placed in the same Repository, in regard of

subject or action. Cap. 14.

Rule

4.

One Idea
call the

of a Repository being known, doth easily

other to mind, by mutual

dependance whereby

they were connexed together, unless there did

precede very negligent Reposition.

" If

still
it

you are disappointed, happily you

out by repetition of such things as are

may

find

especially

remarkable

in

laying

up

Idea's,

of

which
is

have spoken

in the 13.

Chapter.

That

by enquiring whether the latent Idea's was

276

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OP
Direct,
Relative,
^

In rpect of kind,

i"

L-

J Fictitious, <Scriptile,

Compound,
Double,

treble, S^c.

^ c t In Mspect of subject,

J
^

Of God, Of Christ, Of the Holy Of Men, Of Animals,

Gh$t,

<^o/^g-e/*,

C Equal, In respect of quantity, < Augmented^ i. Contracted,

r Under ground^
In respect of
site,

\ Upon ground. < Upon a Table j Upon a Shelf,

{^Against a wall.

r Moving,
In respect of attributioD,

J
V.

Quiet,

i Giving a sound.

Yielding 4 smel.
,

"

An
If
it

Idea

is

oft recovered

by discussing these
,

ie\N questions in a

mans

thoughts.

"
must

be certain the forgot Idea was Scriptile,

is

but the inscription

be,

in oblivion, the

first'

inquiry

whether

it

were a angle 'wordj proof,

phrase, or sentence of one or

more

clauses

single word, proof, or principal

word pf a

sen-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
tence,

277

may be

regained by applying each Letter

in

of the Alphabet

the

same manner

as

is

pre-

scribed in the second Rule of Poetical

tion, in the

Revocayou have

second Book, Cap. 3.

first

till

obtained the

Letter

the other Letters

may

be found by transcendencies and gilded Vowels

the chief
easily to
'*

Word

being obtained, the rest

come
re-

mind.

If

you cannot yet discover the Idea, have

course to the third and fourth Rules of Poetical

Revocation,

'2.

Book. S Chap, an Idea being

continue irreparable by

revocable in the same manner.

"

Finally,

if
it

it

all

these ways, let

pass,

and be no longer

sollici-

tous
laid

irf

search thereof: For as a

in a Study,
is is

up

not

Book carelesly many times to be found

comes
to hand
is

when

it

sought, though you remove several

Volumes
stands by
ness,

yet afterward

beyond

expectation,
it
:

when another Book

reached that
this busi-

So
ijn

it

doth oft happen in

though

Idea negligently reposited, canit is

not be, found

when

sought, yet at another

cell
its

time when a Notion reposited in the

of

Meac-

mory near
"
If a

it,

is

excited, that also of

it

own

cord dlscovereth

self.

man do

prudently follow these Rules of

recovering latent Ideas, as with Ariadnes thred,

he

will doubtless

wind himself out of the Labyand with admirable

rinth

of blind

Oblivion,

B B

278

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
to

facility recall

mind forgotten

sentences, and.

vanished Idea's"

A
"J..
2.

Treatise

'

concludes the volume

of cherishing Natural Memori// in which are considered,

;

Of

such [things] as

debilitate

Memory.

Of

things corroborating
4.

prescript order of life.

litated

3. Of a Of restoring a debi' to discern

Memory.

Memory.
to

5.

How
6.

the tem-

perame/ht of the Brain.

convenient

every

temperament.

Of Dyet properly 7. Of
memory,

Diseases of the Brain."

Among

those things which debilitate

are enumerated bad air, particular drinks and

decoctions, bad water, particular sorts of food,

repletion, too

much

sleep, etc. etc.

air,

In the

list

of

corroboratives are, wholesome

sweet scents,
are,

and particular

meats,

among which
etc.;

the

brains of sparrows, hares, conies,

herbs,

bathing the feet in

etc.

warm

decoctions of camomile,

and

exercise in delightful places not sub-

ject to wind.'

The

chapter concludes with this

:

important admonition
close fitted,

" Finally, your apjyarel

walk

leisurely abroad, if the

winde

breath a gentle gale, otherxi^ise within doors."

In treating of the " prescript order of life"

Mr.

Willis, after very properly

recommending
all

frequent prayer for Divine assistance, in

our

undertakings, which he enforces by a reference to

the Epistle of James, chap. v. ver.
1

6, 17, di-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
rects the reader to

279

backward, fasting"
tion

" comb his head every day, " to abstain from all evacua-

by virtue of Physick except upon necessity"

Raisotis of the Sun7ie stoned, morning without drink, instead of break" to let his supper be larger than his din-

"

to eat twelve

evert/ fast"

ner"* " to observe accustomed hours of eating" *' to refrain from labour after meats" " to shut
all

the

windows

at bed-time^"

" not

to sleep

under
night

the

moon-beams," and " not

to lie out all

in the open air."

The
:

remaining rules are some-

what more

rational

they

recommend

the

morn-

ing as the best time for study,

the reading of

* Mr. Willis seems to have entirely forgotten the aiitient

distich.

Ex
Ut

}}ut^na cccna stomuchofit

SIS

maxima

fcena

node

levis, si tibi ccena brevis,

correspondent in the

the year 1787, in answer to Immemor,

Gentleman's Magazine tbv who had been commemory, advises him

to

plaining of the weakness of his

follow this rule

" Instead of eating suppers, leani by

tJie last

heart some passages of poetiy which please yoii,

thing before yoii go to bed, and repeat them the
in the

first

thing

morning, at six

in the spring

and antumn,

five in

snmmor, and seven

in winter.

Study Watts' Logick,

and his Improvement of the MiTid, Locke, and Ei'cltd. Let me knowtiie effects of this regimen, accompanied with
plain food and constant exercise, and I will then prescribe
fariiicr if it

should be necessary."

Gent.

Mag.

vol. Ivii.

part

i.

p. 22.

280

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

select authois,

a devotedness to the studies

which

we

are pursuing,

a choice of

fit

companions,

and occasional relaxation.

The symptoms

of cold and hot brains are

all

explained at large for the benefit of

are disposed to read such

those

who

" phantasies."

Under

the article of " Dyet"

we

have the following

singular

paasage.

" Strong sweet wine, as

is

Muskadine, Ipocras, drunk temperately,

restorative for old folivs,

most

and co:d and sickly per-

sons,

more

efficaciuusly

gold (made

red hot in

the Jire)

quenched

therein,

doth marvellously

restore and
this matter,

exhiieiate the heart.

Concerning

Roger Bacon, a famous philosopher

of old age, hath
(saith
this story
;

in his Treatise

^n

ancient

husbandman

he) wearyed with

plowing f and

thirsty with his hot labour y-

drank

water of a Cytron colour, and after he had greedily swallowed the same, was changed both
in complection

years of age,
tion,

and strength like one of thirty possessing more excellent discreand understanding, than ever he

MEMORY

enjoyed before, jfrom which time, he lived eighty

years in the Kings Court.

eth
its

Bacon, who

recit-

this,

thought, that water or liquor received

yellow Tincture from Gold, as he there tes-

tifieth."

After a long and

ticulars

fruitless search, the only

par-

which we have been enabled

to glean.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
respecting

281
he
\vas

John Willis
'

are,

that

author of the

Art of Stenography/ an edition

in

of whicli was published

1628, and that he was

a Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford.

this latter

Of
in

circumstance, a communication

an
is

early

volume of the Geiifleinans Magazine,

the only evidence,.

The

writer of this

article
in-

mentions a system of short-hand, said to be

vented by a Fellow of Magdalen College; and

this

system

is

the

identical

one

published by

ivmis.

44.

Ars Memories
culejitius

localis,

plenius ct lu-

expositct, quani

ante hac

nunrjuam, una

cum appUcatione ejusctfacull()-20.

dem ad singulas disciplhms

tales,
8".

Lips.

This book (says Morhof,

to be
nics,

in his

Polyhistor)

is

preferred to
for

all

the treatises

on

MnemoThe

perspicuity and

arrangement.

anonymous author,

as appears

by the preface,
in the University

was a Professor of Mnemonics

of Leipsic.

45.

D.

Joannis Velasquez de Azevedo

Feuix de Minerva y Arte de Memoria queenseuna sin maestro

relenir, 4".

aprender Madrid, 1620.

B B 3

82

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

46. Artis Lullian^, seu Memorice

tificialis

Ar-

Secretum explicitnm, Oraet

torihiis

PrcBdicatorihiis uiilissi-

mum

per

JR.
8".

P. F. Hugonem CarParis. 16*20.

LuUy's Art' see No.
.51.

honellwn:

For an account of

'

47. Lettera

a Andrea Valieri ove

si

tratta della

Memoria

locale

e del

modo facile per

This manuscript
Collection pre-erved
treats of the
is

acquistarla.
in

MS.
It

No. 2259
the British

the Slonne

in

Museum.

arrangement of different places on

the walls of the the

rooms
;

in a

house or monastery, to

number of 173
and

and gives directions respectIt

ing the formation and combination of images.

is in folio,
is

dated October 30, ]623.

48. 3Iagazin des Sciences, on

way VArt
le

de 3Iemoire, par Adrian

Cuirot,

12^ Paris, 1623.

In
with
this

extremely rare volume, which abounds

plates,

curious
is

the

system
;

of Lambert

Schenckel

given in detail

but, with

many im-

portant additions and improvements.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
49. Tractatus de

283

Memoria

Joh.

Conra-

di Dannhaiveri
8".

D.

Sf

Pr. of Puhl.

Arsrent. 1635.

Of

this
;

work we have not been able

to procure

a copy

the reader, tlierefore, must be contented

with a memoir of the author.

John Conraue

Dannhawer,
Brisgau
in
1

a Lutheran divine, was born at

:

603

and he was raised to the chair

in
1

of eloquence
in this city,

at Strasburgh,
,57.

629-

He

died

aged

Befoie

his death

he was

made preacher

at the

Cathedral church, and

Dean

of the Chapter; he was very zealous for the sentiments he embraced, and entered into a severe

controversy with those

who contended

for the

union of the Lutherans and Calvinists.

left

He
*

has

behind him many theological works of con-

siderable reputation.*

50. Meyssonerus in Perilagono Philoso-

phico-3Iedico, sive Arte novcs

miniscentim, 4.
51.

Re^

Lugd. 1639.

Ars Memorativa inventiva et applicativa Raimundi LuUii^ 12". Cadom. 1640.

The

system of Artificial

Memory

of that lu-

* Diet. Hist. art. Dannhawer.

284

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

miliary of science,
at a very
first

Raymund
;

Lully,

was formed

ea'rly

period

and he was, perhaps, the

;

modern who

practised this art

but as the

books on

this subject

have been noticed accord-

in" to their dates, and

edition of Luily, he
is

we have not seen an earlier placed among the writers

any

of the seventeenth century.

" By

this

system,

one was

enabled
illustra-

mechanically to invent arguments and

tions

upon any

subject,
at

and thus to reach the

a

summit of
furnish

science,

small

expence

of

time and labour.

to

This Great Art

professes
assisting

a general

mstrument

for

invention in the study of every kind of science.

For
are

this

purpose, certain general terms,

to
all

which
prin-

common

the

sciences,

but

cipally those of logic,

metaphysics, ethics and

theology, are collected and arranged, not

how-

ever according to any natural division, but merely

according to the caprice of the inventor.

An

alphabetical table of such terms was provided;

and subjects and predicates taken from these,

were respectively inscribed

in

angular

spaces,

upon

circular papers.

The

essences, qualities,

and relations of things being thus mechanically brought together, the circular papers of subjects

were fixed

in a frame,

and those of predicates

as to

were so placed upon them

in their revolutions, to

move

freely,

and

produce various combina-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
lions of subjects

285

and predicates

whence would

arise definitions, axionis,

and propositions, vary-

ing infinitely, according to the dilierent application of general terms to particular subjects.;"*

This

is

the general idea of Lully's mechanical

logic, wliich

would enable a person

to

hold a
siihj^xt
of'

disputation

tohatever, zoithout

for a who/e day upon any knowing any thing

his dissertation de

the

matter.

Morhofm

Arte Lidliana ,-);

ordine longo'
principal

has preserved an elaborate account of the system,

and has given a tremendous

of commentators on the
art.

list

The two

expositors are Athanasius Kircher, in his

Ars

Magna
in his

Sciendi, [see
des

L'Oeuvre

No. 56] and Jean Helot, Oeuvres, [see No. 54.]

was born
at

Raymunf) Lully
in the year
abilities,

Majorca,

1236, and on account of his great

obtained the

name

of the Il/uminated

Doctor.

After excelling as a divine, he applied

himself to physic and chemistry, that he might

be enabled to cure the cancer of a young

of

woman

whom

he was enamoured.

He

was stoned to

death in Mauritania, where he went as a missionary in the year 1315, at the age of 80.

His

Sec

Enfield's

History

of Philosophy, vol. II. pp.

399401.
t

Polyhistor,

Tom.

I.

Lib. II. cap.

5.

286

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
in

works which ale

written in
a*

general very obscure, are

in

style

worthy of the barbarous age

which he
lished at

lived.

Tliey were collected and pubtreated of theology, history,

Mentz, and

medicine, law, and philosophy.

52.

Ars 3Inemcmica,
atus,
f^''.

sice

Herdsonus

Uruxiatus ; vel JBruxus HerdsoniJLotid. 1651.

o3. Ai^s 3Iemori(E:

ry jnade plaine hy
late
rity,

The Art of MemoHenry Herdson, Professor l^y PuMich Authoin the Ujiiversity of CamLond. 1651.
are printed and

bridge, 8".

No. 52 and No. 53

gether,
consisting in

bound

to-

the

whole of ninety-two
and
is

pages.

The^Vs^

is

in Latin,

a republica-

tion of a part of

Adam

Brux's Simonides Redi[See No. 37]

vivus, before noticed,

Latin

dedication to

'

his dearest

mother, the University

title,

of Cambridge' follows the

after

which we

have

this singular address to the reader. '6^

" Covrteovs Reader, If any thing in

this

BOOK
sirest

seemeth obscure unto thee, and thou de-

Instruction in the same,

the full benefit

and

clearly to

game

of

the Art, thou mayest

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
repniie unto

287

Green Dragon, over against Saint A.ithohns Church in London,

at the

me

where I shall bee ready

Testimonially
the plaj/nest

to

give thee sufficient

and Satisfaction of the Art, that and meanest Capacitt/ may appreso

hend

it.

And

rest

thij

Wel-zHsher in

Christ lesus,
Octob. 21,
1661.
.

Henry Herdson.
article,

No.

53, the second

being in English, in

a small coMipass, and very scarce,

we shall

reprint

the whole of

it,

verbatim.

" To my dearest Mother, the Vniversity of " Cambridge, all the good of this life, " and eternall Life.

"

My
you

dearest

Mother,

let

the

lovingest,

though
sent

least deserving
Zi'ith

of your true sonnes, pre-

one sparkle of living fire, raked

7ip in

your

ashes,

O your

own

ashes

The Phoe-

nix of Christendome, that never shall be put to

death

The Angels of Heaven may sooner be

than
this

extinct,

Phanix
is

Be

not discomfort-

ed ihut the Sunne

but for a time.
lesse;

beclouded, the Clouds are

forgetfull, norfaith-

Bee not

but rather accept this

my
you

little

Booke, the

Prospective Glasse, 1 send

to
it

view the Art

at the zvrotig

of

Memory

by.

If yon look on

288
etid,

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
unto the ignorant
it

will appear in a smal:

ler

volume, then in itspoore Octavo

it

But ifyou
it

looke on
will

at the right end with the right eye,

grow bigger than your Expectation.

He

that hath but one eye

it
:

I know

will almost love

Hee
it
:

that hath but halfe an eye cannot des-

pise
will

But

hee teho by zoilfulnesse

his eyes out,

S^

malice,

put both

may
of

stare in his con-

ceits;

and

the next messe

his

own crooked
as conit

Broaih,
as well

his hollozv throat sinkes his

downe: he can
his ei/es,
let

crum

porrage with

demne my Art of Memory:

enough
est,

to

choak him, that

And Lumen ex

bee

ipso

bono

& bonitatis Imago.

eyes,

But you who

are inge-

nuous Academicks:

Earth send you

The God of Heaven and Ears, and all your Senses,

with all sutable objects, that piously

may

delight

you

in

them

all.

So pra^eth your

true

Lover

8c Servant,

Henry Herdson.

"

CLAVICVLA, SIVE
Explicalio Llbri:

The Key
(C C. Chambers.) (H. H. Houses.)

or Explication of the Booke.

(D. Door. (W. Wall:)

(R. Repository.)

(S. Sided.)

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
(Angiile, Corner.)

289

(Center,

tlie

Middle

in the

Qvadrangule.)

(Quadrangnle, 4 Corners.

(Coelum versus, ubove, towards Heaven.)

(Juxta terrani, below
(Paries,
tlie

ground, or earth.

Wall or Side.)

(P. P. Places.

"

THE ART OF MEMORY.

LECTIO PRIMA.
Partis Theorica.

" Hee "

"
1.

that desireth this art or any other,

must

bring along with him two things.

Love of

the Art.

2. Desire of the Art, without

which no man

can learn or protit in any Art or Science.

" And he must

also resolve of a third thing,

not to undervalue any Art or Science by the exility

and meanness of the grounds of the Art. For

Divinity,

Law, Physick, and

all

the seven Liberall

Arts, and

other Sciences are preserved in six

and twenty Letters, and so traiwmitted to Posterity,

from one Generation

to another.

Now how

plain and

mean
that

the six and twenty Letters of the

;

Alphabet be, every one knovveth

consider,

so let us also

most

rich

stones,

and precious

Gems

are digged out of the earth, and the

most

c c

290

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OP
doe grow out of the earth
:

stately trees

but

if art

be not added, wee make no use of

these.

By

Art the stones are separated from the chalk, and

fitted

by the Artificer for the most sumptuous

:

buildings

the
skill

Diamond, Saphire, Rubie, by

also the

the

hand and
the purest

of the Artificer are inthroned in

;

Gold

most harmonious and

Ear-pleasing Musick that quicknelh up, and enliveneth the drowsie vitals, consisteth but in three

Keyes, and

six

Notes.

We

might instance the

like exility in the

Fundaments and grounds of the

:

other Sciences and rarest Arts

Therefore

if it

be thus

in these,

he must needs be malicious and

this

unworthy, that will contemne

Ait of Me-

mory
of,

for the

meanness of the Fundaments there-

which be
2. Ideas. 'J. Method, 1. Repositories. " 4. The Vse or Exercise of them. I. The Repositories be C. C. in H. H.
sorts
:

"

which be of two
*'

either,

1.

Naturall, which

we know

or,

"

2. Artificial,

which we imagine and make

in

in our Fancie.

And

both of them the

Figure.

Me-

thod

is

according to

this

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
i

9.QI

12

292

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

with the purest white Linnen or Taffaty, and divided into

its

five parts also, viz. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.

The

third

or

W,

which

is

West, of the same

Latitude also, and clothed with rich Tapestry,

and divided into

13,
14,

its five

parts,

which be 11, 12,

is

15.

The

fourth Paries which

North

10 yards, foure square, also hanged with an hanging, beset full of

Diamonds, Rubies, Saphires,

and

all

manner of precious Gems, and divided

its five

also into

parts, viz. 16, 17, 18, 19, 20.

"

LECTIO

II.

Partis Theories.

"

When you are perfect in

tliis,

place in eve)7

Angule of every of
veral
viz.
is

these Paries, and in their se-

Centers so many large 4 square Tables, In the

first

Paries of this Repository (which

East, and hanged with cloth of Gold) in the

first

Angule, Juxta terram, you have a large

square Table of
is

foiire

Gold

In the North- East

Angule which

Caelum versus) and the second

Colour of the one

place) you have a large foure square Table, Jet

or

Ebony

(for alwayes let the

Table contrary the Colour of the other:) In the

fourth Angule,

Juxta

terrain,

(which

is

also

East

by South) you

iiave a large foure

square Table

ARTIFICIAL MEMOKY.
of the purest white Alabaster polished Center of
square
Cristals,
this
:

295
In the

East Paries, you have a large

also

Table

made of

Saphire, Marble,
will
:

Diamonds, or what you

And

thus

distinguish the other three Paries, or S. S. of this

R.

in their severall

Tables, three wayes.

"

1 .

By

the matter they are

made

of, as

Gold,

Wood,
"
2.

Stone, 8cc.

By

the colour without a Carpet, as red,

green, yellow, &,c.

"

3.

By

Carpets

and Coverings with

their

colour, as black Velvet, Scarlet, &c. and so they

be distinguished,

it

mattereth not

how

they be dis-

tinguished, so long as they be

all

large and four

square Tables
ters.

in

every of their Angules and

Cen-

LECTIO

III.

Partis Theories,

"

After

you have

this perfect, divide all

these Tables in their several Places (as they stand

in order)

both in their Angules and Centers, into

top &c. into five parts by
;

five parts in the lid or

the four feet, and Center below

aloft
is

the top or lid

Paries, and
:

like to the

Scheam of the first

so are the four foot and Center below best method,

is

Now the

to leave out use of four feet and c c 8

294

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OP
to spare tliein on^ly for

Center below, and

ter

mat-

of the same nature, that njay be added after-

M'ard,
tioi^
:

upon

furihtr study and serious deHbera-

for

say

As no man can say so much at one time his own or others satisfaction, but that he may for his own content and others satisfaction,
better at another time
;

more and
sence of

because every

man h regulated according to the sence of tasting. The pallat deliglueth hereafter some
things both of dry and moist nourishmeiit, above

some

things

it

liketh

for present

So always

in.

every thing what

man can

attain unto in all Arts,

It jnust

Sciences, and Languages

that in these, alwayes

be confessed
ti'js,

Nos non sumus

upon

what
and
us.

we we

heretofore approved,

serious consult,

see (though that then did passe with us

others) yet

now

a better
that

way
is

is

opened unto

Exempli gratia, he
are opened, will

in a tolerable

bon-

dage, and therewith contenttd, yet

rntlitr

when

his eyes
in

throw himself

the

armcs of

his

own

Moilicr, than the unkindly nurs-

ings of a fawning step Motlier.

So then having
in

divided
in the

all

these Tables into ten parts, you have

whole Repository twenty Tables, and

fi-st

every Table ten places (diougli at

nity

opportu-

vou make use but

ui

live

ni

the leafe of the

parts
for use as

Table, leaving the lower

live

abovesait'.) so all ihe divisions of the twenty

Ta-

bles are one hundred

places in the top, and as

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
many
Table
in the
in the

2^5

bottome, and then you must place a

(.

enlt-r

of the flue of this Reposi-

tory, dividing tliat as y<>n did the other in

which

you have ten places more, but

this

in

the Center of
tl)e

Table,
.

tis

your cheil care to place

it

figure
into
is

of

and look upon

Repository.

when you
this
in the

first

come
of
1.

this

Now

figure

burning Taper, placed

this

Center of the top of

Table, and that you may the better rememit,

ber

imagine
all

it

as

it

burnetii casting a
;

sweet

perfume

the

room over

for the five

Sences

of Hearing, Seeing, Smelling, Tasting, Touching,

are the five excellent Rules for imprinting

things in the

memory.

" "

LECTIO

IV.
in the fourth

After

you have thus done,

place, put so
I

many

of your acquaintance (I doubt

in the severall
lids,

cannot say friends)

Angnles and
or leaves of

Centers of every of the tops, or

the

Table

(call

them what you

will)

and be sure Table,

you know what

five friends are at the first

what

five at the

second, what five friends or acall

quaintance at the third, &c. in

ries

four of the

Pa-

twenty Tables, are in

this

Repository, and

five friends

or acquaintance at every Table, for

295
all

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

the bottomes (viz.) four feet and Centers

;

you leave empty and unused

so

you have 105

friends or acquaintance in this Repository.

"

LECTIO

V.
to the practick

Then
tlie

that

you may proceed

part of this Art of take

Memory

without losse of time,

severall characters of the figures,

and
left

place them in their order, in the right and

hand of every of your

five

friends, as they are placed

by

five, at

every of the large four square

Ta-

bles, in every of the

Angules and Centers of the

abovesaid Paries of the Repository-

" The Ideas of these you have

figures (adding according to your

in this

Table of

own

fancy more

Ideas of every figure, as your fancy and invention

please.)

" As

for the figure of 1. a Candle, a Fish, a

Staf, a Dart, &,c.

For

2.

Swan, a Duck, a

Goose, a Serpent : For

3. a Triangle, a Trident,
:

or any thing with three legs

For

4. a

Quadran5.

gle, a die, any four square thing:

For

a foot

of a man, an Hand, a Glove, a Sickle, a Peircer,

a Shoemakers Knife, &c. pipe
:

For

6.

Tobacco

For 7. a Carpenters Iron square, a Rai;

ser bent thus 7

For 8. a pair of Spectacles, a

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
Sea Crab, Twin Apples, &c.
Glasse, a riding Stick
at the

297

For 9. a burning
a Reed, twisted
8cc.

made of

upper end thus 9 long Peares,

10,20,
these

30, Sec. to a thousand,

figures, taking any

may be formed from

round for the ciphers 000. as

an Orenge, a Ball, &c. for a Candle run through

an Orenge

is

ten, a
:

Swan

with an Orenge in her

mouth is twenty But they may more profitably be made by single Ideas, as a Crosse of Gold,
Silver,

Wood, &c.

for ten

for twenty a Jug, a

;

Dagger, or any thing you

will fancy

for thirty
ali

a Belclapper, or what you will fancy, so for

the rest of the cardinall numbers what your fancy

will put, because
it

will

be better to have single

Ideas for the cardinall numbers.

This

is

the Theorick.

Now for

the Practick Part.

*'

LECTIO

I.

The first Lecture of the Practick Part.

"

Now

before

we can come
it

to the Practick

Part, or exercise

selfe, 'tis necessary that

we

make some

little
is

Preface concerning Ideas.

" An Idea

the figure of anything represented.

498

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
the Ideas of things visible are very facile and

now

ready, but the Ideas of those things that be invisible, are to

be found out by
things
is

rule,

whereby the

Ideas of

all

may be had

in a readinesse ;

and

for this there

need onely of but one genethis

rall rule

(which in perfecting

Art I have

found out.)
** *'

An Idea
First,

is

twofold

Proper.

" Secondly, Improper.

*'

First Pioper,
it

which

is

the

Image of

that

thing

representeth, as if

put the Idea of Christ

to represent Christ himselfe.

**

2.

Improper, as

if I

put the Image of Christ

to represent a

few words
Individual!

man; Logicians expresse this in when the Image (say they) of the
put for the Individuall
if it
it

is

selfe

'tis

proper ; but
nus,
'tis

be put for the Species or GeThis Division

is

improper.

brought to

shew

that oftentimes improper Ideas are as use-

full to stirre

up

the

Memory
is

as proper.

A
2.

se-

cond Division of Ideas,

perfect.

1.

Perfect.

Im-

"

1.

Ideas are perfect, and such be of rare and

excellent things, as of

Daniel

in the

Lyons Den,

of Jo?tah in the mouth of the Whale, the fact of

InditJi, Esther, loseph, &^c.
*'

2. Ideas are imjerfect, as of obvious and

vulgar things, as the rising and setting of the

Sun

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
because
it

299
it

no man
it

adiniretli,

is

daily,

raineth,

The Idfaa of thee be first imperfect, but they may presently be made such by some notable attribute, that they may become
raineth not, &.c.

perfect; as for examp'e, the wind bloweth, the

Idea

is

imperfect, but the wind bloweth with

such a force, and so tearingly, that Trees are rent

up from

the ground, and

Houses blowne downe,

it

now

the Ideas are perfect,

it

raineth, so
all

imper-

fect; but

raineth

so thick that
:

the streets

and wayes are of a swim

and

filled

with water

Now
Idea

the Ideas be perfect; so the

Sun

aiiseth

with a huge great body and red colour, so the

is

perfect.

And

so

wee come uow

:

to give

the Rules of the Practick part

Aud

first

de vo-

cabulis intdlectis
stand,
(for

of words which
appoint the

we uaderlection for

we

shall

Words we understand not afterwards :) Words which we understand are remembred by Ideas,
put in the places of the R. with some famous action attributed, received

from Writers sacred,

or,

prophane, er invented, and feigned by our selves

(for

no

intellect

word can be spoken but of our

able to fancy the perit

selves)
fect

we may presently be
it,

Idea of

aud apply unto

some notable

action.

500

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

"

LECTIO

II.

Of the
**

Practicke Part of Sentences.

or continued Texts are
:

Sentences,

com-

mitterl to

Memory, and retained Ideas of their Words being put

of the R.

The

principall

in the

Methodi-

cal! places of, they

And

these being

bring the 'esse principal!

made sure Words of the

sentence, or text by the lieipe

of the natural!

memory

into our

Rcmenibrance immediately.
able to perform
this,

Now
"

that

we may be

we

must observe foure

1.

things.

Talve special! notice

of the principall

Idea of the whole sentence.

whether
it

And

it

matters not

be the principall or no, so

2.

we

take

it

for the principall.

Marke
;

diligently the first

Word Word

of every sentence

for if returning to the

P. P. by the eye of our fancy, we see

and principal! Idea

the

first

in every sentence, the

naturall

Memory

will suggest the rest very safely

for as in Sclibols, Children, that have got a taske

of Verses by heart,

if

they misse the repeating of

them, and the leafe being doubted, may be but

pern)ilted to see the first Letters that overy Verse

beginneth withall, they will

be able to repeat

every one of the Verses both forward and back-

ward, casting

their eye

upon the Letter

that every

ATiriClAL MEMORY.
Verse beglnneth wlthall, the same
the eye of Fancy.
lest
is

301

done here by
a great care

3.

We

must have

we take one Synonyma

for

for another, as to say

muUer Sword
is

f&mina, or
4.

silver

for

money, or a

for a Rapier.

We

must have a care

that every

W ord be repeated in the

;

same order

it

read, or spoken

now

tliis is

done by the strong

it's

application of the

mind unto every Word, and

Collocation
alone
all

as also
is

by often exercise, by which

this

so exactly obtained^ that in a

short time exercising our selves herein,

we

can-

not but admire our progresse and successe.

"

LECTIO

III.

Of unknown

Words.
are

"Unknown
wayes.

Words

remembred four

"
rious

By

the

Harmonic of Words, which vaRiche, brings into

Languages have one with another, as the

English word

my mind

the

Hebrew word Riach, S^c. " 2. From the sound or

"
3.

eccho, as England,

Isleland, Presbyterie, Presbyter,

&c.

From

the beginning of the words, as for

Back, Backwards.

D D

302

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
4.

"

By way

of Division, as for Parrat, a pare,

and a Rat.

"

LECTIO

nil.

De

rebus Communibus, of businesses,

and

ordinary imployments.

" As

in the sun-shine the

shaddowes follow

their bodies, so

common

businesses, and ordinary

imployments are

easily figured out

by

their pro;

per Ideas, soone placed and certainly retained

as
if a

Shop-keeper would bare

iu

mind how many

Velvet, 8cc. he
his ac-

yards of this or that

hath,
it is

stuflfe silke.

but fancying

in the

R. one of

quaintance clothed with a suit or cloake of the

same, and to hold the number of the yards

in his

right hand, the figure of 40. for 40. yards and if

the price of

it

be 16. per yard, the figure of 16.

in his left hand.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
"

303

LECTIO

V.

De Memoria
"

Concionum, To remember Ser-

mons heard.

When

wee heare
1.

Sermon, foure Rules

2.

are to be observed.

Diligent attention.

Carefull
3.

observing the

Division of the Parts.

in the

Methodicail Collocation of the Parts

Places, of the

4. serious Meditation

on the

Ideas,

If there
first in

be but two parts of the Text,

the Center of the

place the

South, and
;

the second in the Center of the

parts, place

North

if

three

them

in

the three Center Tables of

the East, South, and

North

if

in

the fourth

Center Tables of the fourth

Parts, place the
ter
fift
;

Paries.

If five

Part of the Text

in the

Cen-

of the Flore

if

yours be six Parts, Place the

sixth

Part in the Center Table of the East

if

W.

of the second R.

seven Parts, place the se-

venth in the Center T. of the South Paries, in

the second

R. and so on

after this

manner,

if

there should bee

more

Parts, leaving the matter

first

of every part to be expressed,

so far as
the places

with

its

part,

will reach

in

the Center

Table, which being

filled,

proceed unto the four

their

Tables of the four Angules, according to

place and number.

304

PRINCIPAX, SSfTBMS
"

OI'

LECTIO

VI.

De

raemoria Historiarum; to remember IKS'

tories.

" Histories be very

bered
:

eaaie to

be remem-

three rule* are to be observed.

"

First,

Propound unto your

self the History,

and Authour of the History, and read some of

it

in the

morning, some of

it

in

the afternoon,

and

leisurely,

and seriously imprint into yor

mind, the substance and chief passages of the

History by Ideas put
in

some apt Repository, and

by once or twice

you

shall

have
it.

it

in readinesse

thinking of

" Secondly,

When

you are
all

to

remember
in

di-

rers Histories, tliey are

their singular

to be expressed by
places

and proper Ideas,

tiais

by

themselves

After

manner you may rememsix,

ber Scripture Histories in

claves;, for

seven, eight con-

example, you may divide the book of

the

Genesis,

into

History of

Adam, Noah,
and with
into prin-

Jhraham,

Isaac, Jacob, Joseph.

leisurely,
it

" Thirdly, If you desire

exactness to learn a History, divide

cipall parts, Avhich

you may represent by certain

persons, giving of

them convenient motion

the

for

example, you

may remember

History

of

ARTIFICIAL MEMOttY.
Joseph
tory,
if

305

you place the known men of the HisJacob, Josephs Brethren, and

as Joseph,

Pharaeh.

"

LECTFO
;

VII.

De

meraorin Citationum

to

remember Scrip-

ture-Quotations.

"

Ta k e

for every

book of the Bible some

of the name, near the
as

freind or acquaintance

name, or for the name,

one John for the

for Genesis
if

Gospel of Saint John; one Genne

some

patient pious

man

for the

book of Job,
8cc.

you place not one Job you know

hand

Then

alwayes take the right hand for the Chapter, and

left

for the Verse.

"

LECTIO

VIII.

For

sure imprinting the Ideas

tlie

of

all things in

memori).

"

There

be two sure directions:

called Paradise, which
is

" The

first is

the ap-

plying the most delightful! things and objects

to every of the five Sences, viz, what most afFect-

d3

306

PHINCIPAL SVSTEMS.OP

eth Hearing, Seeing, Smelling, Touching, Tasting.

" The other which

is

is

temed by the name of Hell,

the applying of the most odious and

loathfull objects to every of the five Senses.

"

LECTIO

IX.

Of Shorthand-writing.
"
in

There

is

a kind of a Short-hand writing

this

Art, by the Ideas of letters objected to

is

the eye of the fancy, as the Alphabet

to the sight of the bodily eye.

objected

Now

for brevity

sake, using colours instead of vowels, the eye of

a nimble fancy will read any thing by Ideas thus

figured, as readily as if
it

were written
is

in a

book,
the

and

will

retain

what thus

written.

Now
;

Ideas of this Alphabet be these, and such like as

yonr fancy best pieaseth to make choise of

a pair of

Compasses so made,

b. a

Lute,

A. B, a

Bow

bent with an
in like

Arrow

in

it,

C. an Horn, &c.

and so

manner, take Instruments or any

letters,

kind of Ideas for the rest of the

like the
letters
;

which be

and instead of vowels use these

white, for

colours,

A.

for

E. blew, or green,

for /. red, for

black, for U. yellow."

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
^4.

307
le

UOenvre
p/iiques,

des

Oeuvres, ou

plus

parfalct des Scimces Steganogra-

Paulmes, Armedelles,

et

Lidlistes,
du?ii,

par Jean Selot,

8".

Lifg^

1654.
is

This work

an enlargement of Lully' Art of

is

Memory, and
system .*

much

superior to

the original

o5. Faj

Nova Arti Memorise

S'*.

localis

accensa,

Lips. 1654.
'

This new torch does not shed a

flood of light'
its

upon the subject of

the steps of the

local

memory, but
student.

rays if

collected and concentrated, will serve to direct

mnemonic

56. Atha?iasii

Kircheri,

Ars Magna
meihodo
[l.ul-

Sciendi in xii Lihros digesta, qna

nova
lianci\

et universali

per

arti/iciositm

Comhi/ta-

tionum contextmn de omni re proposita plurimis

rationibus
el

prope

iufiuitis

dispulariy

omniumqMe

* Morliof, inToljliist,

308

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

summaria qucedam cognitio compa'

rari potest) fol. Amstelod. 1669.
This curious work contains nearly five hiin^
died closely-printed pages, and exhibits a complete exposition of Lully's Art, as applied to the

various branches of 51.]

human

learning.

[See No.

Athanasius Kircher,
da, in the year
as a

was born

at

Ful-

IdOl, and was

much

celebrated

mathematician and philosopher.

his noviciate
in

He com-

menced
suits,

the Society of the Jeyear,

in

his seventeenth

among whom he
to

distinguished himself by a surprising proficiency

in literature

and science.
volumes,

His works amount

eleven
died
in

tzcenty-two

/i>//o,

quarlOy

and three
1680.

in

octavo!!!

He

in the year

57.

Variorum de Arte Mcmorice Tractalus Sex, 8. Fraric. et Lips. 1678.

The

authors of these six tracts are,

2.

1.

Lam>
3.

bert Schenckel.

Johannes Austriacus.
4.

Hieronymus Marafiotus.
Herd.
ria

J. Spangenberg
6.

5. Fr.

Mart. Ravellin.

De MemoThe
in

natural!

fovenda a Johan. Willisso.

whole of which have been already noticed, except the tract of Johannes Austriacus, and

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
this riitre
is

300

nothing of a novel desGription, or

\vortby of a particular remark.

57* Tlie Tyivine Art of

Memory :
Verses,

oVy

The Sum of
delivered

the

Holy

Scriptures^
so

in Acrostic

that the Contents of the ivhole

Me,
in

may

readily be

Siremembred ; and
Written ori-

what Chapter, each particular

is

passage

recorded.

ginally in Ltttine, hy the

Reverend and Learned John Shaw, and made English hy Simon JVastel, 12.
Lo?id.
1683.
little

* This rare and curious

volume, containing

more than 200 pages,

'

is

a translation from Shaw's

Bihliorum Sumrmda, seu argumenta singulocapitum

Scripiurce

mm
8.

CanoniccB

utriusque

Testamenfi, ulphahetice distichis comprehenm,

Lond. 1G21-23.' a work which we have not

been able to meet with.

Art' seems to

The
first

present

Divine

have been
title

published in the
*

year

1623, under the

;

of

The

true Chris-

tian's daily delight

being a

sum of

every
set

Chap-

ter

of the Old and

New

Testament

down

alphabetically in English Verse, that the Scriptures

etc.

we
13.

read,

may more

happily be remembred,

Lond. 1623/

This work was again

310

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
'

published under the Title of

the Bible's Epitome, etc.

Microbiblion

or

1-2.

Lond. 1629/
and
are

The Piolegomena

to this metrical version

abridgment of the Old and

New Testament,
VVastell],

two Epistles Dedicatpry ; one from T. B. and the

other

from

S.

W. [Simon

and the

Translator's Preface to the reader

from the same

and objects of

person.

All these are curious, and worthy pre-

servation, as they explain the plan

tlic

work.
1.

Epistle Dedicatory from T.

B.

"

To

the

Honoured
Esq.

PAUL WENTWORTH,
Worthy Sir,

THIS
o/"

laborious

first taught to

and useful Enchiridion was speak Enghsh in the Free School

5ei/?g translated

Northampton,

by the painful

hand of Mr. Waste), quondam School-master there, (whose Memory, like a Box of precious
Oyntment,
Parts;)
still

retains a szceet fragrancy iu those

And

was there by him humbly recom-

mended to the Patronage of a Noble Lord, Baron Spencer of VVormleighton, especially

upon
the account

of

his indulgent

Favours to-

wards that eminent Seed-Piot -and Nursery

Leaniins^
;

of

being

the Light in

now therefore again to salute a new Edition, to whom more pro-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
perly should
honour'd
it

311
to

address

it

self than

your
Benehap-

Name,

zoho have been a Liberal

it

factor to the

same School wherein

was

so

pily edurated, as to be rendred serviceable to

our Countrey men in general

like

whereas before,
is

some rare Jewel, whose value

it

knozvn to

none but the skilful Lapidary,

mired, and

was justly ad-

made

use

of only by the Masters of

Uses,

the Latin Tongue.

'Tis one

of the greatest

ble Designs

of Epistles Dedicatory, to
the noble Encouragers
'tis

and most laudapay the

of Learns

Tribute of a Publick acknozdedgment to generous Vertue,

ing.
desire

and

But

since

well

Commendations as
told so
jill

known you as little you do greatly study

to merit them,

than

dowing the
Pay-master
our

and delight rather to be Good, J shall say, is, Thai by enMuses, you have made Learning
to be

your Debtor, which never fails

;

a grateful
confute

a7id that your

example
let

zeill

Roman
'tis

Upbraiders, and

them know,

That

no Discouragement to

Good Works,
and
that

to believe,

they are not Meritorious, not

Charity

is

grown Cold,

since she left off to

be Blmd.

" The Piece that here presents

view
use
;

it

self to our

is

indeed small, but

may

prove great in

as it will help both to understand

is

and

re-

member what

contained in Sacred Scripture,

312

PRIJfCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

and make Persons bettei^ acquainted with that Blessed Book which alone can biing ics acquainted with the Abniglit).
**

Tliat

it

may conduce
and

to these ends; arid

par-

ticularly, that your worlliy Selfe may, hy a

Belief, Adherence,

P ractise of those Divine

Memoiual
iii tJie

Dictates, enjoy

an

everlasting

Book

of

'Lifi^, as

the Prayer of

" Your Servant " T. B."

'jl.

Bpistle Dedicatory

from Simon

Wastell,

"

TO THE

" Right Honourable

" His singular Good Lord,

SIR

ROBERT SPENCER,
all

Knt.

Baron Spencer of Wormleighton

" S. W. wisheth

Happiness Temporal and

Eternal.

" Hi^ht Honourable,

*'

THE

manifold Favours received from your

Lordship ever since

my first

placing in the Free-

School of Northampton,
late

as also

Your Honour's
many

promised Assistance to help the said School

tliat

to

Right whereof

it

hath been these

Years unconscionably defrauded, hath caused me

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
many
tinles

S13

to

wish

lliat

some good occasion

I

might be offered unto me, whereby

ness not
Posterity,

might witalso

only unto your

Honour, but

to

how much

confess

my

stlf

obliged

unto you for the same.

taken

And

therefore, having

some Pains

to turn the Contents of the

Bible briefly into English Meeter, for the help

of weak Memories, (being hicouraged thereunto

by the Persw'asion of divers of

Friends,

my

godly learned

when they saw some Entrance made thereinto.) Your Honour being in the very

Frontispiece of

my
I

dearest and worthily most ho-

noured Friends,

determined to dedicate

the

same, together with

vice, unto

my humble
;

and best Ser-

your

Honour
it,

beseeching you, that

both

my

self

and
still

as also our

poor wronged

School,

may

be patronized and shrowded

under the shadow of your Honourable Pi otection

:

so will

can say to

do against
(in respect

I not fear what my back Friends my Book, nor what they can devise or my self so also shall yonr Honour
;

of the School) have

tlse

praise of the

Prophet, to be called,
place,

A
tip

Builder of that waste

and a Raiser

of the Foundation

thereof ;

a Repairer of that Breach, and a

Restorer of those Paths to dxvell in

honoured and esteeinedof me and

sors, as the

all

And so be my Succes:

second Founder thereof, and be pa-

E E

314
rallel'd

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
and
the

equalized
first
:

with

Thomas

Chipsetf^

who was

For,

" Non minor

tueri.

est virtus

quam quarere parfa

'Tis

no

less pious, things lost to regain.

Than

for first

Fouaders to give to maintain,

" Vouchsafe
Lord)
as

beseech you (my most honoured

cheerfully to accept of this

Present and

Widows Mite

(being a

my poor Pawn and

Mind,
as

Pledge of

my
is

ever dutiful and thankful

Artaxerxes

said to have received an handful of

Water froom
Ability,

the

poor Country-man,

whose

would afford no better a Gift.

So

will

I ever pour forth

my

Prayers unto the Almi^jhty

Preserver of Mankind, the Giver of every good

Gift, that he

would be pleased
all

to vouchsafe unto

your Honour, and to

your Honourable Pro-

geny, health of Body, length of Days, with Increase of

Grace and Honour

in this

Life,
tlie

and

the Fruition of eternal Blessedness in

to

World

Gome.

" Your Honours " ever

to

command,

"

SIMON WASTELL.^

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

315

The Translators Preface

to the

Header.

"the
^*

Translator's

Preface

" TO

THE

"READER.
^'NOT long
published a

ago (Christian Reader) there was

little

Book

in
set

Latin Verse, called

forth hy Mr. John
his

Bibliorum Summula,

Shaw, (a man whom both for

Learning and

Gravity, as also for our old and antient acquaintance (being School-fellows in Westmerlendffti/ years ago,
ledge in Oxford)
respect.)

and both

o/*

Queens Col-

This

/ did, and do much esteem and Book 1 perceived to be much

seen
tit

applauded of the godly learned Ministers, and

of many other Scholars that had

the same.

and

react

And

therefore, after
love,

nua aeui me
to study

one, as a token of his

I began

how I might
learned;

teach

it

to

speak English, being as

desirous to benefit the unlearned, as he teas the

and having

translated the

Books of

316
Moses,

PRINCIPAL SYSTF.M^
atid

O'^F

offered

them

to his

and

to

otMf

learned and grave Ministers view

they
spurr
over,

and
so

censures,

did

by

their

-persuanms
that

prick and
not give

me forward,
untill

I
the

could

(through

God's

had gene through

Testaments.

both

I Old and Ne^

Assistance)

confess
his

tyed

my

self to

I have not precisely Method and Manner, beis

cause the English

tongue

far more

copious

than the

Latin

but have taken

liberty (ac*

cording as the contents of each chapter were

longer or briefer) to conclude them sometimes in
two, sometimes in four, sonfctimes in moie I)isticks,

with as much brevity (observing perspi-

cuity) as
to

could.

I have purposely

laboureci

speak plainly to the capacity and understQudr

mo

of the simple and ignorant, rather than b^

Poetical strains to please the Ear, and the

Eye

of the curious learned Headers. Thou hast alsQ not only the contents of every Chapter set dowt^
in order Alphabetically with figures to direct
thee unto them, but also Jigur^s in every line to
direct

thee to the Verse where thou

shfilt

fnd

that

presently

which thou desire^t

over
the

to

knoWy

without

reading
also

whole

Chapter,
observation

Thou

hast

Chronolocfical
to

of times from

Adam

CUrist,

and from

Christ to Antichrist.

T/\oii

Imt

also the name$.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
of all
"
the

317

Books of

the

Bible, as they follow

in order,
Lastlt/,

thou hast comforts and encourage-

ments against thefeare of death, called the old

mans A. B, C. If it shall -please thee (gentle Header) when thou hast read or heard a Chapter,

to

read over the contents in meeter once or

thou mat/est be able to rehearse and
sai/

tzvice,

the said contents bi/ heart,

and

so in short time

be acquainted zvith
Bible.

the

Historic of the ithole

the

If any be

so zealously affected with

knowledge of the Scriptures, as the Lord Cromwell was,

who

(as

Master Fox recordefh

the

in the

ffth Edition, page 1015, got by heart all the new Testament of Erasmus his Translation in his jour net/ to Home,
he might in short time get by heart these brief
contents
the

Book of Martyrs, of

of the whole Bible.

of

If therefore
(as
it

LkIW

God
this

be

tliy

delight,

was Davids)
fortable

little

Book
whether

will

be a com-

companion,

thou

zmlksst
if

abroad, or staycst at

home.

And

finally

thou reappst

any

increase

of saving

knowlij'e.

ledge, justifying faith,

these

or holiness of

by

my

poor labours

to the Edijicafion

and
deto

Salvation
sire,

of thy
that

Soul,

have

all that

saving

would entreat

thee

Mscribe the Braise

and

Glori/ of all to

God,

ai^
an4
to

PIIINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
aford me
thy charitable

Cemurt^

Well-wishingSj
**

and Prayers.
in

Thine

any Christian service

'*

that

he can perform,
'<

s.

wr

chronological table

follows this preface,

to the departure out
all

from the Creation of

Bible, with the

Adam

of Egypt, and the names of

the

Bocks of the

number of

the Chapters.

The
are

specimens selected from the Divine Art,

the whole boQk of Genesis, and the old

manV

A. 3. C.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY,
Old Testament.

319

Cx

E N E

S I

S,

ALL things
our great

in
^

Heaven,

iii

Earth and
:

Seas,

Jehovah makes
"^

ile

bade them
and

"^

grow and multiply

Man
iu
^

Gotls

Image

takes.
^

BY

him
3

six days all

*

were

made
impos'd

the

Sabbath,
=*

Man
;

af Dust
-"

Paradise",

Wedlock
^ ^^

Nain^s

The
thoy

Fruit forbear

^'

Ma.i must.

3 CLosely the subtil

'^

Serpent tempts;
bare
;

eat

are

arraign'd

The
4.

promli'd '^seed; their

strife,

earth
*

^"^

curst,

Man
)ViEj
3

*^

punish'd,

^*^

cloath'd,

disdain'd.

Sacrifice the

"*

Brotiicrs bring:
"

fierce

Cain good

Abd

slays
^*

Cain

*2

vagrant ujade, Lantech's

liv'd in

great wrath

Scth

holy days.
is

5 ]^Noch\, blest Enoch,

2*

by God,
:

1987.

from Earth to Heaven translated

*

The

Patriarchs
to
^

lives

lines

years,

& death,

Noah's time related.

-

6 pAir forms make

iu

matches

monstrous men
;

monstrous

Sin abound

This

brings the Flood but

Noe and

his,

(i'th

Ark)

God's favour found.

320
7

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

GOD
'

sends
^

all pairs,

and Noe repairs

*l656

unto the

Ark, wherein
^

They

being shut, the

^^ all

flood o'reiiows,

and drowns
8 HE^v'"s
the
1;

flesh for sin.

is swa<'';l

wrath aswag'd, the flood

Raven and the Dove

"^

Noah
p

'^

goes forth,
21
1

doth sacrifice
-^

God
JiiTb

makes two leagues

Murther,
'

of love,

vah

gives laws, of Increase,

2 Fear, *

Meat, the Bo\y

Blood

is *

forbidden, N')e
*^

made

'^^

drunk,

mock'd,

Cham
*

accurs'd also.

lOKNov/
Ninirod

here of Noe,

and of

his ^i

Sons

theinighty
first ^

Generations.
:

Moarth
^2
^

here begins,

dividing of the
1 1

Nations.
first

LEarn
^'^

here

one language, at the

^

*17S7

confusion

jBaif/* rent
Tej-ah's
""^

Mark

S'hem's

and
^^

Progeny,

to

Harun
hast,

Tf^yj^ went.
^

ISMAke
*2023

^iraj,* leave thy land

life

I will -

preserve thy

A '

Famine

Fear
^^

^^

doth make him fain

the King

restores his Wife.

ISjXOW Lot -and

but discord
Lot's lot
is ^
"^

he

richly

return;
;

parts

them both

sinful

Sodvm's Soil

to Hthron ^ Abram go'th. 140Ppos'd by four, i five Kings are Abraham ^* rescues * Lot *2033 Mdchizedek "^ receiveth Tythes spoils, Abraham ^^ takes not.

slain,

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
15PRomise
But
first his
'

SO.}.

of Seed chears
^^

'

Abraham,
;

which he believes
Seed
'^

most true

must Servants

be,

And

^^'

then their Foes subdue.

16'QUarrelIiiig

Hagar now wilh

"'

* Child,

Her Mistress doth disdain The Angel bids she should submit. And turn to her again. 17l^Enewed is the * Covenant sure
their

names are
f
i*

^^

chang'd, tliey blest

Abraham

liere is

circuuicis'd,
rest.
is ^^

+2440

hhmael^^j and the

ISS^ra

12

for laughing
*i

reprov'd

Sodoms

Destruction shewn
^^'^

Abraham prays, for it may not be

ten just

men,

o "rethrown.
entertain,
:

Ji)TWO

Angels

Lot doth
^-^

Sodomites fiery
Lot's Wife a
s" Pillar

Slaughters
is

of Salt

made

he drunk,

^^ defiles his

Daughters.
-

SOIJNwares

the

King takes

Abranis Wife
rates,
^^

God
Restores,
i'

him, he

Abra^am ^
makes

reproves^'',

rich

he " prays.

Then
the
5

heal'd are all Estates.

2 1 With Joy Sarah her

scotfing

Son
and's

||

embraced

1|

2050

Lad

Mother
Peace sworn
th' other,
||

Cast

1*

out, distress'd,
^-

"

refresh'd,

between the

King and
^

22UP Abraham
the Angel

rose to
'^

slay his

Son

\\

20()1

holds his hand

The Ram

is ^^

offered

up
^''

for hina:

.^

His Seed shall be

as Sand.

322

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
hew^iil

SSW^i'i Tears did 2 Abraham 2085 the death of Sara old

||

Macijpelah bought to
V/liich

^^

bury

in,

Ephron

to
:

him
^2

sold.

QA>/^Braham
11

sends

the

Servant prays
:

208 8
Gives

asks

" Water of the

brings
''''

22 gifts,

^^

Maid home to Isaac

|i

her,

on ^vliom

his love

is

staid.

25BY
Two
il

Kettir
^ dies,

Abram had
and
"*

moe Sons:
:

he
*2

Isaac prays
:

Twins do
^

strive
||

Birth right

is

sold,

21 13

and Jacob

Pottage

pays.
sent

26QAnaan
his

promis'd, Famliie
''

Wife he

Sister calls

The ^ King

reproves, he
^^

"

rich, digs ^

Wells

Sons Wives him

27r)Ini-sighted
II

grieves

and

galls.
:

haac Venson craves

comes too
Esati
*^

2140
Jacob

II

Son
is

-^0

hunts, and
:

^^ late

"'

blest

^^

doth weep

And's Brother

deadly hate.
:

HSj^Sau's ungodly

Marriages

Jacob

is ^

sent

away
^^

Ladder

^^ sees,

and

consecrates
to pray.
:

a stone

--

whereon
'^

SPpOr Rahel Jacob

11

seven years serves

\\

2185

Laban Lea gives. He *^ serves seven moe Lea *' conceives, but Rahtl 31 barren lives. 30G^'^'^'^ Rahel * gives Jacob her Maid
bat
'"
:

so

Joseph

is 2*

Lea : Jacob '^ hir'd. born by Jacobs ^''

:

art,

his

Sheep and Wealth admir'd.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

313
*2'205

3lHEre Gods
the Idols

bids * Jacob
15

'

home
:

return,

Rahd
:

takes

Lahan

-'"'

conii)laiiJs

cliarg

-*

not to chide
\^

at Gilead **

peace he makes.
^

S2jAcob
"^

is

by an
;

Angel
:

clieer'd:
^ his

fears

prays

confest
-*

faults
strive,

Sends

^' g^fts,

doth with an

Angel

and

-5

ever after hanlts.

faint

33K^eeIing
they
*

Jacob

Esau meets
:

weep, they kiss

departs
^o
:

he

^*

takes

The

gifts

i6
:

i' field is

bought

Jacob an

Altar makes.
-

34.LEwd

Sliechem.

Dinah
^

\\

doth deflour^

|1

2213

and craves her

for his Wife.

^5 siain:

The People -

circumcis'd are

good Jacob

^^ fears his life.

35MAking
he
-

an

Altar JacoVs, blest:

all

purgeth Idols

Reubens
a
8

22 foul

Lust

20 Pillar

pitcht
v' ^^

threefold
^

is

Funeral*^.
:

^*ealth

3o]\Ow
^

A'aM*s

Wives
:

^Sons:

Dukes and

departure
set
^^

^
:

habitation
*

Are here
the

down

mules are found out

Kings of Edom's Nation.

^

370F's Brethren
dreams
Joseph
is
is

Joseph makes Complaint

:

^
-*

twice

Jacob

^^

deceiv'd

put

into a pit
his

2s

sold
^

Father
:

** griev'd.
"*

38pLedge
he

sending
'"

Judu'i Wife and

Sons

in to

Thamar wentt:
:

t2222
her more:

Would ** have her burnt

two
-"

then

"' clears

Twins

to

him are

sent.

324

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
39QUickly good Joseph
of's
is
"*

i>refcr'd

Master much
denies
is
:

approv'd

+2227He

flat 8

his Mistriss ^* liesf:

-^

he

* in

Bonds
^^
^^

belov'd
:

40REiiearse your
a h appy

Dreams

O
:

Butler

thou

Man

shalt be

Have me
the

**in
^5

mind.

O Baker

mark,

Gallows groans for thee.

'^^

4lSAd
12236

Pharaoh's ^eDrearas expounded are

grac'd as Kingt:
^^ sells

and Joseph
*

}2238Against the

Dearth hoards up,

^

Corn+:

His Wife two

Sons doth bring.

-^

42TEN
For

sent for
-^

Com:

imprison'd are
:

releast

and sent away

a Pledge
is

Bmjamm
but him

^*
^'^

pawn'd

doth Jacob stay.

43XJNwilling Jacob
Ihey
1^

"

sends his Son,

Presents bring to C(.urt

:

Joseph

""^

confers
^"^

his

-^

Brother

calls

and

feasts in ^^

wondrous

sort.

44WIthin the Sack of ^- Benjamin, is Cup and Coin (Ihey paid)

They

fear, ^ confess

the Fathers Pledge,

staid.

for

'*'

Be7i.

woidd now be
^

45U^1^^" he weeps,

'"*

Brethren
i

Joseph's

known

s ^

sent before.

t2240

For Ffilher^ sends, the King" consents, he goes, and "^ grieves t no more.

46W'Ith

Jflfofr (after

Sacrifice)

God
Him
he

will
"^

Josqjh

g on the way. meets and greets, they -^^vccp;

^
^'^

tells

them

what

to say.

AllTIFlCTAL
*7'^\Gcl Jacob, with
before
"

MEMORY.
^

325

all his

Sons,
;

King Pharaoh stand

bought save the
'"^

Goshen^^

ail's

--

Priests

Land

bury *

me

in

my
^

Laud.
visited;

*2255
+22 SO

48BLcst./cco5 sick
"'

is

Gives ii/^Ariwt
^i

'^

Praewiiuence

Blesseth-9: relates
foietells
-'
*

the Pronuse

made:
;

their going thence

49CAl!inghis

Sons heblesseth
||

'
:

them:'
|j230O

dotli future things

declare

Gives charge about his*^ Burial

of Soul the Lord takes care.

50D01eful

lamenting msde

'"^

for

him
"^

Troops bring him to his Grave:

The

Brotliers

^^

fear

he makes them

swear

2r>10

his Burial there to have.

2.

THE OLD MANS

Ye Saints on Earth
The Darts
vj

A. B, C.

be of good cheer Death ye need not fear.

^Ccount'st thou death a dreadful

thing,

Cor,

Which hath by

Christ

now

lost its siing ?

15. 55,
l

^E sure,

a;i

Spring doth Winter blasts

Tlies.

So follows death, a life that lasts. (^Olfrn this corjxs and lay't in grave,

4. IJ.
1

Cor,

A glorious rising it shall have. DEbt due to God I hereby pay,

By dying
at th' appointed day.

15. 53.

o 77^,
4. Q^

J r

S26

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

Heb. p.^Xceeding welcome Death's to me,

27. All men must dye, no man is free. full happy man that dyes in Faith His good works follow him, Christ 13.
:

Rev.
14.

saith.

P/7.1.GLad
23.

are the Saints dissolv'd to be,

live

To

with Christ, his face to

see.

Rev. 6.
16'.

HE well may quake and

That
in his filthy sins
is

fear to dye,

doth

lye.

Thes.yS Death

gain,

it's

gate of Life

4. 14.

Last night; asleep; and end of Strife.

2 Pet.
1. 14.

K.Nown God's Ambassador to be,

Death
will I

meet;

will

not

flee.

Ileb.

2.L0rd paramount of death hath

Death by Jiis death, and law

kill'd
fultill'd.

24.

Psal.
90. 12.

MUse

oft

upon thy

latter end,

(mend.

Rom.
5. 8.

The thoughts of Death will make thee ]VOught but Christ's death doth sin remove
Admire the greatness of
his love,

2 Cor.
5.
1
6'.

QF earthly Pilgrims, death from

Makes

God

us possest of Heavens above.

I

Cor.

PAss

not for death,

daily die,

15. 31.

Why

then doth death

self,

me

terrific

Eccles.QVict thy
7. 1.
1

thy day of death,

first

Excells that hour thou

took breath.

Pet. J^Eceivhig but our due deserts,

2. 20.

Why then should death

God from
all

afflict

our hears

Heb. P-S^th
27.
1

eternity,
all

Hath

so decreed that

must dye.
all)
fall.

Cor.

THat
At

deadly foe
last shall

(last foe

of

15. 2G.

have a deadly
I

Rom. yAnquiahed death

7.24.
It

wish were nye,

ends a Christians misery.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

527

John Shaw,
a

according to A.
born, and

Wood,* was
a student

Westmoreland man

became

of Queen's

College, Oxford, in

1579, at the

age of U); he took one degree in Arts, left the College, and at length became Vicar of Oking,
or Woking,
esteem, by
in

Surrey, where

he was had

in

many

for his preaching, and by

some

for his Poetry.

His works,
a

in addition to that

already mentioned, were: (1.)

The

blessedness

of
i.

Mary, Mother of Jesus

ver. 28,

Sermon on Luke
(2.)

and 45,

8.

Lond. I6I8.

Th

comfort of a Christian, by Assurance of God's

Love

to

him, written in verse.

:

(3.)

The Com-

plaints of a Sinner
in verse also.

the comfort of our Saviour

last

These two

are printed with

the Seimon.

Simon Wast ELL,

was, according to Wood,-}-

a Westmoreland man born, and descended from

those of his name, living at W^astellhead in the

same county.

He

entered
in

as

student

of

Queen's College, Oxford,

1580, or there,

abouts, and took one degree in Arts five years

after; at

which time being accounted a great proLearning and Poetry, he was

the Free-School at

ficient in Classical

made Master of

Northamn-

Athenaj Oxon.

vol.

i.

col. 487.

Ibid.

528
ton,

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS or
whence by
to
tlie

his sedulous endeavours,

many

were sent

Universities.

He

seems to have

been a feilow-sludent of Shaw, and on terms of

strict

intimacy with him.

58.

Ars Magna

et admirahilis

Specimi-

nibns variis coiifirmala, qua

Pan-

dectarum Titnli eorumque prcicipua

materia ope Figiirarmn emhlemati-

canim,
citer,

brevissinie, jiicunde et tena^

memoria
et

imprimi, Jirmiter
in

contineri,

opportune
:

usum

transferri

possunt

In maximum
8**.

comrnodum legis tStudiosi, Bat. 1695.

Lvgd.

This anonymous work contains an ingeniou*

and very
the
fifty

full

application of the local

memory,

to

books of the
titles

Roman

Pandects, and to

the various

and subdivisions of each book.

is

To
is
'

the

Preface

appended the signature of

a coniplete bill of fare,
all

R. C.

The

title is

and
this
title-

a good model for

those

who

render

annonce' a table of contents, instead of a

page.

59. Copia

Speciminvm Ariis Memorio'^

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

5G&

BnLvellcc, Leodii, Tornaci, et alibi

editorum,

8".

Leodii,

1697.

This small pamphlet contains an account of

the different exhibitions of L. Schenckel, at the

various cities enumerated in the

title.

60.

Ars 3Iemorice

vindicata, auctore

D-

Jo. Srancaccio, accessit Artijicium

Poeticum ad Scripiuras Divinas

in jjvomptii habendas memoriterque

ediscendas accommodatum,

8".

Pn-

normi,
This
is

1702.
little

an excellent and useful

work

for, in addition to

an explicit

detail of the prin-

ciples of the art,

ful

it

includes instances of wonder-

memory,
on

in

particular individuals,
to

from the
list

time of
writers

Adam,
the

A. U.

690, and a
neitlier

of

subject.

To

of these

sources, however, are

we indebted

for

any of the

materials in the present work, not having been

able to procure

more than a

transient inspection

of

this rare

and curious volume,

The Art of Memory.

uscjulfor
all,

Treatise

especially such as are

F p 3

330

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS Ot
to speak in Publick.

Hy
8.

D'Assigmy,
1706.
This
is
is

B. D.

3Iarms Lond.
and

the third edition of D'Assigny,*

*

ornamenled with an

elegant

engraving on

copper,' representing Jupiter with his fulinen

reclining on a cloud
;

is

the winged

Hermes

seen flving with

his

caduceus, and a scroll

inscribed jlrs

in

hands, on which

Me/no-

ria.

Three

pedestals, the

centre one circular,

and the others square, occupy the fore ground of

this beautiful picture.

On
is

one pedestal stands

Minerva;

in the centre llcrcules

AngUcus;

7\nd

the remaining pedestal

adorned by the Graticc

Decentes,
*

in

their

usual costume.

At

the

foot of these illustrious personages are seen eleven

human forms

divine,'

from whose ears

all

issue

eleven threads or lines,

meeting

in

one point,

the mouth of Hercules Anglicits!!!

We
is
'

have been thus particular

in

describing

this frontispiece, in the

hope
tiie

that

some one who

he might

pretty far gone' with

mania o^ illustration
it
;

may be induced

to seek for

for, here,

certainly indulge his favourite pursuit without

chance of injuring the book

in the an'nais

a rare occurrence
It is not,

of the print-ferret.

per-

TUe

first

edition

-vvas

published ih 1697.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
haps,

331

known

to all our readers, that a passion for

books

illustrated

or

adorned with
;

numerous
and, that

prints, exists to a very great extent

tlie

most valuable books are deprived of their

illustrate
portraits

engravings merely to

some
of the

favourite

production,

by

the

person*

named
p.

Mr. Dibdin, in his Bibliomaniay 665, notices some curious examples. Seven
in
it.

hundred
trate
traits

[>rints

were collected by a lady to

illus*

six

cviAPTEUsm

Genesis: and 650 por-

by anotlier person to ornament Scott's edi-

tion

The sum of ^GOOO, u'as of Drydcn. expended by the late Mr. Crowhs in illustrating
Pennant's London^ which book he bequeathed,
in the true
spiiit

of virtu, to the British

Mu-

seum.

The

address

'

To

the

Young Students of both

this

Universilifs,'

which precedes

i\rt

df

Me-

mory, we recommend earnestly to the present

race of Oxouiaiis and Cantabs, as
it is

peculiarly

applicable to their present state.

The
lume.

following are

the contents of this vo-

" Chap. " Cliap.

lency.

1.

2.

Of the Soul or Spirit of Man. Of Memory, its Seat, and ExcelThe Temper
or Disposition of ihs

" Chap.

3.

S32

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
best and worst for

Body
tural

Memory, with

the na-

Causes and Reasons of both.

4.

" Chap.

Some General and

Physical

Obby

servations and Prescriptions for the remedying,

strengthning, and restoring a

Memory

injur'd

the

ill

Temper
o.

of the Body, or the Predominancy

in the

of one of the four Qualities

*'

Brain.
prejudicial to

Chap.

What

is

very

much

the Faculty, Habit, and Practice of

" Chap.
assisting to,

6.

Memory. as may be and may comfort Memory, from the

Of such Natmal Things

Procurement of Nature, and the Contrivance of

Art.

" Chap.

7'

Rules

to

be observ'd for the Acts

or Practice of

Memory.
Rules
to

" Chap.
serve in
<'

8.

be observ'd to help our

Remembrance of
Mind.
9.

things that

we

desire to pre-

Chap.

Of

Artificial

or Fantastical

Me-

mory or Remembrancje."
This book upon the whole (the dedication excepted)
is

rather dull, and

not very profitable.

In the

fifth chapter, at the fifteenth section,

we
de-

are told that

"

all

such ^lotions of the body as

cause giddiness or
structive to the

swimming
to

in tliehead, are

memory.

Therefore

zee

should

have a sped. I care

avoid falls froiti

PLACES,

turning round [as the Dervishes

high we

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

333

suppose] or Blows tipon the hinder part of the

Head a r The tilth

'

chapter abounds with receipts for

comforting the memory' takeu principally from

the early writers on this subject.

A few of these

we

shall extract for the benefit

of such as are in-

clined to use them.

"

I.

Sneezing Ponders.

" Sneezing Pouders well prepared are of great

use,

but

may prove

pernicious

if

any thing be

offensive to the Brain in the Composition.

Dried

Leaves of Marjoram, Sage, Rosemary, the Roots

of the

Herb Vyrethrnm, of Lingwert perfumed

with Musk, are a choice sneezing Pouder, to

comfort the Brain and Memory.

And the Herb

Another

Galangal well
is

dried,

and reduced to Pouder,

very useful to strengthen

Memory.

-good sneezing Pouder may be made of Pepper,

with
the

Lillies,

Herb Condisi, white Ling wort, and with some perfumed Gums. But we
to offend

must have a care not

Nature by a too

frequent use of these or other Snuffs, zehich mar/ prejudice the Brain.

"

J. Plaisters to

prevent a decay of Memory.

we find a decay in Memory, may be useful for helping the Brain As a I^laister made of Mustard-seed, and clapt
Plaisters, \\hen
:

" Divers

354

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
Head, or
the Oil of

to the hinder part of the

Mustard-seed when apply 'd to that

part.

Or

if

you please

to

be

at greater

Expence, take Flowild Vine, Pigeon-

rentine Lillies, the

Herbs Hernwdaciyle and

tiie

Pyrethrum,

leaves of

dung, Mustard-seed, of each an Ounce;

mix them with Moschata Nuts, Spice, Cloves, Cina-

mon, and Pepper, and make

you may
mory.
that the

a Plaister

which

likewise apply to the hinder part of the

will find
it

Head, and you

increase and help

Me-

And

a certain

famous Author assures us,

Gall of a Partridge anointed about the

as also the

Temples does wonderfully strengthen the Seat of

Memory
roasted,

Brains of Birds and Fowls

and

chiefly of

Hens

are not useless for

the

same purpose.
*'

3.

Pouder for

the

Memory.

" Take

the Seed or Leaves of Ormitium, and

reduce them to Pouder, and every Morning take

a small quantity of a Glass of Wine.
say that the Shavings or

And

they

Pouder of Ivory proas likewise a

in a

duce the same

effect,

namely, the corroborating

;

of the Brain and

Memory
to

Grain

f white Frankincense taken

Draught of Li-

quor when we go

Bed,

dries
it

up the
that

offensive

Humors
that

of the Brain.

And

has been observ'd,

to

the Application of

Gold

Sutura,
tlie

which divides the Seat of

Memory from

other

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

335

Closets of the Brain, strengthens the weakness

of the Heady drives

mory.

await/

all

Puin, and has

a wonderful Effect on

the

FacuUy of Me-

" 4.
"

Jn

Ointment.

famous Author

tells us,

That a firm and

Apprehension,
Medicine.

constant

Memory,

and

quick
this

many

great

Men

have used

Take

Roots of wild Bugloss, Roots of Valerian, or

Setwall, of each
four

Ounces

Roots oi Rue

two Ounces; reduce them

to very fine

Powders:

then take Juice of Ey-bright, Clary mid Verven,

ofearh four Ounces: strain iheJuices well throi:gh

a Clolh; then mix the Juices togei!:er, and the

Ponders apart

aftowards take the Essence of

Anacardi, or Cassia-nuts once Ounce, and

a Ponder as before.
i.

make

Also take Bird's Tongue,

e.

Ash^keys^ and make a very fine Pouder

all

Then mix
Pot
glaz'd,

the foresaid things together, viz.

the Ponders and the Juices><nid take an Earthen

and

set

it

on the Fire, putting into

suffering
it

it

some Bears Fat, and

grees
tlieni
;

to melt by de-

then throw in the said Ponders, mixing

with the Juices, always adding some of the

till

foresaid Fat,

a very

thiii

Ointment be made

xcithwhiih anoint the lentpfes, Fore/wad, and

top of the

Head

touards the Nape,

And

this

336

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

do three or four times a year, and continue anoiuting more or less as there
is

occasion.

"

5.

Lye, or Wash for the Head.

try'd for

" Again, another Experiment may be

the

same purpose.

Take

eight Glasses of

comthe

mon

Water, leaves of Ivy and Sticas, of each a

a half; put
till

Pound and
Water
to boil
let

them together

in

the

Water be almost consum'd;

afterwards

it

be well strain'd and squeezed,

a small quantity of Turpentine
:

and put into

it

washM

with Rose-water

Then wash
it,

the

Head
part

with a good l.ye, and after drying

the aforesaid Liquor the

anoint with

Temples and hinder

of the Head.

"

(i.

A perfumed
JBruin

Apple for comforting the

and Memory.

" Take Laudanum, Lignum Aloes, Storax, of

each a

Dram

Cloves,

Nutmegs, sweet
;

Basil-

seed, of each half a

Dram

with Rosewater, in

which a small quantity of Mosch and Anibergrisehas been dissolv'd,

make an

Aj)ple.
it

"7' Jo
*'

strengthen (he Memorj/ or resiore

when

lost.

To

strengthen the

Memory,

<ir

restore

it

when
niary,

lost; or

against Giddiness:

Take

Fiose-

Borage, Chamotnile, Violets, Roses, of

each an Ounce; the Leaves of Laurel, Maijo-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

337
all

ram, Sage of each two Ounces; chop them

togetlier,

and put

tlieni in

the best Wine, and

after

a day's time

distil

thro

a
in

glass

Alembic, and

keep the
scented

distilled

Liquor;

which put of sweet-

Turpentine a

Pound, white Frankin-

cense eight Ounces, Mastic, Myrrh, Bdellium,

Anacardi, or Cassia nuts, of each four Ounces

beat them altogether, and so
five days,
let

them stand
in a

for

mix'd with the Distillation

cover'd
till

Vessel.

Afterwards

distil

with a quick Fire

you get an Oyl out of them, which keep close

shut

up

in

a glass Bottle well stnpp'd with

Wax
it

and Parchment.

For

use, take as

much

of

as

would

ly in

a large nutshell

down

the
viz.

Mouth, and
the hinder

anoint also ihe

Memorial parts,
all tlie it to

part of the Head, and

tion'd.

Parts before-men-

You wiUJind
"

be veri/ good.

8. Pills for the use

of Memory.
Cloves,

" Take Chubebs, Calamint, Nutmegs,

of each a

Dram

and a half

the best Frankin-

cense, choice

!Myrrh,

oriental

Ambergrise, of
five

each a Scruple and a half; Mosch,

with Moijoram-water

Grains

make

Pills.

Take one in
five

going
before

to

Bed, and two at Sun-rising,

;

hours
in the

Meat

in the

Winter every Month,

Spring and Fall more seldom."

The

chapter which treats

of Artificial or

G O

358
Fantastical

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

Memory

or

Remembrance'

is

almost

literal translation

from Grataroli.

Marios D'Assigny was the Author of Rhetorica

Anglorum,

vel Exercitationes Oratoritc in

et

Rhetoricam Sacram
adjiciuntur quaduni

Communem.
Lond.

Quibus

Regula ad
1*2.
is

imhecilles

MeIn

morias corrohoraudas,
this

l6y9-

work, a chapter
in

devoted to the subject of

memory,

which, as might be expected, a great

part of his

Art of Memory

is

done

into Latin.*

62.

Ars Memoriop,

sive clara et perspi-

cua 3Iethodiis excerpendi Nuclewn

rerum ex omnium Scientiartnn monumenlis a

8".

R. P. Thoma

Eriiardt,
iv.

August. Vindel. 1715. [Part.

in 3 T'om.

63. Pratique de la 3Iemoire Artijicielle

pour apprendre

et

pour

retenir

VHistoire Saiute, Vllistoire Ecclesiastique et VHistoire de

le

FraucePar
torn.

Pere Bnffier,

8".

Paris, 3

1719-1723.
This work
sition of
is

intended to facilitate the acqui-

Ciironology and universal History, and

is

the system

at

once ingenious and simple.

It

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY,
is

339

composeil

in

the form of a dialogue, and the

BUlhor has compressed, into verse, the principal

events and

names of the

different

Sovereigns.

The

following are specimens of his verses.

the Deluge.
ctius

The first age commencing from

Le
iwtit
fils

de

Cam

et qui

ftit fils

de

Est prince a Babilone et Neinbrod dii Belus, Qiiaad se toiiue sous lui I'otat de I'Assivie,

Ninive avant deux

Vienent ceux des Cliiaois d'Egipte et de Scithie. niille est en Assur funded,

Et ponr roi Sicion

choisit Egialee.

First part cf the history of France.

Ses Loix en qiiatre rens Pharaniond introduit

Glodiou Chevelu q' Aetius

vaiiiquil,

Merov^e avec

lui

combatit Attila.

Cliikleric fuit chasse, puis on le rapela.

Clovis vain a SoJBsens, fait vhi detre Oir^tien:

Defait

Gombaut

et tue Alaiic Aricu.

Vol.

1.

contains Sacred History and

Chrono-

logy, Profane History and the His^tory of France.

Vol. II.

system of Universal Geography, for

first

which

verses are employed, as in the

volume.

Vol. HI. includes Clironology and History, from

the birth

of
;

Christ

to

the

time of

IJiiffier's

publicatii>n

Ecclesiastical liistory, and

Uie his-

tory of

llie

princip;tl Slak-s

of Europe.

Claude de Buffi ik

was Lorn cf French

;

parents, in Poland, in the year I66I

he became

340
a Jesuit in

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
1

679- After having travelled to

Rome,

he fixed

his residence in the capital

of France, and

died in the year 1737, at Paris, in the College

of the Society, aged 76 years.

hind him jnauy works, besides
ticed, the principal of v\hich

He

has

left

be-

that already no-

have been collected

pa)' des
le

and published

in his

Cours des Sciences

sirr-pfe,

priucipes nonveaiix et

pour former

language, respnt
style of Buffier,
is

et

le

caur, fol. 1732.

The

in

his verse

and prose writings,

tnore plain than elegant.

He

was a virtuous

man, and very laborious

64.

in his studies.*

Memoria Technica:
JMetiiod of Artificial

or,

New

plied to

Memory^ apand exemplified in ChronoGeography, AstroGrecian and

also Jewish,

logy, History,

nomy

Roman
sures, etc.
8.

Coins,

Weights and Plea-

HyHichardGrey, D. D.

Lond. 1730.
this

The
are

ninth edition of

book has been just

published, to which, and to the eighth edition

appended Lowe's Mnemonics,

Technica Memoria, by

[see

No.

65.]

In 1802, a thin pamphlet was published, entitled,

M. W.

Johnes

it

* Diet. Hist.

Art. Buffitr.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
consists

S41
Tn the

merely of extracts from Grey.

If

Mont hi Magazine
insertec]

for

June

1S0.5,

Dr. Lettice
*

some proposals

for publishing his

Aeay

Memoria
diis

Techuica,' but

we cannot
It

learn tliat

work was ever put

to press.

was intended
chronology,
b\it

to embrace a

number of

tables, in

geo^craphy, &c. on

the plan of Dr. Grey,

with considerable improvements.*

In order to enable those

who
we

feel so inclined to

practise Dr. Grey's System,

shall extract

from

the fourth

edition of the
life time,

published in his
sary
foi"

Memoria Technica so much as is necesthis

the purpose.

" The principal Part of

this;

Method
is

is

briefly

To remember

any thing
S^c.

in

History, Oiro-

nology. Geography,
13eginni!g

Word

form'd, the
Syllable or

whereof being the

first

Syllables of the

Thing sought, does, by frequent

(haw
after
it

Repetition, of course
Part, which
is

the latter

so contriv'd as to give the Answer.

Thus,

in

History, the Deluge happened in the

three

Year before Christ two Thousand

dred forty eight
;

Hun-

this

is

signified

by the

Word

To

this list

may be added a work

Keminiscenlia
;

auiiounced some
the

time since,

entitled

or,

Memory's

Assistant, by Samuel Needham, to be conipietcd in throe

parts,

ou

tlie

plan of Di; Grey.

g3

342

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS Of

Deletok: Del standing for

for 2348.

Deluge,

and etok

In Astronomy, the Diameter of the

is

Sun (So LIS Diameter)

English Miles;

eight

Hundred twenty
forty

two Thousand one Hundred and

this is signified

eight

by Soldi-/cc(^-a/H,

Soldi standing for the Diameterof the Sun, kedafei, for

822,148
fully

and so of the
in

rest, as will

be

shewn more
these

the proper Place.

signifie these

How
now
to

Words come

to

Things, or
is

contribute to the Reraenibring of

them

be shewn. " The first Thing to be done

is

to learn exactly

the following Series of Vowels and Consonants,

which are

to represent the

numerical Figures, so

as to be able, at Pleasure, to

form a Technical

Word, which
resolve a

shall stand for any

Number,

or to

Word

already formVl into the

Number

which

it

stands for.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
oi for 7, being

343
i

composed of o 4 and

ou

for

9, being composed of o 4 and u 5.

The DiphManner
could

thong

ei

will

easily

be remember'd for c/ght,

being the
for

Initials

of the

Word.
the

In like

the

Consonants, where

Initials

conveniently be retain'd, they are

signifie the

made

use of to

Number,

as

for three, /'for four, s

for six,

and w

for nine.

The

rest

were assigned

without any particular Reason, unless that possibly

p may be more
for
first

easily

remembred

for 7 or

Septem, k
1
,

8 or oKtcj, d for 2 or duo, h for

as being the

Consonant, and

for 5,

being

the

Roman

Letter for 50, than any others that

could have been put in their Places.

*

are,

The Reasons here given, as trifling as they may contribute to make the Series more
remembred
;

readily

and
it

if

there was

no Reason

at all assign'd, I

believe

will

be granted that the

Representation of nine or ten numerical Figures

by so many Letters of the Alphabet, can be no

great Burthen to the

Memory.
Icarn'd,

" The Series therefore being perfectly

let

the Reader proceed to exercise himself in the

Formation and

Resolution

of

Words

in

this

Manner.
Id
*z

325
tel

381
feib

1921
aneb

1491
afna

1012
lybe

536
uts

7967
pousoi

431
Jib

553
lut

680
seiz

&c.
&c.

341
*'

PHINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

And

as in

Numeration of
the

larger
their

Sums,

'tis

usual to point
riods of

Figures

-at

proper Pe-

Thousands, Millions, Billions, &c. for

the jnore easy Keading of them, as 172,102.795

one Hundred seventy two Miiiions, one Hundred two 'riiousar.d, seven Hundred
so, in
nitiety five
;

forming a

V^-^ord for a

Number

consisting

of many Figurts, the Syllables may be so conveniently divided, as exactly to answer the

End of
us,,

Pomting.

Thus

in

the

Instance

before

which
in

is

the Diameter of the

Oi bit of the Earth

Eiig/ish

Miles:

The
;

Technical

Wojd

is

Dorbter6o/c/ cize-poul

the

Beginning of the

Word

Dorbter, tauding

f(ir tle

Diameter of the

Orbit of the Earth, (Diameter

ORBUag TERiae)
boid-aze-poul for

and the remaining Part of

the

it

Number

172,^02,79,5.
that the

*'jY.

B. Always remember
only one

Diphthongs

are to be consider'd but as one I etter, oi rather,

as representing

Figure.

Note

also,

that

1/

is

to be

pronounced
it

as w, for the
/,

more
pro-

easily distinguishing

from

as sijcl=i502,
?av/j.

nounce swid, tiip= 307 pronounce

**

The Reader will observe that the same Date or Number may be signified by different Words, according as Vowels or Consonants are made
Choice
the
of,

to represent the Figures, or to begin

Words
tcl,

with, as
h'lf,

325

or idu, l5t

or A/o, or

(/",

or al:

93,451

ni-ola, or oul-/ub, or ni-Jiaf or ciU-olb,

&c.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
" This Variety gives great
the Formation ot
as by iheir

345

Room for Choice, in

likely to

Words, of such Terminations

be

Uncommoriness are most

remembred, or by any accidental Relation or

Allusion they may have to the Thin^ sought.

Thus
as this

the

Year of

the

World

in

which .Eneas
is

is

supposed to have settled

in Italt/

2H'24

but

may be expressed

either by ekej or deido,

I chuse rather to join deido to

Mneas, and make

JEnckef,
obvious.

the Technical
for a

Word
I

J^n^tdeido than
think
is

Reason which

Thus
I

King John began

shall

his

Reign A.
to

199- ("ne

Thousand being understood

shew hereafter
;)

be added, as
this

may be express'd by anoit, or boun, or ami, I make Choice of the last, for then 'tis but calling him Jann instead of John, and you have the Time almost in his Name. Thus Inachus King of
but as

Argos began
Spelling,

his

Reign

in

the

Year before
by the

Christ 18,3(); wiih u very small Variation in the

'tis

his

Name

li\akiis.

But

this

Way.
"

To

go on with our Art ;

and

'tis

further to be ob-

serv'd, that z

sent the

made Use of to repreCypher, where many Cyphers meet to-

being

gether, as in

1000, 1000000, &c. instead of a

Repetition of azyzyuj, which could neither be

easily

Hundred, th

pronounced nor remember'd, g stands for for Thousand, and m for Million.

346
Thus ag
7200,

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
will

be 100, ig 300, oug 900, &c.

otfio

ath 1000, olh 4000,

<//'g

or othf 4004,

peg

2300, lath

51000,

am

1000000,

azmoth

10.004,000, sumus 65.000,056, /omi

59000,000, &c.
Earth (TERiae
sixty

The

solid

Content of the
is

M AON rruHo)

two Hundred
titty

four 'J'housand, eight

Hundred
this
is
;

six

Millions of Cuhick Miles;

the

expresfj'd

by

Word

Ter-magnit-eso-/r/W2

Termagnit

standing

for TVrras

Magnitudo

tso-klauin for

264,856,000,000 the Number of Cuhick Mi!es

"
set

It

ill

be .sumctnues also of Use to be able to

down

a Fraction, winch

may be done
the

in the

following

Manner

Let r be

Separatrix

between the Numerator and the Denominator,

the
iro I
first

coining hejore, the othf r after

-.

it

as

urp

&c.

Where
r,

puurag t4 or the Numerator

,79 north
is

^^^

o*"

>094
it

I,

or Lhiit,

need not be expressed, but begin the Fraction

with
as \
re,
,5b>

^ ri,

|
i

ro,

&.c.
,-oVo

So

Deci-

mals, ,01 or

rag ,00

or

f(ith-

Chrohology and History.

"

Th e Ages
:

of the

World

before our Saviour's

Time
Six
the

are by Chronologers generally divided into

The

Fir^i

from the Creation

to the

Deluge

Second from the Deluge

to the Call of

J bra:

ham, &c. according to the following Periods

ARTIFICIAL MEMOllY.

347
Before Christ.

1.

Tlie CReation of the World

2.
3.

4.

The universal DfiLuge The Call of ABiaham EXodus, or the Departnre

raelites

4004 2348
1921
of the Is-

from Egypt

1491

5.

6.

The Foundation of Solomon's TEMple 1012 536 Cyrus, or the End of the Captivity The Bnth of Christ.
" All
this
is

express'd in one Line, as fol-

lows

Cro<A/"Dele/ofc AbanfJ

Exo/no Temhtjle Cyruts,

Cr
dus,

denotes die Creation, othf 4004, Del the

Deluge,

Ab the Calling Tem the Temple,

to

of Abraham,

and Cjr Cyrus.

Ex ExoThe

Technical Endings of each represent the respective

Year according
shall explain

the Rules already laid

down.
" I

two Lines more.

mdiieih,

Nicsilcoii

kr'xtel,

Codathe

Ephcethe-nes/i.

Challemar-eudio/a, Covijtist-O/wt, C-^^copo-nionscir.

" These two Lines are a short History of the

first

Six General Councils

its

and every Syllable

has

distinct Signification.
it

The first
;

represents

the Place where

was held

the second shews

who was Pope

at that

Time

the third under

S48

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
;

what Emperor
tick
;

the fourth against what Here-

ihejjf'ih, in

what Year of our Lord. Thus

the

first

Word

is

Nicsilcon antel.

Nic denotes

Nice, sil Pope SiLvester, con Emperor CoNstantine, ari the Heretick Arius, tel the Year 325. The second Word is
the Council of

the

Codathe msiteib ;
Constantinople,

Co

denotes the Council

of

da Pope DAmasus, the the Emperor THEodosius, ma the MAcedonians,

teib

38

1 .

The

third

is

Ephcethe-nes^T*

Epli

the Council of

EpHesus, ce Pope

Cfilestine, the

the

Emperor *rHEodosius,
the

nes the NEStorians,

is

fb

Year 431.
;

The

fourth

Challemarle

euSio la

Chal the Council of CLALcedon,

the

Pope Leo, mar

451.

Emperor MAiician,

eudi the

Errors of Eutyches and Dioscorus, ola the Year

The

fifth is

Covijust-O/?/?

Co

stands for

Constantinople,
peror J usTinian,
the

vi

Pope
the

Vigilius, just the

Em-

Errors of Origen, lut

Year 553.

The

sixth

C-i^copo-monseiz

stands again for Constantinople, ag for

Pope

Aoaiho, copo the Emperor COnstantine

gonatus,

POYear

mon

the IVloNothelites, seiz the

680.

TlieodosiMs Junior.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
**

540

The Regal Table of England since the Conquest, and some of the most remarkable
Princes before
it.

Bef. Christ.

CASiBELanus chosen

chief Commander by 1 the Britains ai^aiiist the Invasion of Julius > Ccesar [CasibelMrf] }

52

Aft. Christ.

Queen Boa Bicea,

ing

abused

the British Heroine, be-") by the Romims, raises an >

67

Army and

kills

7000 [BOddaup]

VoRTiGeni who

invited the Saxons to the ") Assistance of the Britains against the V Scots and Picts [Vortij!;/os] j

446

HENcist

dom

the Saxon, of Kent, the

who
first

erected the King-") of the Heptarchy > 455

[He.ig/>//J

Kin? ARTHur famous

sistance
[Arth//-]

for his powerful

tlie

and Victories over

3 Re- ^ Saxons > 514 3

EcBKrt who reduced

was first crown'd land [Egbe/ifA:]

the Heptarchy, and

sole

Monarch of ng- > 828

J ALFRF.d, who founded the University of) Oxford [Mfrekpe] |

the Dane [CanJaw] Edward the Con FKSsor [Confes/I'] WiLliam the CoNq. [Wil-consoMJ Oct.

^'^

Can ute

14.

lOlS 1042 1066

1087 1100
3135

William

Rufus [Ruf Aws]

I.

Sept. 9.

HKNRy

[Henra^]

Aug.
Dec.

2.

SxEPHen [StephW/] HENry the SECond [Hens^cbuf] H H

2.

Oct. 25.

1154

$$0
Richard
I.

PRINOIPAIi SYSTEMS OF
[Ricbei7i]

July
April

6. 6.

118*>

John [Jann]
HEiiry the THird [Heth?a]

Of?. 19.

11 99 1216

EDward

I.

[Edrfojrf]

Noik \6. 1272

[Edsef^yja]

Envardus SEcundus

July

7,

1307

EDvardus TERtius [Edterfe*]

Richardus SEcundus [Ris^t6ip]

Jan. 25. 1326

June 31. 1377

Sept. 20.

HEnry HEnry HEnry

the Fourth [Hefofown]

the Fifth [Hefi/^rf] the sixth [Hensi/frf]

[Edquar/(7M.r]

March
Aug.
r

20.

1399 1412
1460

31. 1422
4.

Eovardus ouARtus

March

Edward
Richard

the Fifth 1
III.

pp

L*^^

n ,-, <"^f
J

April g. 14&3 Jae 32. 1483

yi?<^. 22.

HENricus SEPtinius

[Henseji/e//]

1485

HENricus octav. [Henoc/yJ

EDvardus SEXtHs [Edsex/o*}

April 22. 1509

Jan. 28. 1546
Jj^^y 6.
iVoi;.

Mary

[Mary/w^J

1553
1558

ELisabeth [EIs/mA:]

17.

jAMes CaroIus PRIMUS [Ctiropn:ne/] CaroIus SEcundus [CarsecsoA:] jAMes II. [Jamsf?/] WiLliam and Mary [Wilse/Ar]
I.

[Jams3/rf]

March 24. l602

Mairch21. l625
^Aisw.

30.

l64S

Fe&. 6. l684
Ffi. 13. ltf88

ANne

{h\\pyh\
[Geofeo]

March
Aug^
Jwne

8.
1.

1701

GEOrgel.

1714

CrEorgell. [G6osec<?oi}

11.

1727

" The Memorial Lines.

Casibelwrf BSddaiip \ovt\gfos

Uengfid

&

Arthlqf,

Egbe/tefc AlfreA:pe Odiibau Confes/f.

AHTIPICIAL MUMOhlf.
Wil-constvii ilufAoi Henrflg-.

551

&

Stepb6/7

& Uemecbuf

Ricbein Jantt Hethrfff*

Eddoid.
Edse(y/> Edter/es Risetoip Ht(otoun Hefi/flrfque.

H^nsi/ed Edquar/cMJ Ein-llokf licme\)JeillienQclyn.

Edsex/o Marylut FAsluk Jmnsj/d Cdioprimsel.

Carsec/b/c Jamseif Wilwt'A:

Aupyb Geofto
inclusive,
:

(/oi.

*'

N. B. After Canute
is

One Thou-

sand

to be

added to each
it, it

It

was thought un-

ucwessary to express
it is

being a Thing in which

impossible that any one should mistake.

it

" If

be desired to remember in what Month,

of the

and Day
Reign,
it

Month each King began

his

may be done by

the following Lines

Wil-tbosou-fat Steph-de Jsim-chef-fau

lA-nap.
Hen-ge-tel-an
sez-chez

Wi-ls-jeb-ed

gib-ged-ped

Geor-ga-iab

An

chei.

Caf-chf^-rix
c|ue

Ma-b

Jo-ps Ed-n<f-lo tel-cho-pou rek-

" EXPLANATION. " The

the

Italick
;

I^etters represent

the

Day

of

Month

the

Letter immediately preceding

itself, r

represents the

Month

standing for Janufor April

ary, f for JPebruary, ch for

March, p
g

for Msij, j for June,

for Ju/y,

for

August,

35%
s for

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
5eptember^
t

for

October, n for iVovernber,

and d for jDecember.

" Thus Steph-de,

Dec. 2.

Stepli

King Stephen, de

El-nap El Elizabeth, nap Nov. 17.

first

In Words of three or more Syllables, the

Syllable stands for
all

the Kings of the

same

Name, and
swer to the

the following Syllables in

first,

Order an-

second, third, 8cc. of that

Name.

So Jam-chef-fau ; Jam denotes James I & II. chef (viz. March 24.) belongs to James I. and fau (viz. Feb. 6.) to James II. So lR.i-\s-jeb-ed Hi denotes
all

the Richards,
1.

Is (viz.

July 6.) beto

longs to Richard ard II. and ed

jeb

(viz.

June 21.)

Richto

(viz.

22. of the same

Month)

Richard III.

"

If this

be thought

either too difficult, or ^oo

minute, the Reader

In the
History,*
events

may

pass

it

over."
*

Rev. J. Robinson's
will

Grammar

of

be found a

list

of remarkable

from the Creation

with
all

to the Battle

of Tra-

J a /gar,

the
is

technical terminations of

Dr. Grey.

This

a useful supplement.

"2. Geography.
**

In the

first

Place are

laid

down

the general

Divisions of Europe, Asia,

Jfnck and America;

Govern-

then the particular Divisions of the several King-

doms of Europe,

into

their respective

ments or Provinces.

For every Division there

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
is

355
first

one Technical Line, composed of the

syllables (or

sometimes only of the

it

first letters)
is

of the Parts or Places into which

subdivi-

ded

which Syllables or Letters are distinguished

rest,

from the
or

in the

Tables, by Small Capitals,

an Hyphen

following.

"

'

Tis further to be observ'd, that the Begin-

ning, Middle, and

in order, to the

Ending of the Line answer,

Northern, Middle and Southern

Divisions of the

Kingdoms or Countries; so
but
in

that

not only the Places themselves,

some

Measure
other

their Situation

with

Respect to each

Thus

in the

may be remember'd at the same Time. Memorial Line for France,

;

Fra P \oi-I-cham

Eiet-O-BuL; GuULa-DaP.

"

Nor-T-cham denotes the four Northern

ij/s.

P-icardy, NpRmandy, I-sle CuAMpagne. " Bret-O-BuL denotes the four Middle Governments, viz. BRETagnc, O-rleanois, Bour-

Governments,

of France, and

gogne, and L-ionnois.

" Gui-La-Da-P denotes

Governments,
viz.

the four

Southern

Guienne with Gascony, Lahguedock, DAuphiny and P-rovence. " It will be yet some further Help to remember the Situation of Places, to observe, that in
the several Divisions I begin at the PVesv, and

go

n Eastward,

as far as the

Limits of the Cotm-

H H 3

354

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
where the

try will allow, in a strait Line, unless

Irregularity of the

Position makes this

:

Method
is

inconvenient or impracticable

Where

that

the

Case, the Reader will supply the Defect by his

own

Observation, and by comparing with proper

Maps. " Observe

further, that

where the Syllables

the Countries

are connected with an

Hyphen,

denoted by them are contiguous from West to

East

thus,

" Nor-I-cham shews

that the

IsU of France

joyns to l^^ormandy on the East, and

to the Isle of

France on the East.

Syllables or Letters denoting

tries

Champagne Where the two or more CounHyphen,

that

are joyn'd

together without an

there the Countries are

to South.

contiguous from North

Thus Gui-La-DaP shews

to
to

Lanand

guedock joyns
and Provence
also that

Guienne on

the East,

Danphiny^
;

Lcmguedock on
is

the East
to,

Provence

contiguous

and South

of Dauphini/.

Such

Syllables as have an Hi/-

phen preceding, but

are not by

it

immediately

joyn'd to the foregoing Syllable, signifying that the

Countries denoted by them

not contiguous.

lie

Eastward, but are

that

Thus Sp-It-Turk shews

Italy

is

East of Spain, and Turky East oi Italy,

but not contiguous. " When the Reader

is

become

well acquainted

with the General Divisions^ he

may then go on

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
to charge his

35*

Memory

with his chief Cities, and

;

most remarkable Places of every Country

Longitude and Latitude
ancient and present
;

their

the

Correspondence of
;

Geography

the
;

Geography
Great Bri~
;

of the Old and

*tions of the

New

Testament

the Propor-

Kingdoms of Europe

to

tain

the Situations of the

most noted Islands

with other instructive and entertainhig Particulars

in

Geography

All which

he will find himself

able to

remember with
till

greater Ease than he can

is

possibly imagine,

he

acquainted with the

Memorial

Li)ies, contriv'd for that

Purpose.

" The General Divisions of Europe, Asia,

Africk and America.

"L
1

EUROPE
;

"

is

divided into,

Northern
;

Containing
:

NOrway,

S-wederr,

MOscovy
2.

D-onmark

iSUddh; Contaiuing NEtherlands, GEmiany,

Little

Poland,

T-artary;

Francc, SwiTzerland,

HuNgary, TRANsilvmiia, MOidavia, VAlachia.

3.

Southern;

Containing Spain with Portjigal,

iTaly,

TiRKv.

Eur =: No-S-Mo

Ne-Ge-Po-IT Fran-Swita Him-Traii'

Mo-Va

Sp-It-Turk.

3j6
"
1.

principal systems of
11.

ASIA

is

divided into,

Nortlierfi

Containing Great TAitary,

GEorPErsia,

gia. 2.

Middle; containing

TuRky

in

^/a

Empire of the MOguI, CniNa.

3.

Soniheryi; Containing

Ar Asia,
;

East iNDies.

As

= Ta-Geo
<'

Tiu-P6-Mo-Cliin

Arab-Ind

III.

AFRICK

is

divided into,

1.

Northern; Containing BArbary, BiLdulgerid,

E-gypt.
2.

Middle; Containing ZAara, Nsgroland, GuiSouthern;

Containing

nea, N-ubia.
3.

CoNgo,

ABlssinia,

Coast oI'Abex, Coast oi"CAFreria,

MoNOmotopa,

ZANGUebar, Coast of Ajan.

AF

BaBil-E.; ZiiNeGui-N

Con-Abiss-Abe Caf-Mono-

Zangu-Aj.

" IV.
1.

AMERICA

is

divided into,

New WALes, New New France, New GRANada, MExico, Fi.ORida, New England conN-orthern;
Containing

BRiTain, Lovisiana,

CANada

or

taining these seven Provinces, (CARolina, Virginia,

MAryland,

P-ensilvania,

New YoRk, New

call'd,) lying

J-arsey

New
West

ENoland properly so
to North-East.

from Soutli-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
2.

35^
Peru,

S-ottthein

Containing Terra FiR Ma,

Country of the Amazohs, BrasH, CaiH, Paraguay, MAGellaiiica.

N-AM =

Wal-Brit L6vi-Can GranMex-F'lor (C^r-Vi-M

Per-Ain^z-Bra Chi-ParMag.
''

P-YorJ Eng.

S-AAtFinn

3.

Astronomy.
affixed
to

" The Technical Endings

]gimiings of the

the

Be-

Names
6jc.

of the Planets represent

the

Number

of Miles of their Diameters, Disaccording to the general

tances, Magnitudes,

Key.

Where
it

the Beginning of the

is

Word

is

Technical,
Letters
Capitals.

composed of the
in

Syllables or

distinguish'd

the Tables by

Small

" The D'iameters,

lish

S^c.

of the Planets in Eng'

Miles, according to

Dr. Derham's AstroEngl.

Miles..
,

theology.

Lu na [LuDdapu] MERCUry IMcrcuDepokl

2175

2748 48/5

Mars

[MarDoAr/zw]

VEnus [VeDoneip^
TERree DiAni.
[TerDinpousX,k']

4987
79^7,8]

SAturn [SaDHz-o/a]
Jupiter [JuDrt^-*//]

93,451

130,653
82'?,148

SoLis Diam. ISolDlked-nfa]

358

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
" The D'iameters of
their

OkbUs.
Engl. Miles.

SATum

ITy-oTh-Siitasob-les-teis]

l64>l. 526,386

Jupiter IJuRBkoul-atoth]

895.134,000 262.282,910
172.102,795

MArs [MuRBese-deid-naz] TERra ID-orh-Terboid-aze-poul]

MErcury IMeRBsau-sebthl Vedus lYeKBbef-okoi-baf]

66.621,000

124.487,114

LuNa

IDorhhrnopoU'tiyl]

479,905
210,265

SATurni AniiuH Diam. or the Dia-'j meterof .SV7/?/ni's Ring [Sat- ami- >
thddz-datd'}

J
the^ >

Ejnsdem LATitudo, or Breadth of Saturn's Riug [

iUtJWH-tgJ

29,200

TERrie SuPERficies, or the super-^

ficial Content of the Earth [Ter199.444,205 Jsuper a un-fof-ezau'] J

Ejusdem DiAmeter [Dia^0M-"i

saijkl
i

70^7 &
'

Ejusdem Orbita
[Permnfy-skau-del'}

pERiMeter

^^^ ^gg ^^5

J

*'

The Magnitudes or Solid Contents

in

Cubick

Miles of the larger Planets.

" MagnitiuIo.
Cubick Miles.

TERrze \Tej-maniteso-klatim]
SOLls [Mag-so! iseo2- -
o;a-iau-niil]

264,856.000,000

090,971 .000,000.000,009

ARTIFICIAL MEMOttT.

S59
Cubick Miles.

JOYis

[Mag-jovKea[Sat-nragnit-

^
"i

920.011,200.000,000
497.218,300.000,000

SATurni

oep-aak

&

tzym]

"

27ie

A Mbit

or Circumference.

English Miles.

Jovis

[Am-jovisijW)M-rof]

379j043
25,031
2.582,873

T-en-je [Am-Tt;/-^*7>]

SoLis [Ani-sole-/rf-A<wY3

" The Memorial Lines.

"LioDdapv, MerfiiD<?jjo/c MarDofc/jw TerDia;)owsoi,fc.
SviDatij-sli VcDojifj/j SaDj-o?a, 'io\Y)'\ked-afei.

D-orb-Situiofr-ics-kw JuRB^o<-a^o<ft.MaKjSt.ve-deirf-nz.
D-or'o-Tertoid-^jse-poui

'

MeRB,vaM-se6Wi VeKB6/-(.feoj-6u^.

Sat-anu-dif/as-daui

latirfoM-c^ D-orb-lunj(>u-ni//.

Ter-buperan-yo/-f3a

dia^usoi,fc^PcrmM/j/-A;ac(af,

Ter-inagiiitt%o-A:/ai<m Mag-s61is-i;ofir-noia-niil-inil.

Mag-Jov?i<?>2(U-e:(/w Sat-niagnitoq)-rfrtA;& ist/m.

Am-jovisfpoM-2o Am-Tt/-!/i6 Xm-^o\e-teid-koit,

"
'*

4.

Coins, Weights,
of the
;

and Measures.
Words
is

The Beginning
Initial

composed
for

of Uie

Letters

thus

At-ta stands
;

ATtick TAlent,

Habrew T-aleut Ad for A ttick D-rachm; AId for ALexandrian P-rachm; HetO for Hebrew Talent of Gold; (Het standing for HE-brew T-alent as before,
far

Het

and

for

Or, or Gold)

RoL

for

ROman

,860

PRlNCIPAf. SYSTEMS OF

L-ibra,

Den

for

DENarius, Shek

for

ShekcI,

GreF
C-ubit,
*'

for

GREcian F-oot,

HeC

for

HEbrew

the

HoFq for ROman F-oot S^^uare, ^c. The Italick Endings of the Words represent Number of Pounds, ShilHngs and Pence,

which are separated from each other by Hyphens^

or else signified by the

Roman

Letters

I.

s.

d.

The

double

Lines

denote
signifies

Equality.
that

Thus
A-ttick

Am dr^ ?-e2-w,
M-ina, which
is

an

equal to 100 Drachms, was 3

Pounds 8

Shillings

and 9 Pence.

The

Letters,

though separated, are to be pronounced together;

as t-ei-n tein.

The Reader

is

to

be reminded

here that re signifies ^,ro J, &c. But Note, that instead of the Fraction re, the Letter h is sometimes used for Half, as oikbe-h 7 Sl^l
sc.

7812

Pounds 10

Shillings."
reflects great credit

This system of Dr. Grey

on the ingenuity of the author.

moria Technica,
is

Of the Meobserves,

Dr.

Priestley

"

it

so easily learned, and

use in recollecting

may be of so much dates, when other methods

all

are not at hand, that he thinks

persons of
will

a liberal education inexcusable,

who
is
;

not

take die small degree of pains that

to

necessary

make themselves masters of

IS

it

or

who

think

any thing mean, or unworthy of their notice,

which

so useful and convenient.*"

* Lectures on History, p. 157.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

S6l
1693,

Richard Grey
land.

was born

in the year

and was a learned divine of the Church of Eng-

He

took his degree of

M.

A.

at
1

Lincoln

College, Oxford, in the year

6rst preferment

I? IS- 9.

The
which

which he obtained,

was the

Rectory of Kilncote,

in Leicestershire, to

he appears
period of

to
;

have been instituted at an early

life

and afterwards he was appointed

to the Rectory of Hinton, in Northamptonshire,

and

to a

Prebend

iu the

Cathedral Church of St.

Paul.

In

the

year

1730, he published

his

Me-

In the same year also he moria Technica. published, " A System of English Ecclesiastical

Law,

extracted

from the Codex Juris Eccle-

iiastici

Anglicani, of the Right Rev. the Lord

Bishop of London, for the use of young students in the Universities,

who

are designed for

Holy Orders." 8*^. For this work the University presented him with the degree of Doctor of Divinity,

by diploma, during the following year.

at different periods,

It

was afterwards reprinted,

Codex.
year

with the addition of marginal references to the

pages

in the

In

the

17S6,

he published

large

anonymous pamphlet,
and distracted
state

entitled,

" The miserable

of Religion in England,

upon the downfall

ed
:"

of the Church
year 1738,
1 I

establish-

and

iu

the

"

new and

S62
easy

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
method
of
learning
is

Hebrew

without

Points.

To which

annexed, by way of praxis,

the

Book

of Proverbs, divided according to the

the massoretical Readings in

Metre; with

Roand

man

Letters,

&c. a grammatical

analysis,

short notes, critical and explanatory, etc. 8*^."

In the following year, he published, on a large single sheet, " Tabula exhibens paradigmata

Verborum Hebraicorum regularium et irregularium, per omnes ConjngRtiones, Modos, Tempora, et Personas, pleuius et accuratins excusa
;''

and

also,

" Historia Josephi Palriarchae, Literis

tam Roraanis,
dico Analytico

quam Hebraicis
praemittitur nova

excusa,
8c

cum
In-

Versioue Interlineari S. Pagnini,

;

vocum

Methodus He-

braice Discendi, diligcntius recognita, etc. 8."

These
Jobi

pieces were again reprinted in 1751.

In the year 1742, Dr. Grey published, " Liber

in versiculos

Metiice

divisus,

cum Versione

Latina Alberti Schultens, notisque ex ejus

raentariis excerptis, etc. Edidit,

Com-

atqiie annota-

tiones
adjecit

suas

ad

Metrum

przecipue

spectantes,

R. G.
xxxii.

etc.

Accedit Canticum Moysis,

Notis variorum, 8."
In the

Deut.

cum

preface to this work

some
to

strictures
in

were introWarburton's

duced on

particular

passages

" Divjne
replied
ui

Lesj^tion ;"
!iis

which that gentleman

" Rcmurks on several occasional

eftjctioiH,"

etc.

Tlus reply called forth from

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
Dr. Grey,
in

SGS

the year
*

1744, an " Answer to

several

Mr. Warburton's
sional

Remarks on
far as

occa-

Reflections,' so

they concern the

preface to a late edition of the

Book

of Job

in

which the subject and design of that divine poem,

are set in a full
lar passages in

and clear
it

light,

and some particu-

occasionally explained," etc. 8".

In the year
post of
official

1746,

Dr. Grey occupied the

and commissary of the ArchIn 1749, he published,

deaconry of Leicester.

" The
4.

last

words of David, divided according to

the metre, with notes critical and explanatory,"

This

last

publication, except

new

editions

of his former pieces, was an English translation

of

Immortalitate," which appeared in 1753.

Mr. Hawkins Browne's poem, " De Animse Besides the articles enumerated above. Dr. Grey printed some single " Sermons," preached on
public occasions.

He

died

in

1771,

in

the

seventy-eighth year of his age.*

05.

Mnemonics delineated in a small compass and easy Method, for the better enabling to remember what is most frequently ivanted, and most
dijficultly
8".

retained or

recollected,

Lond. 1737.
* Nichols' Anecdotes of Bowyer.

8C4

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OP
tract,

This extremely rare

compiled by

Soto*'

man Lowe,
besides the

contains 14 pages in a very small type,

title

and the advertisement which

title,

printed on the back of the

making a

single

sheet of demy, 8.

As Dr. Watts

has consi-

dered

this

tract as a material

improvement of

Grey, and as some of the purchasers of the present

volume may choose

and
this

to practise the

scheme

of Grey
per,
in

Lowe,
edition, as

we
to
it

have

thought pro*

reprint the

whole of

the original tract,

rare
;

has

become extremely
reprinted,
it

and

although

lately

can-

not be

purchased

without

the

incumbrance
;

of the
ficient

Memoria Technica of Grey

specimen of which has

a suf^

already

been

given.

ADVIKTISEMENT.
"
the

Th e
to

key to

this art

(so far as relates

to.

expressing

of

numbers

by

Letters)

we
fol-.

owe

the ingenious

Dr. Grey.

What

lows may be considered as a supplement

to,
;

and improvement of
for

his

Memoria Technica
rest I think

most of the

articles are
:

what, perhaps, did

are re-

not occur to him

aud the

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
formd * to great purpose ;
given a

365

particularly those of
I

Weights, Coins, and Measures; ofNvhich

full

have

account

in

less

than three pages,

whereas the

Doctor's (though very defective)

amounts

to 31.

Those who
up
a treasure

are curious will add

such particulars, as they have most occasion for;

in order to lay
in their

of useful principles
part of

heads

for

the

greatest

which

they must, otherwise, from time to time, have

recourse to books

or,
;

where those are not

at

hand be disappouited
be to
their discredit

how much

soever
1

it

may

or

prejudice.

need not

inform those

who have
schot)ls,
this

the education of youth,

whether

in

or universities,

how much
to

something of

nature would expedite the pro-

gress of their pupils, and

tage
;

show them
a

advancer-

furnish

bt times with

satisfactory
in

tainty,

reachness,

and

e.\actness,

things,

of

which Masters themselves, and men of reading,

have generally but an imperfect and confused

remembrance.
objection, diat
as are that

shall

only add (to obviate an

may

naturally otFer itself to such

this

unacquainted with things of

diificult

nature)
jar-

how

and forbidding soever the

will

gon of

this

art

may appear; nothing

stick

We

have preserveil Mr. Lowe's ortliography

throiyjli-

Mlt.
I
I

366
more

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
effectually
in

the

memory,

when once
N. B. The

familiarisd

by frequent repetition so as to flow

reflexion.

into the

mind without

accents denote the

first

syllable of a tiactyl.

"

SOLOMON LOWE."

Directions for the better learning to remember figures or numbers exprest by Letters.

1234567 bdtflspkn
e
i

u au

oi

ei

ou 9

y
z

g 100.

th 1,000.
fractions,

1.000,000.
:

r denotes

as follows

yVo

\: ,iro |

d^eriS \: ,rag,01.

Arithm et ical Characters.

-f

and:
zz
is,

less:
gives.

multiplied-j'nfo: - divided-

by

The Division of the'old Roman AS, viz. any Integer)

or Whole.

Uuica, Sext.

QuS

Triens. Quinc. Sena. Sept. Bes,

Dodra Dext. Deu.

AS, parts

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
COINS.
Coins reducd to Farthings.
1

SC?

E.]' Sh-o/i. Cr-e/j/.]

N-/</3. Ange-oAri-.

M-dufy.

Gui-bzi/k. Cdr-bdzo. ivic-beg.

2 H. Ger-/] Be-//. Sh-fl&r. *IMan-A7/;)*. f TdUdeith Tal-?//H dusth. fril] Sh-aplt'.. 3 G. LejVjf ^/^fflu. Dtchal-a,j3rt/. 6b-w,j'fl]*Dr-6.
4-

Stat6r-</o.
As-f,rflr]

4 R. T,oipuruth.
Den-ii.
^

Ses-p,i7f.

\.al,r&.

Sp-o)/.]

Auroipu.
Att M.
Itnl-ekeiz.

Drachm]
Min]
fig-

H?b-is.

Alex-oid

I
^^
.

Att-?/^.

!_/ 1 Stater

\\
C

Tal.] Atl-barikth. Biihtifafh.] Att-7bauth

Bab-?/H
(iinisth.

R-aki/tk.

(sold) Att-;?o7

Cys-Phll-Alex-

As\veiuhdOuiKes-r,'</,U-C-5oM3 :e;fouzi a ; lip -tire ; leis.

:

MONEY.
Sums of Money, or Money of Aceownt. y(E) Pemi/. (6r-as. Vonnd-onsy. (G) Tal.
^
,.

Min.

X.gi-gz=:ubss.

^Ant-syzzg.

\ Y^Mih-oizTninns.

Pt-az czii. Syr-alzzpoil. Tyib-ath, duo,

biui

^
^

riaii-fiz^/i?/^.

C(R) Sesterce t6-aJ, tluo, ^

numnii

bina,
sestertiuni,
:

stertia

or

inillia

above by

>

the adverbs, as foUows

;

C Bis sestertiuni, or bis

understanding millia

>

centum

(or centena).

6 Abbreviatures explaind.
jT.ginea raina,

^nichma,

*; stater, 4.

talentum (lin.) Angel, 1.

5.

Alexanilrina

Aniiocbicama.

368
tal. 5.

PRIXCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
yVs, 4. .
;

Attica drachma,

*,

raina, *, sta-

ter,

taieiituni, |.

/owitfl mill. tal. I .

Aiu-eus denarius, 4. BuhyBckalj, 2. Carolus, 1. Croesius

stater, |.
stater, I Gerali C.
.

Crown,!, Cyzicenus stat^r, 4. Darcius Denarius, 4. Dichakos, 3. Drachma 3. Groat 5. Guinea, 1. Hebraica drach'^,

ma,'*. JacoLu-.y 1.

Italica mina,*.

neh, 2

Maik,
5.

1.

Mhur,''\5. Noble,
.

Lepton, 3. Ma1. Obolus, 3.

Pennu",

Piiilippicus stater,
tal. 6.

lemaica min. teriinm, 7,

Sportuia, 4.
tum'',
2, 5.

Pound, 5. Pto4.. Piomanum talentum, 4.. SesShekel, 2.

Shilling, 1.

Sestertius, 4.
Stater, 3.

Si/ria min. tal. 6.

4.

Talen-

Teruncius,

Ti/ria min. tal. 6. Vic-

toriatus, 4.

.?ils,

as.

6 Synonifms and Equivalents. Assarium, as. Attica minormina antloChalcos,

|

chica. Attica m(!JGrmirio=:tyr'rd. Bi<;,atus, denarius.

Centussis, 100 asses.

ctissis",

dichalchos.

De-

Didrachmon, 2 drachmie. Diobolon, 2 oboli. Dupondius , 2 asses. Euhoca mi antiochia. Hemiobolon, h obolus. Laureat, carolus. Libella, as. Libra (or libra pondo) =z mina attica. Mna, mina, Nomissis, 9 asses. Nununus,
10 asses.
sestertius.

Obolus,

noble. Octussis, 8 asses. Pen-

Pondo, v. libra. tad rachmcu, 5 drae!iiiia\ drans, \ as, \ noble. Quadrigiitus, denarius.
drussis^,
quessis'^,

QuaQuaQuin-

asses.

Quinarius,

victoriatus.

5 asses.
1

7?Aorf/crza>ginea.

Send>ella, se-

Semunicu, h uncia. Sextans ^, -5 as. Sextula'^, ~ luicia. Solidus, aureus. Tctradrachnion, 4 drachTressis, 3 asses. Trima;. Tetrobolon, 4 oboii. Tridrachmon, 3 drachma\ Tricessis, 30 ?isses. ei}s ', ^ as. Triobolon, 3 oboli. Vigessis, 20 asses,
milibella. Semiiibella, h libella.

Sescuiicia,

uncia.

Uncia %

tt as.

1 N. B. The several coins, measures, and wiighls, being reducd to'the lowest denominations, tlie memorial versei answer all the purposes of the largest tables : (1) The dif-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
t'erence of

S69

terms beinj? known by subtraction of any make one of another, by division *. e.j?. (a) What is the difference between a Shilling and a Shekel? Answ. (Sh-ahz) 110 (Sh-ofcJ 48=: 62 q. i. e. S 2 S 1 ; 3 '2 S 1 3 2, the shekel more than the shilling. ( b) How many Spans make a Fathom / Answ. Fath'OJd) 72 -f- (Span) 9 zi 8. Accordingly, if it be (askd. What is n fathom (and Jo of any other) the answer may be made, the same way, in ajiy of the prior denominations e. g. 24 palms, or 6 feet, or 4 cubits, or 2 yards, or 1 I- pace, &c. ^ Any whole was called AS, and 1 twelfth of it Uncia [whence our terms of ounces for weight, and inches for leHgth]. The several numbers of those unciae (i.s tween 1 were denoraiuated, in order, as follows iu and 12)

any

Wo

and (2)

How many
: :

'/

and text: viz. Se^Ltans (i.e. i) 3 Quadran<4 (i) 3, &c. express their manner of reckoning Interest of nior.ey tlais usiircB asses [centesimae] iwas 1 per mon'h [12 per year] per cent, (suppose aurei, or pounds : deunces, ll twelfths per month, and so on to unciaria, 1 twelfth per mouth [1 per year] e. g. 20d. per month, 30s. per year. 3 Of the three apartments distinKuisht by brackets, ia the 1st are Brass- or Copper- ; 2d, SilTcr-; 3d, Gold-coins'. NB. (1) Sh-ofe (as appears by the Abbreviatures explaind underneath, a)id by the key above) sis;nifies Shilling 48: i. e. a shilling is 48 farthings 5 and so of the rest, (2) letter) may be pronouncd wee or ici, to y {the memorial distinguish it from i: e. g. Cr-e/y, as if it were Cr-efwi. 4 i. e. in the year (LVi'W Conditte) from the building of e,foitz ; i. e. U. C. 490, when the tlie city of Rome, 190. Punic war had exhausted the treasury, it weighd but 2. and o of the rest. .5 i. e. the iEginean mina was (ubss) 5656 q (g) 100 of which made the j^gincan talent, and so of the rest. 6 N. B. In these lists those in Italic are moneys of account, the rest, coins.- The Figures and Marks refer to the
: :

corresponding memorial verses.

(c) N.B. There are also Coind Half-guineas, Seven-shilling pieces, Half-crowns, Three-pences, Two-pences,Halfpennies ; and such as are distinguisht by a superior <:.

MEASURES.
Cubic Measures reduced to Pints.
f

Quar-d.
its.

*GzU\

R-af6. Ear-eld.

Ti-(wiNE)

li-uzf. P-fluj6. E-athei.

T-ethbau.

570
^

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
Firk-hoid, dsf.^ Kil Bat'hdeik, Mus.
Ve-bsr
Bii-^o.

aM*, b<7^(BEER

&

ALE)

Hog-alad, hups, Str-aek. Cooia-dus (dry) Se-

ube. Ch-etzo. V^e-ithpi^. \^d-lady.

( (liq.) C-,nrei. L-iro. Cab-?. Haz (h) Seah-rfy. Bath *Y- H6m-MrM {-uid. 1 \ Cnh-,durm!. G6m-,vraz. Se-boi (dry) Ba-/tf. 5 ^ Le-dlat/. Hbmer-laf.
4
Coch-jj-^tfy- Ch-i'miz. Myst,}-ok (g) Conch-,rqf.

Oxyba-,rri- Wetr-m. Cocb-,rady. Choen &re. Mtdim-^S (DRY) Cy-

rl'

Ox-Coty-Xest as the Roman.

,r6. Se-ff,r/. C6-p. Ur-e^-v/ (r) QuS^ ) dr-w/y, Cul^-bafp. D. Cy. Ace. Hem. q^\Lig~,rok. Cy-ra*/. Acet-jr^^i' H^ra(DRY)in,rg..
I.

rQnait

Sti-a,ru.

t Mod-s,r.
contains
:

V
^^^

*GalloN
(beer)

inches (dry) doid,r6'^i

(liquid)-e

^ S
l

-<>Ar6

(wiiie) eta^.
/

tPoTTLE Quarts (dr-)

f MoDI-

Pints (liquid)-</n (dry) bau,ro.

Abbreviatures explaind. A(ctabulum(lin.)9, 8. Barrel,!. Bath, 4. Bushel, 3. Butt, 1. Cab, 4, Caph, 4. Ciicme, 6. Chaudrcn, 3. Choenix, 7. Cochlearion, 6. Concha, 6. Congius, 8. Coomb, 3. Culcus, 8. Cyathus, 9. Firkin, 2. Gallon,], Gonier, 5. Hemina,9. Hin, 4. Homer, 4, 5. Hosjshead, 1, 2. Kilderkin, 2. Last, 3. Letech, 5. Lii^ula, 9, 8. Log, 4. Medimnus, 7. IMetietes, 6. Mystron, 6. OxybaModius, 9, 1 1 phon, 7. Peck, 3. Pottle, 11. Puncheon,!. Quadrantal, 8. RundUt, 1. Seah, 4, 5. Quart, !. Seam, 3. Sextarius, 8, 9. Strike, 3. Tierce, 1.
.

Tun,

1.

Urn J,

8.

Wey,

3.

Si/noni/?.ns

and Equivalents.

<lus, uietietes.

CaCutnock, coomb. Chos, congius. Coron, homer. CotUe, hcmina. E|)hah, bath. Linjjula, ligiila. Omer, homer. Oxybaphcn, acetabu(piadrantal- Amphoreus,metretes.

Amphora,

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
luiti.

371

Pipe, butt. Quarter, seam. Qu^rtarius, J sex-

tarius. Semiraoiius, h

mrWu^.

Xiv.tei, sextarius.

72 pints. (2) of Ale=i64 1 i. e. A Firkin (1) of Boer pints, and so of the rest. 2 By aet of parliament, in 1697, the gallon contains only

268

-^

inches.

experiment, only 224 inches.

By

made

in 1688, it

was found

to contain

'

Long Measures reducd

/-Nail-rf,ro.

to Inches.

Han-5. Spa-n. oot-ad. E(fl)e/>(eng)o/. J atb-pe. Ko-bouk. Furl-oindy. Pa-*y. ^ S Y-is. ^ V Mt-sitsi/. Le-miles3. fH. Pal-/. Sp-flrf. C-ef. Y-ous. EzMf. Ar-and.
Pal-f.
Ciihi-bei. L

Schoen-flniiy. Stci nai^g-. M-o?/sf/t.

LYch-//z.

fG. Dor/.
L
Pv-rfz.

Orthab. Sp ad.Vygm-ak.

St-aM^. M-oiskj/z. fR. Unc-ry,W. Pal-/". Pe-6^-. Palm-dy, Cuo-e/.

0-nfl.

Gra-A:y. Pass-Ary. Stti-byth.

Proportions.
f.

Line-be. Bar-i, Digit, Inch (Heb. nad: ,pul6 peldu^. [M- -eizt/t. I Eng-^A. G rek visy/?. ' f Foot
f
:

Gk. Rom.)

Rom (coss)

'

naup

{^t)

oupti(y^s)oukau.

Abbreviatures explaind.

Arabian pole, 3. Barley-corn 6. Cubit::i:pygem, pygon, pechus 1, 3, 5. Digit, 6. Doronzirpalm, 4. Ell (flemish, english) 1. Ezekiel's reed, 3. Fathom, 2,3. Foot pousnpes 1,5, 7. Furlongrr stadium Gradus, 5. Haml, 1. League, 3. 2, 3, 4, 5. Liehas, 4. Line, G. Mile \nilion miliare 2, <fcc. Nail 1. Orguia, 4. Ortli:)d6n)ii, 4. Pacenpassus dor(m I, 3, J. Palmipes, 5. Passusr: 2,5. Palm foot, 5. Pygme, 4. Pygon, 4. Rod, pace, 5. Pes spithame 1,3, 4. Spithame 2. Sehajnus, 3. Span :z:spau, 4. Stadium furlong 4, 5. Uncia, 5. Yard, 2.

372

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
Synonyms and Equivalents.

Aramah, cubit.

Aulos, furlong.
stadia.

Chebal, schoe-

nus. Cubit (lesser) pygme (greater)pechys. Dactylo-

dochme, doron. Diaulos, 2

Dochme, doron.
Measuring-

Gomed,

span.

Kaneli, Ezekiel's reed.

Miliare,-on: mile. Palaeste, doron. Pathil, schoenus. Pechys, cubit. Perch, rod. Pole, rod. Pollex, uncia. Pous, pes. Tophach, palm. Ulna, cubitus, Zereth, span.
rod, schcen us.

1 N. B. The Digit is sometimes divided into 4 grains ; the Line into 6 points. 2 N. B. J[ Sabbath day's journey is reckoned to be 730 paces 6 ot which made the Parasang,, 48 a Day's journef, 3 i. e. The proportion of the Roman foot to the English ou (divided into 1000 parts) is here exprest, as found on a tiie monument of Cossutius on that of Statilius
:

congius of Vespasian.

Square Measures reducd to Square Feet.

^ E. Yar-M. Pace-rfw. Pble-6j9e",r5. ^ Acrii-otusy.

Robd

uzkouz.

^ G. Plethron
1^

azasf.

Aroura, the half: but

\6-nilf.

^Egyptian

*itdaun.

f R. Juger-fS'OM^y. CW-tisaii. A-fbkel (qu) at fau2.

(mtn)

Abbreviatures expiaind.

Actus minimus, quadratus,

3, Versus, 3.

3. Clima, 3.

Jugerum*

Yard,

1.

MULTIPLICATION TABLE.
o\,on. v-i,us. r-ou,i. P-oi,07t. V-e'\,us. P-ou,i.

Jv-ei,w\ K-ei,w

Jrom^
by \2

\ rF-ad Ai\,fei. L-ad,sy.

K-<)u,pe. N-ou,ei.
S-ad,oirf. P.

\7

^-T

f 2ii\,ko, K-adjOM^yt/, N-ad,aze'i.-'

=49

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

S73

NUMERICAL LETTERS.
'In Nuniprals]
Tj

A less number, afirre, Abates^

I M
3
4'

Eucreases X-az. V-M. l^vz. C-azy. .D ui/z, \-b. (ciD ^) ath ; b*nce (cciod) byth, from-M^by V^l^*^ f\^-h. "^-az p eg-' 113 Lu''' to OUZy^ [CCCI303 J Mth by the Units^ but oftiier by ^7i^, pre/fcr,

fixing the

numbers

\azyth.

5p
6
'

r-b, t-az. p-ag*. r-au. (y) koppft-ny (t'<) J sanpi-ojiy;: ^. ( a a) ^r]/~ 1-6, n-/?. k-iiz. Hag', x-ath. U-azth. n-mulI ^ tiplies others iuscrib'd m't ^.

1 e. g.

IV

4,

IX

:a> 12 pait whereof, 3 Fomid, in current writing, from united, (viz, la) became 500. heiioe i3j 3000, looo 50000. 4 i, e.U nits, tens, hundreds, begin from the Ip,tter.s here specified and are to be reckoned on, in order, from them, e.g. I, ^ 2, y 3, &c. 10, K 20, X 30, &c. f 100, <t 200 &c
:

11,

e.

f?.

VI p

6,

XIV 14, XIX 19, XXIX 29 , ll, f lOl, &c. 101, 2^ 102

9,

XL 40, XC 90.
D

'

5 Instead of n\ being the ineffable name of Jehovah. 6 e. g. n 500, 600, t 700, &c. 7 Before tiie letters expressive of hundreds ; as, ")7"7J^

1534
8

very seldom otherwise

yj^ 1070.

e. g.

JD'^^^i^ 2000, D''3bN.T 3000,

Xy^Vh

30000.

&c.
9

The

racters, sec in

various figures and names of these r.imierical chamy Table of Greek characters.

10

e. g.

(10) inscribed in

(5)

is l^^l

(50 j

PRACTICE.
the sought //o Price', or its factors' ; or by Alicjuot parts^. and by the Aliquots of Fractions of Sought (if any) divide Price^. ?. What'H One '^? the Price 'j?y Commodity 7^; but, if too large, by its factors o,
1.

IfowM

374
1
i.

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
e.

In

qiiesfcioHS,

when we
cost?
2
i.

say,

where the comlitional term is l as, " If one cost so omcb, what will so much
:

Multiply the question-^term, or thing sought, into e. g. Jf one costs 10s. Wliat will 20 cost? &c. Answ. 20 (the thing sought) X 10 (the price):200s.
e.

the price &c.

101.

i. e.

viz. when more commodious. e. g. J[f one cost 12 6, what will 14 ? Answ. The factors of 14 being 2x7; say 2 x 12 6=r25s then 7 X 25s. 175s. i. e. 8l. 15s. N.B. If thcmultipljcator be not resolvable into factors, take those that tome nearest it, and add the price for the odd one, or multiply it by what the factors want of the

multiplicator.

4 Divide it by the JSi'cti pa*** of the llenonunation, in which you would have the answer. e. g. ^one cost 12 6, what will 14? Answ. 10s. being the | of ll. and 2 6 (which makes up the 12 6) the 1 of 10s say 2 in 14rz7l. then, 4 in 7 (the quotient of 14 by 2) 1 and there remains 31.

which, in the next inferior dcnomiiiation is 60, then 4 in 60::^15s-

(viz.

Shillings)

15

14 pds. pks. 10 2 7 2 5 > 1 6 4 M .

i&c.
-

S 12:6 L8:15
5

Sl2:6
1

L8:l,^

As in

the following example

C
84
ll.

qr.

lb

11

at

1
-

sl.n2ls
84 168 42 2S

qr
lb

%\

d 10 10 11
5
1
-

5
4 9

7i

4,

d6k 4i

3q. lllb.
q3. Ibll.sl8:6
aliq.

18
pr.

of fract.
;

of fract.

In all.. 1852:6
: : :

The answer
;

which, being

halv'd f 92 12 6 the price of C 84 gives- I qrS lb 11. 6. i.e. In sums, "wherein the Question-term is 1 ; as when we say, " If so much cost so mucli, WhuVll one cost?" 7 e.g. If 12 cost 10 6, \\hat will 1? Answer, 12 in 10 6 I cannot have: bnt 12 in 10 X 12 (to reduce it to
I I

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
percc)=: 1204-6=126:

375
;

whick multiplid into 4

then
1'2

then 12 ijH26r=10d. and 6 remains (to reduce it to farthings) is 24

:
: I

in 'i4zi2 q.
rt

*'*"^

a The

or, by the fiictoni of 6 10 ii 1^, yi2, 2 X 6, 2x6, or 3 >^ 4 as k) th following forgoiog examp wiU stand 5 example

f in

10
-

\12

Tin

10

Tims
So tke answer
is
it

2 5

3that

in

I t 10 2 found more easily than by dividing by 12

will be,

much more

so

when

number

is

higher.

376

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

producing terms of the other)7Z2l6oo (for the dividend) : And (the rest) loo X I2rz:)200 (for the divisor). Then 2l60o-;-l-2OOr::,iy, the answer ; viz. isl. 2 i. e. It there be no pioduc'd term (as generally happens
in the single rule of three inverse) divide thejacit,
e. g.

&c.

How much
:

cloth,

yard-broad, will line 10 yards of yard-and-quarter broad ? The terms being stated
stuff,

thus

broad

long

say

X 10~50
-7-

4
5

qrs

and 50
10 yard.

4cn2

2-4th

i.e. 12 yards and 2-4 or i.

SUBTRACTION May be more comniodiously performed by Addition;

as in the next article.

TABULATING.
To nmltiply and divide by Addition only,
1.

Twice-double-MuItipIicand
plicator.

2.

facits t every multi> i gives the f. of Tabulate Divisor: Quote next digit-under: Sub-

tract

by Addition.

cator Multipli-caTid I.Tn theMuLTiPLiCATiON sum(j) 98765 >0 768 the facits of the multiplicand twice 197530 (1) doubled, are, as they stand agamst 395060 T hen, To multhe digits 2 and 4. into 8 tiply the mult'plicand 790120 (the last figure of the multiplicator) 592590 double the facit of the digit 4 691355 add into 6 (the 2d figure, &c.) the facit of 4 to that of 2 (n:6) (II) into 7 (the next figure, &c.) 1 75851520-r-768 add together the facits of i, 2, 4 S- 673794 1536 3 2304 (7) placing each of them, as in 1^ 5898 4 the common method of multipli3072 43. 5 cation. Quotient (III) 38 iO

2. In thcDivisiov-sum (II) (I) 98765-=-968 4608 Tabulate the divisor, as in the ex1929 1936 5376 digit 2, Quotient: 102 6144 ample, viz. against the itself; 6912 by adding the divisor to against 3, by adding together the

7 a
9

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

S77

tomls of i and l ; against 4, by adding the total of S to itself, or that of 3 to that of 1 ; and, in like manner, in the rest, by adding together the totals of any two or more Then, (2) digits, equal to the digit whose total is souht. Quote (or, for the quotient, take) the digit against the total next less, or under the first corresponding figures of the diThen, instead of subtracting, according vidend, viz. 7565. to the common method, the facit of the divisor by 9 (viz. 6912) from (7585) the corresponding figures of the dividend (3) Subtract by addition, and say [not, 2 from 5, and there remains 3 j but 2, and (so much as will make 5, viz.) 3 is 5: then 1, and (as much as will make 8, viz.) 7 is 8 ; then 9, and [what will make 15 (since 9 cannot be taken from ,5) viz.] 6 is 15 *, then 1, that I borrow, and 6 is 7 and so on. In tlie DivisiON-sum (III) it appears that All the tabulating necessary to find the quotient, is only to double the divisor : for, the total next less than (the 1st dividend) 987, is 968; therefore quote 1 then (the 2d dividend) 195 has no total less; therefore quote O: then the next total less than (the 3d dividend) 1965, is (the Qd total, viz.) J936; therefore quote 2 And, in like manner, may be tabulated any sum, by steps, as there shall be occasion. (a) N. B. 15, being the last sound the mouth of the operator, does more readily and certainly lemind him of what he borrowd, than in the common way of subtraction j which is no small advantage to this method.
; :

WEIGHTS.
Troy Weight, for Gold,
Silver, Jewels, Grains,

and Liquors.
Monyers
1

redttcd to Blanks.

MON.

Perit.</-Droit-oA:y.

Mtte-a&f^wdy. Grain-

dizozy.

Goldsmiths and Apothecaries Weight reducd to

Grains.
2

(Gold,)

Pen-d6(P6.) Scrup-rfy. DriiiBauz. Onuce-oky. Vb-loisy.

CSr-i)
1.

K K 3

378

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OP

Averdupois Weight, for Baser-metals, Bread, Mercery, Grocery, S^c,

Wool, reducd to Pounds. 5 Clove-oi. Stone-fto. Ti)d-ek.
tauf.
hast-Jisei.

Weigh&etU Sack>

Other Things.

4 Pound-ounce-fl*.

Hun-p6unds-fl6e, dn-are: Tun-ex.

hun-Fother

Hebrew Weights, reducd to Grains.

5 Zur2i-lf. Bek-azeii

Sh^k-Uei

2.

Man-^beizy. TSl-

amnyth.
Greek and
t,r'6k.

Roman

Weights.
Sil,
"1

C Lens, kurcihe. Lept-awreA:. Chalch-<y,7'g. \

^j

Ob

ou-trek.

{Script-akftraf. Dr2L-lf,ouraf.
S\ci\'azn,erp.

{Duell-bol,uroi.

\]nc-Jip,roi.
Proportions.

Sext-oid,aurp. i - Libra"I

9
10
11

Grains English-fti/jre make French-a/,Dutchapou,

Ounce
Pound

has grains Avgr-o/ei, Troy^/oMZ^; as

*.

eiy to oil

Aver-heavier than Troy by 2 ounces, 4 drams, and 2 scruples.

Abbreviatures explaind.
Carat, 2;ChaIchos, 6. Drachma, 7. Bokali, 5. Duella, 8. Hundred-weight. 4. Lepton, 6. Maneh, 5. Obolus, 6". Penny-weight, 2. Pound, 2. Scrip-

tulum, 7.
cilicus, 7.
zaii, 5.

Scruple, 2.
Siliqua, 6.

Sextula, 7. Talent, 5.

Shekel, 5.

Sr-

Uncia,

S.

Zu-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
Sy7ionyms.

^79

Gramma, scruple.
Litra, libra. grain.

Keration, siliqua. Lens, grain.

Sitarion,

Quintal, hundred-weight.

1 N. B. The Grains, us'd in weighing Diamonds, are somewhat lighter than those us'd in gold, &c i6s, according 2 i. e. 218, according to Bp. Cumberland
:

Mersenne. 3 So that the averdupois-ounce is less by -iS grains than ounce; which amounts to near a I2th part of the the troy whole, 4 i. e. 73 ounces-troy make 80 ounces-averdupois.
to father

MARCH,
TTie 1st

Day,

tofind
it

on what happens.

Day of the Week

The

year,

more 2 and even-4th, divide by 7

sat. 1

[given
2

By what remains (fdrO

E. G. Ann.
:

sund. and-so-on) it is

2 -f- 6 (its even 4th) rr 34 -f- 7, friday; accounting Saturday 0, Sunday 1, monday i, &c. Before Christ, reckon Backward ; viz, Sunday I, Saturdays, and so on to monday 0, e.g. Bef.

Dom. 26

remains 6

i.e.

Ch.

2-1-1 (its even 4th) rr 1 o -r- 7, remains 3; i.e. 7 friday. Of the other months to find the 1st day, and consequently what day of the week any day is ; V, Signs,

MONTHS,
The Number of Days in each, with the Days the Nones and Ides.
oj

Ap Sg NO

.Tune-tc

^ :

Mar Ma Jiil Oc,

^.

NO-/>, ij)-al

"

in the

Rest, l..at

380

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

1 February, it is well known, has 28 (iii the leap-years 29) the rest 3i. a i. e. The Nones are on the 7th day, the Ides on the 15 in these 4 months. 3 i. e. The Nones are on the 5th, the Ides on the l3th in
:

the

rest.

MOON.
i/ele

and Epact.

Golden'% remainder of year-more- 1, divided by 19 ^ Epact's the cycle iirto ab : above iz by iz, the re-

mainder 2.

Change and Age.

New's the remainder
epact, less
iz,

of
.

month-from-march and
For Jan. Mar.
0.

Ap.

Se.

No.

auz^ Jun, less en

Feb. Apr. 1 add. Full's 1 5 days from the diaaige Growing, west is enlightend

Waining,
^.

east

Rising and Setting.

At Sun-set,

sets

New,

rises

Full
(in

and, each day,

minutes nb more. Shining (in Waining) Subtract

to Sun-rise,-set.

Enereasing)

Add

Southing and Tides,

Southing's the age into ok, by 60 : from al, the excess talve ^. High-water at London-bridge : two hours and a half
after Southing
^.

17"8 -f1 e.g. 1737 -f 1 the cycle, or Golden number,

19t=

19: remainder 0, for

n9

9 (the cycle) X l l=:99-f-30 (as being above 30) remainder 9 for the epact. .\nsw. 3 e.g. May 20 (1737) What is the moon's age? 3 (the number of the month from march, inclusively) 9 10 18 the day of the new mocn. (the epact) zz 12
1
c. g.
:

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
when
is
it is

381

said to change.

So the moon, on the 20th of may,

2 days old.

4
Full)

i.

e. The Horns are tumd, in Decreasing (from the West-ward ; in Encreasing (from the New) East-

ward. 5 e.g. April 15 (l737) When comes the moon to the meridian ? Answ. The moon's age is 26 : the excess above (al) 15, is U. Then 11 < 48 =z 528 -r- 60 zz 8 h. 48 m. for the Southing. For the readier working, the rule may be thus exprest " Age into 4, hy 5 ; into 12 the remainder gives minutes." e.g. II X 4 rz: 44 -7-5 rz 8 h remainder 2zz48 m. 6 e.g. Apr. 15 (i7'57) the moon Souths at 8 h. 48 m. Then 9 h 48 m.+2 h.30 m,=:il h. 18 m. (N. B.) If the amounts to more than 12; the excess shows the hour.
:

4X1

THE

12 SIGNS

or Portions of the Zodiac, nam'd from Constellations once in them : their Names, Characters,

and corresponding Months ; with a Key to\flnd the Sun's Place on any Dayi ; and on what day of the Week the \st Day of any Month happens
1
'.

Ar

38^
Feb. 10

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
+11 (for
the old style)

11 (for the numeral

la)

3230=zio{ H.
2 Thus : Froia the day on which March 1st happens (V. March)- for any other month, count forward so many days as are signified by the numerals a, f, &c. E. G. Mar. 1st, therefore Apr. 1st [counting (f) 4 on1737, was tuesday wards, tuesday being one] is friday and, consequently, the 8th, 15th, aad, 29th, are fridays; whence may be known the rest. [N. B. Jan. and Feb. arc reckond from Mar. of the preceding year.
:
:

SUN, TKe Time of its rising each Day. Jan-o \ 7 Febr-ei. 6 Mar-by. 5 Apr-oM. M-asi.
f

.. be. 8 N-tt/f. 6 Sept-flrf. 7 Jfil-p. 5 Aug-f t JuN-d, the Longest, t j^ ^.-^-.^the Shortest ei boi.

For
more 2d
^.

the intermediate

Days.

Sought, into 60, by All, gives Min. fewer 1st Vme,

The Time of its Setting, each Month, &c. Setting's the complemeut of rising to 12 ; aiMl, doubled, the day gives *.
Cycle and Dominical Letter.

Cycles the remainder of year-more-9 by ek

ek^. ek cycle's (next

if 0,

fy,

and so on

e'ery 4th lus 2 ^

after these

ads

dE, au G,
till

a-y B, bo I>, <^i F,

de A, dau C> and

Former
after,

is

us'd

Yeh-do, in Leap-years; and,

the

Letter.
tlie

Tojind
1. .
i.
i.

Sun's Place

m the Zodiac,
i$

V. Signi.

e.

e.

On Jan. 4, the Sun rises at 8. On Jan. 41, New style (which

the

LongtU day)

the Sun rises at 3 h. 43'*

KTIflClAL MEMORY.

383

9. L e. The day sought (reckond from the day of the Sun's rising) multiplied into 60, and divided by the number of

All the days between the day of the Sun's rising (specified) in any month, and ibe day of its lising in the next ; gives the Minutes /eu^er (or, to be subtracted from the hour specified) in the 1st line ; more (or, to be added) in the <id line, e.g. Apr. 13, 1 would know when the Sunrises. By 5 Apr-ou I find that the day sought (reckond from the day of the Sun's rising, viz. the 9th) is 4 [for 13]. Then 4 x 60 3: 240 : and 240 -f- 36 (the number of All the days from 5 in Apr. ou to 4 M-as : i. e. from 9, the day the Sun rises at 5 in April ; to 16, the day the Sun rises at 4 in May) ~6' [and 24-36th i. e. by reduction] 40" 5 h, (the day it rises on the 9th of April) rr 4 h. 53', 20", then, therefore the sun rises on that day, viz. Apr. 13. 4 Thus, Dec. 21, New stile, the sun rises at sh. 17 m. tfie complement q/its rising to 12 is 3 h. 43' [far 8 h. 17 m. 1 2 h. z: 3 h. 43 m.]. The sun therefore sets at 3 h. 43 m. and this, doubled, gives the length of the day, viz. 7 h. 26 m. shorter by 9 h. 8'. than the longest ; which (by the same calculation) will be found to be 16 h. 34'. 1746 -f- 28 iz: 62 the number of 5 e. g. 1737 revolutions since Christ) remainder )o, for the number of the cycle, 6 i. e. If there be no remainder, it will be (e/fc) the 26th, or last year of the cycle. 7 i. e. The dominical letter answering to the year of the cycle 28 is.,^; to 27, Bi and so on (backwards) to G, the 7th and last : after which returns A, B, &c. 8 e. g. Every 4th (or Leap year ) has 2 dominical letters: the latter of which is us'd after Keb. 24, the intercalary day ; which is therefore denoted by the same letter as N. B. For the readier finding the dominical the 23d. letter answering to any number of the cycle, I have given thus Caei F) F an(in parenthesis) those of every third swering to 18 (one of the 3ds there specified), 17 (the next 4th, reckoning backwards) will be G A ; 16, B; 15,

9+4:^

+ 9=

C; &c. "
(a) For the readier finding Leap-year, the rule is this Year-sought divide by 4 ; what's left will he, for leap-year,
1
,

0; for
der

past, I. i, or 3." e.g. for 1 St after leap-year.

1737

-i-

:;=:

434= remain-

384

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

Roman Manner
(1)

of Dating,

Kal Non. Id. (2) Pridie. (3) Tert. quart: (nb) The day sought subtiact from
;

One more than Ide-None-days

month's, for th6 Kalends.

Two more than

lh6

I. i. e,) For the days on ^vhich the Kalends, Nones, Ides of any month happen (V. Months; write (e. g.) Kal. Dec. on the lialends of decen?,ber, viz. the Jst day of December. (2) On the day preceding each of them, write (e. g,) Pridie Kal, Dec. i. e. pridie kalendas decembris, on the day before the kalends of derember, viz, the 30th of november. (3) For the days backward, write Tertio, Quarto, ^-c. i, e. on the 3, 4th, &c. II. To find any of the days, e. g, (i) lOth of december. What, in the Roman style ? Answ. JO 14 (One more than the days the ides hufpen cnj 4. i. e. 4to id. dec. Again (2) 4to id. dec. What, in the English style? Answ. (l) 20th of 4 14 IT 10. i. e. the ipth of december november: Say 20 32 {Two more than the numhcr of th* days in the month) 12. i.e. i2mo. kal. dec, (2) 12mo< kal. dec. say 12 32 20.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
EPOCHAS.
Their Commencement in the Julian period.

385

S
.

2"

? ;2

2*

:>

2* 2-

? 8 8 S^ ^

"^

vS * 55.^ ?^ o "^

g_

-.-..,

L L

386

PRINCIPAL SYSTEM OF
To find

I \

The year of the Julian period corresponding to any year in any Mra. Any year of any by the corresponding

Mm

^.
"'''.

( I

year of the Julian period. for Jfter ad d Comm-les s- 1 Jul -for Afore take from Comm. ^R^ After, Comm-less-1 take far Corr but Afore, Corr. from Comim.

1. IVhat year of the Julian Period is the year 1737 (1) before Christ? Answ. (i) 1737 (2) after Christ? (before Christ) 4714 (the year of the cowTnencement of he Christian aera in the Julian period) rr: 2977. (2) 1737 tafter Christ) -{ 4713 (the commencement iess-i) rr 6450, Che year of the Julian period. * 2. JVhat year of the Christian ^ra is the year of the Julian period (1) 2977 ? (2) 6450? Answ. (1) 2977 (the year of the Julian period corresponding to the year of the aera sought) 4714 the commencement of the Christian sera) iz 1737. 4713 (2) 6450 the corresponding year) (the co>nenceraent-less-l) ^: 1737.

* For the

Number of Years from

the Creation to the

Birth of Christ.

The Christian vulgar xra commences in the year of the world 4004, jan 1. [according to The Jews Helvicus, Isaacson, &c. 3.94S] place the creation of the world, Later by 242 years,
The Greek historians, viz. in 37()2, oct. 7. on the authority of the septuagint, Sooner by about 1490, or 1500 years, viz. the ecclesiastical, in
5494
;

the

civil, in

5509.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
FESTIVALS,
*

SS7

Holy-daps, Feasts^

ff.

IMMOVEABLE.
Christ.

Nat-de,rfM \

Circ-]a,&.

HoRood-se,6o.
Ann-m^r,e!.
de,A:.

Epiph-ja,s. Transf-au,*.

Ldmm-au,ft.

Maty.
Pur-feb,.
Ass-au,a/.

Nat-se,^.

Vis-jul,e.

Conc-

Saints.
AJl-ntiv,a. And-nov,J2.

Bap-jun-f/".

Bamaby-jun,c&.
Inn6-

Barth-aug,^.
John-dec,c?o/.

George-apr,ef. Jame9-jul,rfM.

c^nt-dee,rfet.

Luke-o,ak.

Mtak-^pn,du.
Pet-jun,</oM.

MartiPhil

sio\emb.,ad. Mdtt-se,da. Faul-jan-du.

Jaco-raay,fl.

Sim

Jud-o,eA-.

Ste-de,<7fl.

Tho-dec,?a. Valentine-

feb,/.

Royal Family, 1737. CoR-o.Ja. PFoCLAJun.rtft. BoRN,King-o,f^ ; seit. seid. Quecn-mar,fl W^les-)a,fy ; pyp. -cess-n,oA:. AiAOr-o,de : p^n. Ame-nia,?2 : pab.

C!ar-ma,/z: pat.
pnt. Loui-d,/*
:

Will-apr,a/ :
pef.

peb.

Mar-fe,efe

Terms hold weeks al :

Terms, as in 1737days Hilar-eJ. Tr'm-dy, Mich-tau.

jaii-rf/

East ep.
to

BiL from

to feh-6e

MiCH
:

from 6c-do

nov-^i-.

East, w^d-e
mond-fl.

after,begins

ends, 6fter

ascension,

Trin,

frtday ^fter, begins

after.
tot
:

and ends 3d Wednes-

day
ab$.
'

Vac. holds weeks

days Hilar-oi*. East-op. Tr-

Mich-t^;.

388

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
Quarterly.

Lady-raar,e/,
dec,<2/.

Midsura-jun-^. Mich-sep,?OM. ChriState Holidays.

Fire-sep,e.

Poud-no,^, Mi.xt-yA,ty. Restor-may,rfoM.

Revo-feb,flf.

MOVEABLE.
1

Before and after Easter,

Sex-Ms. Shrove-on. Qua;/)?. Lent-o*. Maund-i. Good-Fri-rf.
first

Sept-sf

^.

Vk\-p.

Easter's the
C

Sunday

after

first

Full-moon
Trin-

after March-rfia.

Low-oi

-.

R6ga-^M.
KA-eta.

Asc-in.
Sat,

Whits-on.

lau.

EMBER-rfi/.

We

Fri

after

Qua Whit Ho

Rood

\AiiCi-dee,at.

EASTER TABLE
the

3.

Paschal full-moons for the Golden-numbers, with

Hebdomadal Letters.
8

I
el

M
A A

9
10
11

A A

bei
oi

bi
e

eoi

A
A

bu

M A M

ed by
iz

12 13

M
A

f
eo
be

15 16 17 18 19

a
ea

M
A

g
c

w
-eou
-boi

d
h

14

Use of the Table.

Sum from Hebdom to Domin

add
to the

(of the year sought)

Month's day.

Synonyms, S(C. Wednesday, 1st day of lent. Candlemas, puAsh rification of the virgin M. Crucifixion, good-fiiday. Holy-week, last of lent. Holy-thursday, mauuday. John the Baptist, midsummer. Parasceue, good-

ARTIFICIAL MEMOnV.
friday.

38^1 Pentecost,

Passion-week, last
wliitsontide.

of

lent.

Whitsuntide,

cension

day.

Processioning-day, asQuinquagesima, shrove-sunday.

Slior-(Sliur-)thurs-day, maunday-tliursday. Twelfth-

day, epiphany.

1
rest.

i.

e^

The

nativity of Christ

is

on

dec, 25.

and so of the

^p'ejBtuasresima-sunday is (st) 63 days before ,o2i; sunday is [70 before the octave of easter] (oi) 7 days after Easter, and so of the rest. 3 The Easter-lahle consists of 5 verses, each ending at a period mark ; and may be read thus " One-aid, two-melg, ^hTte-iH^'i e, (four Ac*, hve medd." dtrc. Its Lse is to find Easter-sunday for ever. V. n. 4. 4 e. g. A. D. 1/37, the golden number is 9, the dominical letter B. then, against 9 (in the table) the hebdomadal letter which is F. from thence to the dominical B. are (gab) 3 added to apr. 7 (the day of the month, in the table) gives ap. 10, for easter-sunday. So A. D. 1736, golden-number then from C Qn the table) to C 8, 1st dominical-letter C apr. 2^. (dominie.) 7 -\- apr. 18

2 i. Easter

e.

In the following verses (which contain as raucli,

necessary to charge the memory with I have given the most general divisions of the several parts of the terraqueous beginning, in each, with the most northerly globe parts, and, in descending southwanls, proceed (to the right) from west to east so that children, with a few hints and occasional helps, may be able to find them, by themselves and thereby tix them after which they will easily better in their memory get the verses by heart, and be well prepared to considt the gazetteer, or to go through any system, with pleasure, to good advantage.
1

think, as

is

by way of foundation)
;

L L 3

S90.

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
LAND.
Peninsulas, Isthmus,

Continents,

Isles,

Capes,

Mountains.

CONTINENTS.
Europe, Africa, Asia, and America.

AF

(8)

Bar

(fez

mor a tun

tripo biiic) Bi (dar)

Egy
Zaar (zu)

(alex cair)

Ne (tomb) Nubi
(mon eaf

(dang)

Gui (ma why be

lo cang) Ethi

AM (23)

Green Brit Wa La Can Acad Eng Jers Pen Mary Virg Car Geor Kent. Flor (ang pens) Mex (uad mi ta ju
chi gaut hon ver) 4 Firm (pa ca mar venez and gra po com dari) Per (quite
liira

Am

Rrast
plat)

(sal

chare) seba vin) Chil

( j^)

Para (guai tucu

Mag

7_

AS (5) Tar
ar)

(S sib che' thi)

Tdrk

(tn

na curd sy di pe to
si

Pe (der isp gomb) Ind (mog ag beng vis go pek nank

:

bi ni^l

co) Chi
Ire-

EUR (IS)
Den-C(5p.

^ox-htrg. Swede-s^ocA:.
Yj'london)

(Scot-e<f'w.

dublin.

Hoi amst. Fland-Jrii**. Gt-vien. Vo-tvu. Russ-petre : France-par. ^witz-basil. Hung-presb. Port-lisb. Spa.\n-mad. ItalTu-constant. ro.

AFRICA. Barbary comprehends the kingdoms of Fez, Morocco, Algiers, Tunis, Tripoli, Barca. Bildulgerid: Daara. Egypt: (ch. cit.) Alexandria, Cairo. Zaa-

ra: (ch. prov.) Zuenziga. Negroland: Tombute. Nubia: Dangola. Guinea: Malaguette, Whydaw, Benin, Loango, Congo, Angola. Ethiopia : Monemugi, Monomotapa, CafFraria.

AMERICA.
Greenland, New-Britain, Neiv-Wales, Labrador,

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

SQl

Canada, Acadia or Nova Scotia, Ntw-Englandf New Jersey, Pensylmnia, Maryland, Virginia, CaFlorida (ch. towns) rolina, Georgia, Kentucky. Mexico: (ch. prov.) St. Augustine, Pensacola. Mechuacan, Tabasco, Jucatau, Guadaiajarra, Chiapa, Guatim^la, Honduras, Ver^gua. TerraFirma: Panama, Carthagena, St. Martha, Venezuela, Andalusia, Granada, Popayan, Comana, Peru : Quito, Lima, Los-Charcos. AtnaDarien. Brazil: (ch. cit.) St. Salvador, St. Sebaszonia.
tian,

St.

Vincent.

(ch. prov.) Guaira,

Chili : St. Jago. Paraguay Tucuman, Rio-de-la-PIata. Terra-

Magellanica.

ASIA.

Tartary : (ch. prov.) Astracban, Siberia, ChenTurkey: THrcomania, Natolia, yang, Thibet. Curdistan, Syria including Palestine, Diarbec, EyPersia: (ch. cit.) Derbent, Ispahan, raco-Arabic. Gombroon. India: (ch. prov.) empire of the Great Mogul (Agra, Bengal) Visiapour, Golconda, Bisnagur, Malabar, Pegu, Tonquin, Siam, ;^Cochinchina. China: (ch. cit.) Pekin, Nankin.

EUROPE.
(ch. cit.) Bergen. : Sweden : StockScotland: Edinburgh. Ireland: Dublin. England: London. Denmark : Copenhagen. HolFlanders: Brussels. land: Amsterdam. Germany: Vienna. Poland: Warsaw. Russia: PeFrance: Paris. Switzerland: Basil. tersburgh. Hungary : Presburg. Portugal : Lisbon. Spain Madrid. Italy : Rome. Turkey: Constantinople.

Norway

holm.

CAPES

Capes, lsla7ids, Penitisulas, and Mountains. La Li St-e/j^. Fi W-spain. Bla Ve Good-ajn. C6m-malal'. Hoin-fueg.
:

.392

PEINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

ISLES: 1^-den. Kz-pb. SaSicCuCy-med. Ma CaHe-gui. Madefk. b(/rb. Maid Ceyl Sum Bo Su Jav Phi Mo Ladr-m</. Newfla.

So-soufh-seas.

Bei-Jlo.

BaCii Jam Hi Ric, Carib(antne

Fue^-mao;.

mo

barb)

mex.

PEN

Mo-gre. Vie-tart, Afri. C^mb. MalacMe\-amer-mrrth. MOUNT: CheVi-scof. Vyr-spain. Alps-^f. Caucatdrt, Ap-dlavh- n-mn.
:

Jii-de.

ind.

CAPES.
Land's-eml,
Finisterre,

Lizard,

Start-point (of)

England.
Horn,

St. Vincent's,

Spain.

Blanco, Verd,

Good-Hope, Africa,
Fuego.

Comorin, Malabar.
ISLES.

Azores (west of) PorCandia, Cyprus (in tbe) Mediterranean. Madeiras, Canaries (against) BarMadagascar, EthioSt. Helena, Gvinea. bary. Maldives, Ceylon, Sumatra, Borneo, Sunda, pia. Java, Phillippines, Moluccas, Ladrones, EastZealand
(in)

Denmark.
Sicily,

tugal.

Sardinia,

Indies.
(in the)

Newfoundland, Labrador.
South-Seas.

Society-Isles

Bermudas

(against)"^

Florida.

Bahamas, Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola, Porto-Rico

Caribbces (Antigua, Nevis, Montserrat, Barbadoes, Mexico. Fuego, Terra-Magellanica.

PENINSULAS.
Jutland
Tartar}/.
(in)

Denmark.

Morea, Greece.

Canibaya, Malacca, Indies. Mexico, Korth^America.

Africa.

Precop. East-

MOUNTAINS.
Cheviot (between) Scotland and England. PyAlps, Italy and France. renees, Spain and France. Caucasus (in) Tartan/. "Apalachian, Norlh-Ame-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

393

WATER.
Oceans, Seas, Gulphs, Straits, Rivers,

and Lakes.

OCEANS
SEAS:

Hyp.

del Zur.

Ethi. East. Alt-West. Paci-SouthIce.

hdde-Suiede. Chan-eng.Medeu,afr. Black

Fistvtde. Ven-itdl. Red-arab. Pers.
Ilel-6/a.

eu,as. Casp-tartar.

GULFS: ho

Ben^. Baff Hu-north-am. STRAITS: Sound-bait. Gi-med.

Ba-rerf.

Sun-in. Hiid-bu. Da-baff. Mag. LAKES : Lad O-russ. Ne Lo scot. haha-pers. Bo-ne. Var-Jirm.

Ge Lu-switz,
Nil-wie

RIV.

\tS-ca.

Dan-bla. Rhiger.

Rh Eb

T.

'Eu-pers. Ga-6e. 'Mis-mex.

OCEANS.
Ethiopian. Eastern, Atlantic or western. Pacific or south, or mare del Zur. Icy near the South Pole.

Hyperborean or northern.

SEAS.
Channel, south east of England. Mediterranean, between Europe and Africa and part of Asia. Black sea, between part of Europe and Asia. Caspian, in Great Tartar^.
Baltic, east of

Denmark and Sweden.

GULFS.
Bothnia and of Finland, in Sweden. Of Venice, east of talj/. Red-sea, between Arabia and Bay of Bengal in Asia. Africa. Persian Gulf. Batfin's and Hudson's Bays in North America.

Of

STRAITS.
Gibraltar, MediterraBaltic. nean, Hellespont, Black-sea. Babehnandel, RedSunda, Indian-ocean. sea. Hudson's, Button's(of the)

Sound

hay. Davis's, Amei'ica,

Bajffin'a-baj/.

Magellan,

South

394

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

LAKES. Ladoga and Onega, western part of Russia. Loch-Ness and Lomond (in) Scotland. Lakes of Geneva and Lucern, Switzerland. Babacombar,
Persia.

Bornou,

Negroland.

Parime,

Terra

Firma.

RIVERS.
into the) Caspian-sea. Danube* Rhine, German-ocean. Rhone, Ebro Nile, Mediterranean. Tigris, Euphrates, Persiangulf. Ganges, bay of Bengal. Missisippi, bay of Mexico.
(falls

Volga

Black-sea.

more particular Account

of the several coimtries of Europe may be exhibited, so as to give a precise idea of the situation of each sub-division, after the manner of the following specimen in which (beside what was proposed in general, note 1.) such as are contiguous Southward, are joind ; as in weLa- such as are conti:

guous Westward, are hyphend ; as

in

Che-De- &c.

ENGLAND.
Its

Forty Counties.
;

Nor cum-dur

weLa-york
:

che-de-not-linc

shrop"
niourgl-

norf Her-wo-wa-northa
sta-le-rut

Bed-hunt-camb-suff
:

6xfo-buck-hert-ess.

Som-wilt-berk-middlesex
surrey-kentSuss.

com~dev-dors-hdmp-

FIRST MERIDIANS. On either Side cf Teneriffe.

(East)

London-Gs (West)
Bras-6oM.

Fer-rf.

Jag-s.

Nicol-o^.

Coxyo-boi.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
Abbreviatures.
Ferro.
St. Jago. St.

3^5

Nicholas, coast of Brasil.

first

The Dutch

placed the

Meridian

at Teneriffe

th

two degrees wt of Teneriffe: others variously, as in the memorial verse. In most of the French maps and those copied from them two degrees must be allow d on such as ate calculated on the Dutch plan to make them correspond ; as for example Hamburgh is there said to be lone. 29 deg. 90 m. E. consequently in the French maps it will be found in 31 deg. 20 ra. and in similar manner Many modern geographers usually now are all the rest. calculate the first Meridian from the capital city of the state the English reckon from the Royal in which each resides Observatory at Greenwich near London ; the North Americans from Philadelphia, situated 75 deg. 8 m. W. from London ; and several of the French from Paris 2 deg. 20 m. E. of London.
French, since 1634,
at Ferro,

BIBLE.
The several Books of
if,

with the Time of their

writing.

OLD TESTAMENT.
Its

39 Books.
:

Elih-jSb ju-ki
;

a/>/_y
:

^ Mo-pent

bog. Josh: boli/.Sdiuath.

baz)/.

Dav:

bi/li/.

Sal-pro-can-ecc

M6rd-e

toz.

E'z-chr: ety.

Neh:

eg.

Prophets.

Jon:

Jo: eig. Am: p&uy. Nail puk.

kse.
: ;

peip.

Hose;

oieil.

Is:

Mic

put. Jer: sta. Zeph

Oh-AAx-lkoi.

dutz.

Haba

syn.'EjZi',

loul.

Daniel: uU.
touoi.

Hag: Uz,

Zechari: udx. Malachi

396

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF

NEW TESTAMENT.
Its

27 Books.
?e-!o.

Matt/fl.2 MdLX-ot. Thes-let. R6ma-/oi. Luke-sa.

Phil Col Eph^s Phile Janie-*e.
Tit-SM.

Gal

Cor

Heb Act-si. Timothy

John-rnA.-

Tim

Peter-aup.
'

Jude-pa. Revel-ow*.

dot in iau.

1 i. e. Elih\i is most probably supposed to be the author of the book of job, about 17 30 years before the birth of Christ. So, Moses, the author of the pitateuch, flourished in the year before Christ 1400. And so of the rest N. B Ezra, is thought by the Jewish doctors to have writ the chronicles [the 36th chapter of Genesis, the last of Joshua and Jeremiah ; and to have revised and settled the cannon of the old testament.] 2 i. e. Mntlhew writ his gospel about the year of our Lord 41. And so of the rest. 3 i. c. 27 books (from the year 41 to 97) in 36 years.

ENGLAND
Its

Kings, since the Conquest, with the Commencement of their Reigns.

Ruf-koi.

Will Conq-sau,^

Hen

ist-ag. Steph-6i7.

He
Rich
1

sec-bt(f.

ist-Je/n.

JoHN-fln. HfiNSd-rfcs.

Edward
Uh-toun,
7th-/7,

st-doid.

Ed

2<i-t> p,

3dtep.

Ri

sec-ipp.

Hen

5th Jut. 6th fed. Fd ^thfaub, 5th, RY 3d feU.

He

Sthlyn.

Ed

6t\\-l6p.

M AB.Y -lat. Els luk, Jame

Ist-sj/t, Cii

ist Sf^.

Car

2d 6wi. jAMEse-e^/. pyd. Geopaf, pep.

Will MA-wm. Ann-

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
WiHiam

397

the coTt^ueror began his reign (accounting I i. e. the year to begin January i) A. D. 1066 N. B. 1000 is

omitted throughout this

list.

MONARCHIES.
The grand or universal
ones, their Rise, Fall,

and Continuance.

ASS

Nrn(A.M><5'/>dA-. Sar-frf^

(BAB-j/an,

Pers-

t/ruboi,

Grec

iV/-T-

Cass-ma-gre.
pal-sy.

BOM

Lys thrac-he-bos. Ptolem a6-lib-aSeleue as.) iu\-ini/'d, }ov-otat -f- East, West : taken

C6n-loze,
oni.

Rom-otun

A'Iar(A.D)-o62, Atti-/.?. Gkns/ul. Od-ops. Tlieod-

Tot-lop.

Assyrian monarchy begun in Ninus (A. M.) i. e. The 1748, and ended with As^araddinu^ in 3^35; being swallowd up by the BABylonian, which ended i,with Nabonadius) in 3419, (when Cyrus reignd over all Asia) so the kins^dom was translated to the PEBsians: from whom (by the conquest of Darius Codomannus) in 3617, Alexander translated
it

after whose death, in 3(i-25, it was (-j-) to the GnEcians divided (alter the confusion of a few years) among four of Cassdinder had wacedon and ^rfce his followers. Lysimachus had thrace, with those parts of Asia that border on Ptolemy had irgypt, libya, the /lellespont and the /'Oiphorus arabia, palciUne, and ctrloiyf'a: Se/ei/nis, all the rest of
:
:

as\a.

RoMan monarchy begun %vith Ju.l'i\js Cae3902; and ended in Jovian in 4313: after whose death it was (-f-) divided into the Eastern, and IVestcxn emthe former of which ended by the taking of C'anpires stantinoplc (under Constantine I'alseologus) in 5402 ; the
The
sar,

in

by the taking of Romt (under Honorius) in 43f>9; A. D. 410; hy Alanc, king of the Goths: after whom it was overrun and ravagd by Alli\d, king of the Huns, in 4jl ; by Gen^eric, the Vandal, in 455; by Of/oacer, king of the Heruli, in 476; by Theudouc, king ot the Ostrogoths, ia 493; by Talilas, the Ostrogoth, in 547.
latter

M M

398

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
WAR.
Bodies of Soldiers,

R] Decbi/.
E]

Cen-az7/.

Man-eg. Turm-ig". Cohor-dug,

B-dlgfCig.

hegi-auth. Ph-eith.

Comp

uz,ag. Si[\idid-ag,eg. ath,hag. V\t^-ig,auth.

Brigad-

L,eg-iow consisted of (at a medium) 6000 though the nuniber was different, at different times, from 3o to 6666. And, in proportion, the other bodies, viz. Deairia, 10. Centuria, lOO. Manipulus, 200. Turma^ 300. Cohors, 600. Phalanx, 8000. 2. An English Regiment from 300 to 1000 men.
1.

The Roman

men

is.

And,

propor ion, the other bodies, viz. Company, 5oSquadron, 100-200. Battalion, 500-800. Brigade^ 100. 1000-1100.
in

Natural

^fjtlo^ojifjp*

PHYSICS.
TTie Value,

ANNUITIES. for several Ages of

'.z-hf,pei.

Life.

K-hz,dei

^ Az-b',fo.
\]\-k,nb.

lzb^,pe. Oz-uz,iip.
'Aul-du,lo. Oizl,id.

0\-n,oub.
\]z-ou,b.

Auz

oi,^y.

1. i. e- for (A) 1 year of age, the value of an annuity is ^a,det) lo,'28 years purcliase. And so of the rest. V. Haliey, ap. Lowthorp, vol 3. p. 669.

ARKS.

Of Noah, and

of the Covenant Testimony, their Dimensions in Cubits.

(Gov) L-e,re. V>v-A,re. Da, re. (Noah) L-ig. Br-wx. D-Jz ; for Biids-f-, Qn-ag.

ARTII^ICIAL

MEMORY.

399

i. e. The Ark of the Covenant was a sort of Chest in of Noah was a length, fireadth. Depth, 2|: 1^: l^. sufficient to hold (with food, sort of Ship, 300 50 30 &c.) all kinds of Birds (viz.) JOo Quadrupeds, lOO. V. Gen. Exod. 25. 10. 6. 15.
:
:

ATMOSPHERE.
Its He'f^ht,

Weight, Elasticity,

SfC.

Atmosphere (HiGU rai(es-o2 ') on a foot-square presses emuz pounds On 13 feet (for a man) tuns-a/: when least, tun fl,re
less 2

Weighing as
azth eig
^.

to (water) eig
*

to mercury)

C6mprest, on

Earth, to atpaun

by Art,

(JO

times

more, to kesboz.

1 As appears by a calculation, made by M. de la Hire, from the crepuscula. 2 As appears by calculations made from the Torricellian V. Jurin, ap Varen. 1. 6. ly. 7. experiments. 3 i. e. The weight of air compard to that of water, is as 1 V. Hauksbee's exper. to 800, &c. 4 i. e. The common air we breathe, near the surface of the earth, is comprest, by the bare weight of the incumbent atmosphere, into a 13769th part of the space it would take-up, were it at liberty. V. Boyle, ap. Wallis. hydrost. 13 Philos.

trans, n. 181.

DIVISIBILITY.

Of Matter,
By

actually great.

great Effluvia, in along time, bodies I6se but a small weight ^ gives Cnndle, an inch, convdxted to Light

parts a nonillion.

400

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS O?

1 As is evident in perfumes, &c. 2 At which rate there must fly out of it, as it burns, in the second of a minute, 418,660,0OO,000,0OO,000,0OO,OOO,

000,000,000,000,000,000,000 particles vastly more than a looo times a looo millions the number of sands the whele earth can contain; reckoning lo inches to 1 foot, and that 100 sands are equal to i inch. V. Nieuwent. rel. phil. vol. S.
:

p. 858.

DUCTILITY.
Microscopical

Of Bodies, Spiders ^

veHy great*
spin at-a-time, at least,

threads-aw^A.

Glass may be drawn ^ as a web, and knit to the 4th 6f a line space \ Gold, on Silver-wire, is drawn * to the p^rt of an
iiK'h-bom,

i.

e.

**

Such are not visible but b7 a microscope. As fine as a spider's web :" but not long enough

to

he

woven.
3 i. e. So, that the space in the middle of the knot shall net exceed one 4th of a line, or one 48th of an inch.

4 " To the 14-niillionth part of an inch, in thinness :" and yet is so perfect a cover to the silver, that there is not an. aperture to admit alcohol of wine (the subtilest fluid in n**
ture) nor even light
itself.

Reaumur.

EVAPORATION
Fram Water,
FooT-squSre, by h6at, wine pint ^.
So,
in
its

Quantity.

a day, evaporates h^lf of a

third

Medi tuns-udky'm ^ ; near a brought by tlie rivers ^.

more

than's

\ According to experiments made by Dr. Halley, ap. Miscell. curios, vol. 1. To which it may be added, that the

winds do sometimes carry-ofFmore than

rises

by

heat.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

401

2 Estimating the il/editerranean at 40 degrees long, and 4 broad. 3 V. Rivers, and, consequently, from the whole watery surface abundantly enough to furnish all the dews, rains, springs, rivers. Sec. that are convey'd into the ocean.

MAN.
JLife,

Marriage, Parts, Perspiration.

LirE, out of dg, but

Es,
He
bit

at

Aii, so

at Asji/
at

at
i

at /*,

at Os, dz

bau at Us,au

&

Aus,

at Ois, a.

Mark,

a in uzf-: bir-/^ (to bur as a,au to a *) males-6o to fern at ^. Blood BoNEs-e/. MuscLEs-/f7i. TEETU-/rf
Beats,
.52

to aauy ^. an hour, times-o^/t ; and an ounce, at a time, is discharged feet in a minute; as sept-og- to 1 \n th6 exas
iu
"^

ag

tremes

^.

Perspire through pores ( belth-\\\\txtoi by one grain of sand may be coverd)

5 parts of 8 (a day's food) from hours to the 12th, 3'^
1

5, after

meals,

i. e. Of the children born, out of loo, there are living, 6 years of age, but 64. And so of the rest. V. Halley, ap. Lowthorp. vol. 3. p. 699. N. B. On observations of this nature, drawn from the bills of mortality, is computed the value of annuities for different ages of life. V. Annuities. King. 2 1. e. 1 in 104 Marry. 3. i. e. Marriages, one with another, do each produce 4

at

births.

Derham.
e.

Births to Burials arc as 1, 6 to 1. Derham. Males, born, to Females, are as 14 to 13. Graunt. i.e. In a body, weighing 1 69 pound, loo thereof are Blood; understanding thereby not only the fluid containd in the veins and arteries ; but also that in the lymphae-ducts, nerves, and the other vessels, secreted from it, and returnd

4 5 6

i.e.
i.

into

it,

Keil.

MM

408

PRINCIPAL SYSTIWS OP

7 i. c. 250 pounds in an hour , at the rate of the whole mass, in 24 minutes. s i. e. The blood is driven out of the heart into the great artery with a velocity, which would carry it 52 feet in a minute a velocity to that of its motion in the remotest branches, as loo septillions [7th period] to 1. Within 5 hours after eating, there is perspird about 9 1 pound; from the I2th to the 1 6th scarce half-a-oound. Sane:

tori us.

RIVERS.
The Quantity of their Waters.

At

Kirngston-bridge,

Thames
;

(yards Broad-ae-,
niest nieper

Dee}W) 2 mile an hour Runs ^ tuns-em igih in a day rh e ti po ni do akdoim 2.

1. In a day, 48 miles, 84,480 yards; which multiplied by (3 times 100, the profile of water at the bridge, viz.) 906 yards, gives 25,344,000 cubic yards of water, i. e.

20,300,090 tuns. 2 The most considerable rivers that fall into the MeditbrFANEAH sea, are the Rhone, Ebro, Tiler, Po, Danube, Nile, Don,Niester, Nieper, Each of these is supposed to carry-down 10 times as much water as the Thames (not that any of
; but so to allow for the other lesser rivers the water of the Thames that sea). tciftg computed, as above, at about 20,300,000 tuns ; the 3 rivers aforesaid will amount, each, to 209,000,000 ; in B,

Owto
that

is

so great
into

fell

Now

i,827,oo,ooot'ns.

V. Evapofation.

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.

405
at

Solomon Lowe
Hammersmith, and
works.

was a schoolmaster
of
the

author

following

I.

The

Protestant Family Piece, or, a

8.

pictme of Popery,

17 16.

II.

KOINA

KAINHS

an appendix to Grammar, containand

ing Rhetoric

Prosody, with directions for

Parsing, Writing ele*

Composing, Construing,
gantly,

and gaining a Copia of Thoughts and

Words.

To

which are added, very

short, plain,

and comprehensive rudiments of the French and

Greek Tongues, 8^ 1719.-111.

of a Latin Grammar,
8".

Specimen

1722.

IV. A Gramappendix and

8".

mar of
notes,

the Latin Tongue, with

8.

1724.

V.

Italian

Rudiments,

1728.VI. Latin Rudiments, 8. 1729. VII. The Occasional Critique; containing, (1.) On the Dean of Rochester's Latin Grammar. (2.)

On
by

Dr. Busby's Latin Grammar, as improved

(3.)

his successors.

On Education,
of

etc. (4.)

A
8.
8".

Proposal of a new scheme

Grammar,
reformed,
8.

1736*

VIII. English

Grammar

1737. IX.

Rhetoric delineated,
publications

1737.
not

Of

the following

we have

been enabled to ascertain the

dates.
in

I.

An easy
Latin

method of

initiating

Children

the

These tracts were published separately under

reprinted with the
4, the
last,

dif-

ferent titles and afterwards

title

of

the Occasional

Critique.
etc.

No.

was

entitled

^\}Z

Mi^tsmt,

and publislied

in 1732.

404
Tongue,

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF
8.

II.

A New

System of English

Examples

to Latin Syntax, 8.

III.

Voca-

bulary Latin and English.

riles,

IV.

Sententia pueEnglish

Latin and English.

ples to Latin Syntax.

and Supplement,

VI. A VII. Greek

V.

ExamConstruing Book
Characters and

Abbreviations, in a Table.

QQ.

Dan.
ticus,

Geo.

3IorhoJii

Polyhistor

Literarius Philosophicus et Prac'

cum

accessionihus virorum

clarissimorum

Joh.

Frickii

et

Joh.

Molleri Flenshurg.

[Edit. Quart.]

2
In
tions,
tis.

t07n. 4.

Luhecce, 1747.
two ingenious
disserta-

this
1.
'2.

work

there are

De Arte Liil/iana similibusque invenD^ Memoria subsidiis. To these w

some
obligations
;

confess

although

Morhof,

from unavoidable circumstances, was not consulted

this
till

most of the collections were made

for

account of the systems of Artificial

Meat

mory.

Daniel George Morhof,

Wismar,
and
in the

was born

Dutchy of Mecklenburgh,
and

in the

year 1639.
visited

He

studied at Stettin and Rostock,

;

Holland and Oxford

in

lG65,

was

invited by the

Duke

of Holstein to

become

Professor of Poetry, Eloquence, and History,

and Librarian

in

the University of Kiel,

ARTIFICIAL MEMORY.
died in I69I.
histor, a

405
the Poly-

His principal work

is

complete storehouse of miscellaDeous

literature.

67. Cartas Eruditas

CuriosaSy

por D.

Fr,

B.

J. Feyjdo, 4. 5 torn.

Ma-

drid, 1781.
In
this

work*

there

is

a dissertation

on reme-

dies for the

memory, and one on

the Art of

Me-

mory, in which several books on the subject are

named.

In another essay, the principles of the

particular places
is

art are stated to consist in

and
va*"

images, and a sphere or globe

rious compartments.
essay,

divided into

In the tenth section of this

of remembering
in the

Feyjoo

speaks

certain

words by the means of images, and,

poetry, by

eleventh
to

section, illustrates the application of the art

two examples taken from a

treatise

on

Artificial

Memory, by Count de Nolegar,

this work.-l*

which may be seen in another part of

Benedict Jerom Feyjoo

example
to correct

was a Spanish
no-

Benedictine, and attempted by his writings and

and reform the

vitiated

tions of his

countrymen.

His Theatro CriticOj

in

in
4**.

vols,

and the Cartas Eruditas,

5 vols.

are

works of considerable merit.

Feyjoo

censures, with great freedom and spirit, the igno-

Tom.

I.

pp. 200228.

See

p. 165.

4C6

PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS, ETC.

clergy, and ex-

ranee aud licentiousness of the poses the

racles,
futility

of pilgrimages, pretended miexorcisms.

to

and

superistitious

Tbis conand

duct rendered him obnoxious

penalties of the church, and
difficulty,

the pains

Feyjoo was, with

saved from the horrors of the Inqui-

sition.

He

died in 1765.

We have

not been enabled to procure the date

;

of the following books

the

titles,

therefore,

could not be inserted in regular order.

1.

Anacardina a

la

Arte de Memoria.

2.

Joh. Aguilera de Arte Memories.

3.

Epiphaniide Muirans, Ars Memoria ad-

mirabilis,

omnium nescientium

excedens captum.

4. Franc. Conti de Arte Memoria,

5. 6.

Hieronj/mus Megiserus de Arte Memoria.

Aharo

Ferreija de Vera, Trattaio de JVJc-

moria

artijiciosa.

INSTANCES
OF THE

EXTRAORDINARY POWERS
OF

Statural iMemorp*
CHROKOLOGICALLV ARRANGED.

B.C.

115 TIoRTENSius,

the

celebrated

Roman
was able

Orator, and contemporary of Cicero, was aided

by uncomujon powers of memory.

to

He

repeat a whole

oration in the words he

it,

had
it

previously conceived

without committing
all

to

writing

and

to

go through

the arguments of

an opponent

in their

proper order.

As

a proof

of the degree
it is

in

which he possessed
once attended
a

this faculty,

said that he

whole day
it,

at a

public sale, and at the end

regular order, the
articles

of

recited, iu

names of

all

the buyers, the

sold,

and their prices, with perfect ex-

actness.

408
65. A.
has done

INSTANCES OF
D. Seneca. "Age (says Seneca) me many injuries, and deprived me of
I

many things
of

once had

it

hath dulled the sight

my eyes, blunted the sense of my hearing, and slackened my nerves. Amongst the rest 1 have
mentioned before
the
is

the

memory,
of
all

a thing that

is

most tender and

is first

frail

parts of the soul,

and which

sensible to the assaults

of age
as not

that heretofore this did so flourish in

me,

only served

me

for use, but

;

might even pass for

a miracle I cannot deny

for I could repeat

two

thousand names in the same order as they were

spoken, and
to

when

as

many
the

as

were scholars

my

master,
to

brought each of them several

that

verses

him, so
to

number of them

amounted

at the last, I
first
:

more than two hundred, beginning could recite them orderly unto the

nor was

my memory

only apt to
it,

receive

such things as I would commit to

also a faithful preserver of all that I
it

but was

had entrusted

with."

980. A.

D. AvicENNA,

or Ebn-Sina, an
at

Arabian philosopher and physician, was born

and a wonderful memory.

Arsena, near Bocchara, and possessed a ready

genius,

At

the age

of ten he made great progress in the languages,

and could repeat the Koran by heart.

He

read

over the books of Aristotle's Metaphysics forty

times
;

and by

this

means so

fixed

them

in his

NATURAL MEMORY.
memory,
cihty.

409
fa-

that

he could repeat them with

1484. A. D.

Joseph Scaliger. The works

his Iliads

of Homer, (says Waiiley) are

8eys, the

and Odys-

former consist of twenty- four books, and

so also the latter.

His

Iliads

have

in

it

thirty-one

thousand six hundred and seventy verses, and I

suppose his Odysseys have no

said of

less

and yet

it is

Joseph Scaliger,

that in one-and-twenty

days he committed

1522. A. D.

alt Homer to his memory. Bishop Jewel had naturally

a very strong meiwory, which he greatly improved

by

art

so that he could readily repeat any thing

it.

that

he had written after once reading

chiefly

His

own sermons w ere

extempore from heads

which he had penned down, and on which he

used to meditate while the bell was ringing to

summon
to
his

the congregation to church.

He is

said

to have taught his

method of
in the

artificial

memory

old tutor,

Dr. Parkhnrst, while they

were
with

at

Zurich

who

space of 28 days,

only one hour's application on each day,

all

learned

the

28 chapters of

St.

Matthew's

Gospel so

perfectly, that he could readily repeat

the whole, or any particular verse, knowing at

the

same time what went before, or what

after,

fol-

lowed
him.

any verse that was mentioned to

So

firm was the

memory N N

of Bishop Jewel

410

INSTANCES OF
if

that he used to say,

he were to deliver a prea

meditated speech

before
all

thousand

auditors,

shouting or fighting

the while, they would not

put him out.

cester,

John Hooper, Bishop of Glouburnt in the

try

who was
to
Irish

reign of

Queen
a

Mary, once, Welsh and

little

him,

wrote about forty

words.

Mr. Jewel going

while aside and recollecting them in his

memory, and reading them twice or thrice over, said them by heart, backward and forward, exactly in the

same order

in

which they were

set

down.
by ten

And,
lines

at another time,

he did the same

of Erasmus* paraphrase in English;

the words of which being read sometimes confusedly without order,

and sometimes

in

order

by the Lord Keeper Bacon, Mr. Jewel thinking

'

awhile on them, presently repeated them again.

1547- A. D.

Lipsius, an
born
at Isch,

eminent philoso-

pher and

critic,

near Brussels, was

his

remarkable for the extent of

memory.

He

remembered

th whole history of Tacitus, and

recite

pledged himself to
passage that might

be required.

word for wordy any So confident

fixed in his

was he of having
dagger, and to

this

book

memory,
if

that he allowed a person to stand by

him with a
he did

pUmge

it

into his

body

not repeat,

faitlifully,

the words of the author.

ill

1585. A. D.

MuRET

his Varite

Lectiones

has the following anecdote.

In Padua, near

NATURAL MEMORY.
and sent thither to study the
law

411

unto me, dwelt a young man of Corsica, of good

birth,
civil
;

in

the study of which he had spent

that diligence

some

years with

and attention, that there was

now

raised

amongst us a great opinion of

his learning.

He came almost every day to my house, and there

went a report,
that

he attained to an

art

of me-

mory, by assistance of which he was able to

perform that which another could not believe

unless he beheld
it ;

when

heard

this,

had a
as

desire to behold these wonderful things,

one

not very credulous of such matters as

hearsay.
I therefore desired

come by
give

him

to

me

some such kind of

think
fit.

instance of his art as he should

He

told

me

he would do
then,"

it

when I
;

pleased.

" Immediately,
refused not,
the next
all

said I

and

when he
went

we who were

present
dictate
signi-

into

room; there did I

Latin, Greek, and barbarous names,

ficant, others

some

not

so many, and so different,

having not the least dependance one upon the

other, that
I

was weary with

dictating,

and the
the rest
issue.

boy with writing what

with
hearing,

I dictated,

and
of

all

and

expectation

the

When we

were thus diversely wearied, he alone

called for more.

But

I myself said
:

it

was

fit

to

observe some measure

and that I should be

abundantly

satisfied if
1

he could but recite

me
be

the
set

one half of those

had caused already

to

412
down.

INSTANCES OF

He

fixing

his

e^es

upon the ground

(with great expectation on our part,) after a short

pause oegaii to speak.

In brief, to our amaze-

ment, he repeated

ali

we had
set
:

written in the very

same order they were

the

down, without scarce

and then beginning
backwards to the
at

a stop or any hesitation

last,

recited

them

all

first
first,

then so as that he would

third, fifth,

name

only the
;

and

in that order repeat all

and inleast

deed

in

what order we pleased, without the

Afterwards,

error.

when

was more

familiar

with him (having often tried him, and yet never

found him speaking otherwise than the truth,) he

told

me

once, and certainly he was no boaster,^

repeat in that manner thirty-six

that he could

thousand names, and which was yet the most

strange,

things stuck
little

in his

memory,

that

he

would

say, with

trouble, he could repeat

after.

any thing he had entrusted within a yar

For my own part, I made trial of him after many days, and found he said true. He taught
Franciscus Molinus, a young patrician of Venice^

and who had but a weak memory,

pass of but seven days, wherein

in the

com-

he had learned

of him to repeat

five

hundred names with ease,

and in what order he pleased.

1649. A. D.
first

Famianus Stbada,

in his

book of academical

prolttsions, speaking

of

Frauciscus Suarez, says, J* he hath so

strong

NATURAL MEMORY.
copious and various of the

413

a memory, that he hath St. Augustine (the most

fathers)

ready by

heart, allegin<; every where, as occasion presents

itself,

fully
is

and

failhfully

his
;

sentences, and,
nay, if he

which

very strange, his words

be
in

demanded any thing touching any passage

most enough
to

any of his volumes (which of themselves are altill

a library,) I myself have seen

his finger

him

instantly

showing and pointing with

to the place and page in

that matter.

which he disputed of

1661. A. D.

Dr.

Thomas Fuller,

the

author of the Worthies of England, had so great

a memory, (says Wanley) that he could name in

order
all

the signs

on both

sides the
at

way from the

Ave-Maria-

beginning of Pater-noster-Row

Lane, to the bottom of Cheapside to Stocks-

Market*

And

that

he could dictate to

five

several writers at the

different subjects.
visit to a

same

time,

un

as

many

This gentleman

making a
sitting at

committee of sequestrators
in

Waltham

Essex, they soon

fell

into a dis-

course and commendation of his great

memory

The

site

of Stock-Market

is

now

occiipiod by the

Mansion-House, and

many
it is

other adjacent buiUiings.

said, could

The

celebrated Heidegger

name

all

the signs

from the Exchange

to St. James's,

on one side the street,

after walking once to obsei-\'e them.

N N

.S

414
to which

INSTANCES OF
Mr.
Fuller replied, " 'Tis true, gen-

tlemen, that fame has given

me

the report of a
give you

memorist, and

if
it."

you please

I will

an

experiment of
tion,

They

all

accepted the
it

mo-

and

told

him they sh uuld look upon

aside

as an

obligation, laid

the business before them,

and prayed him to begin.

" Gentlemen,

(says

he) I will give you an instance of my good

mory
lier

in

that
fit

particular.

meYour worships have

poor but cava-

thought

to sequester an honest

parson,

my

neighbour, from his living, and

to prison
;

committed him

he has a great charge

indif-

of children, and his circumstances are but

ferent, if

you please

to release

him out of
'Tis

prison,

and restore him to

his living, I will never forget

the kindness while I live."

said the jest

had such an influence upon the committee, that

they immediately released and restored the poor

clergyman.
1676. A. D.
ventry, at the

^HuMPHRY
age

Burton,

of

Come-

of eighty-three, could (says

his

Wanley) by the strength and firmness of

mory, give the sum of any chapter
Testament, and of the chapters

in the

New
books

in divers

of the Old Testament, in a Latin distich, with

as

much

readiness,

and as

little

hesitation, as if

he had

directly read

them out of a book.

put him to the
trial
;

my-

self have frequently

wherein,

though

have observed no order, but named

NATURAL MEMORY.
wards the end, then again returned
dle,
lie

416

here a chapter at the beginning, then one toto the

mid-

and so on purpose prevented any assistance

might have from an orderly succession and

;

dependance

yet could I

no sooner name the

chapter and book whereof I desired the account,

but he was ready with

liis

distich.

1684. A.

D. Dr. Wallis.

In the Phi-

losophical Transactions for the years 1686-7,*

Dr. Wallis gives an account of

arithmetical

his j>erforming

operations in
;

great

numbers,

by

night in the dark

and conceives that we can

greater advantage at this
day,

use our
time,

memory with that we can by

when our thoughts

" Having had
try,

are diverted by sights and noises.

the curiosity (says

Dr. Wallis) heretofore to

of

how
to

the strength

memory would

suffice

me,

perform some arithmetical operations

(as

Muletc.)

tiplication, Division,

Extraction of Roots,

without the assistance of pen and ink, or ought

equivalent thereunto
;

and finding

it

to succeed

well, (for instance) in extracting the square

Root
:

from numbers of
proceeded to
try

8,
it

10,

12, or

more

places

(with success) in numbers of

20, 30, 40 places.

But was not curious

to

keep
I

memorials of the particular numbers which

had

$0 considered, (as being but a curiosity, and not of

Vol. xr. p. U69.

4l6
farther use,)
till

INSTANCES OF
there

happened an occasional
a
forraigner
( J ohaimes

discourse

of

it

with

Georgius Pehhover, Regio-Montanus

sus)

Borus-

who coming

to

see

the

University was
to

pleased, as divers other forraigners often do)

give

me

a visit: Feb. 18, I6f" at a time

when

was

afflicted

with a tedious and severe quartan

ague, (which held

me

for

a whole
till

year from

about Michaelmas then

last past,

about the

same time

in the year following;)

which caused

me
"

to pass

my nights

with
I

little

or no sleep.
tell

He

was desirous

would

him some of

those numbers which I had so considered.

at the present, for the reason but

Which now mentioned)

Dec. 22, l669,

1 could not

do

save only that, on

I had (by night in the dark) extracted the square

root of 3 (with ciphers adjoined) contained to the

twentieth place of decimal fractions
to be
1.
:

finding

it

73205,08075,68877,y9353,/cre.

Which is
adjoined

the square root of o,

;

with forty ciphers

3,00000. 00000. 00000. OOOOO. 00000. 00000. 00000. 00000-

(which I had chanced to write down, because

7 3
to

is

a surd which

might

after have occasion

make

use of) but added, that I could at plea-

sure perform the like at any time."

1714. A.

Antonio MAor.iABECHi
Oct.
2<),

was born

at Florence,

1633.

Such

NATURAL MEMORY.
wsa the poverty of
themselves happy
of a
his parents, that they

417
thought

in getting

him

into the service

man who

sold herbs and fruit.

Here he
tell

took every opportunity, though he could not

one

letter

from another, to pore on the leaves of

some

old books that served for waste paper, deit

claring that he loved

of

all

things.

neigh-

bouring bookseller,
into
his service.
;

who observed this, took him Young Magliabechi soon

his inclination for reading
;

learned to read

and

became

his

ruling

passion

and a prodigious

memory
book

his distinguished talent.

He read

every

that

came

into his hands,

and retained not

all

only the sense of what he read, but often

the

words, and the very manner of spelling,

gular.

if sin-

To make

trial

of the force of his me-

mory, a gentleman lent him a manuscript he was

going to print.
the gentleman
face,

Some
came

time after

it

was returned,
melancholy

to him, with a
it

and pretended

was

lost.

Magliabechi

being requested to recollect what he remembered

of

it,

wrote the whole without missing a word,

or varying the spelling.

all

He

was consulted by
to write

the learned

who proposed
on a

on any

subject.

If a priest, for instance, was going to a panegyric

saint,

compose
would
of that
tell

Magliabechi

him every author,

to the

number of

an hundred sometimes,
saint,

who had

said any thing

naming the book and the page, and

418
the very words.
readily, that

INSTANCES Of

He

did this so often, and so

at last to

he came and

as an oracle;

Cosmo

III.

be looked upon Grand Duke of

the most suit-

Florence,

made him
life,

his librarian,

able office to Magliabechi's genius. In the latter

part of his

when

book came
all

into his

hands, he would read the title-page

over, dip

here and there in the preface, dedication, and

prefatory advertisements,
if

there were any

and

then cast his eyes on each of the divisions, sections,

or chapters.

After

this,

he could

tell

at

any time what the book contained.

" Though Magliabechi must have

sedentary
life,

lived a very

yet he attained to the age of 81.

He
lic

died July 14, 1714, in the midst of the pub-

applause, after enjoying, during

life,

all

the latter

part of his

such an affluence as very few

persons have ever procured by their knowledge or

learning.

By

his will

he

left

a very line library

collected by himself, for the use of the public,

with a fund to maintain

the

it

and the overplus of

fund to the poor.

It

had been usual for

every author and printer to

make him
ecclesiastic,

a present

of a copy of every thing they published.

" Though he was not an

never marry.
dress.

he would
in

He

was quite slovenly

his

He

received his friends, and those

who

came
ral

to consult

him on any point of

literature,

in a civil

and obliging manner; though

air

in

gene-

he had almost the

of a savage, and even

NATURAL MEMORY.
affected
it
;

419

together with a cynical or contempIn his maimer of living, he affect:

tuous smile.

ed the character of Diogenes

three hard eggs,

his

and a draught or two of water, were

repast.

uual

When

any one went to see him, they

lolling in a

most usually found him

sort of fixt

wooden

cradle in the middle of his study, with a

in

multitude of books, some thrown

others scattered about the floor,
all

heaps, and
;

around him

and

this his

cradle or bed, was attached to the

nearest pile of books by a

number of cobwebs.
call

At

their entrance
'

he commonly used to

out

to them,

1748.

Not to hurt his spiders.'*" A. D. William Lyon.

Magazine for
the year

In the

Getitleman's
is

the following

singular anecdote.

1752,t there " William

Jjyon, a strolling player,

theatre at Edinburgh, and

who performed at the who was excellent in

the part of Gibby, the Highlander, gave a surprising instance of

his

memory.

One

evening, over

(a

bottle, he wagtr'd a crown bowl of punch, liquor of which he was very fond,) that next
at

morning

the

rehearsal, he

would repeat a
to

Daily yJdvertiser from beginning

the rehearsal, his opponent

end.

At

n minded him

of the

wager, imaginmg as he
before, that he

was drunk the night

it,

must

certainly have forgot

and

* Spence's Paralkl of Hill and Magliabechi.

t

Vol. xxii. p. 411.

420
rallied

INSTANCES or
him on
his ridiculous bragging of his

me-

mory.

Jjifon pulled out the paper, desired

it,

him

to look at

and be judge himself whether he

Notwithstanding
paragraphs

did or did not win his wager. the unconnected matter of the
variety of atJvertisements

the

and

the general chaos

which goes
he repeated
least

to the composition of a
it

newspaper,

from beginning

to end, without the

hesitation or mistake.
at

Lyon

died about

four years ago

Edinburgh, where he had

played with great success."*

1751.

A. D.

Jedediah Buxton.

con espondent
February
this

in the

Gentleman's Magazine for

account of

1751,-i- gives the following

*'

extraordinary man.
first

It

is

necessary to

premise

that

he

is

no scholar, not being able

;

to scrawl his

attainments

own name and secondly are of his own pure industry,

that his

for that
his

he never had further help towards them, than

learning the multiplication
yet without the assistance

table in his youth

of pen, ink, or chalk,

or any other mark, he will nmltiply 5 or 6 figures

by

as

many, or divide

as large

sums

off hand, in a

very short time, sooner than the most concise of

your arithmeticians pretend

to.

'<

We have heard of this performance (says the editor)

years since,

many

when

th

Daily Advertiser, thongh larger

it

than other papers, was not so large and crowded as

has

been of late."

Vol. xxi. p. 61.

NATURAL MEMORY.
"
and
I

421
last

met with him by accident

to

summer,
I first

after

hearing of his performances,

proposed

him the following random question

In a body whose 3 sides are 23 1457S9 yards,

5641733
bical glhs

yards, and

54965
?

yards,

how many

cu-

of an inch

After once naming the

several figures distinctly one after another, in or-

der to assure himself of the several dimensions

and
fell

fix

them

in his

mind, without more ado he

work amidst more than a 100 of his fellow labourers, and after leaving him about 5 hours,
to
(in

on some necessary concerns

calculated
it

which time
return,

with the pen) at

:

my

he told

me

he

was ready

Upon which

taking out

my

pocket-book and pencil, to note down

his answer,

he asked

me which end 1 would begin at, for he would direct me either way. I chose the regular method, and to my great suprize, found that in
28
figures,

a line of
the
least

he made no hesitation nor

mistake.

Many

such

questions did

several other people give him,

failed

which he never

to

answer

truly

yea he often corrected

those

who wrought

with the pen.

What

is

more

astonishing than this, he

to

would

suflTer

two people

propose different questions, one immediately

other, and give each their respective

after the

answers, without the least confusion.

tive
is

So

reten-

his

memory,

that he will

repeat his anif

swers a month or two afterwards

you ask him.

o o

422.

INSTANCES O ^

"
and
if

He
tell

will stride over a piece of land or a field,

it

you the contents of

it

almost as exact as

you measured

by the chain.

Some

years
lord-

ago he measured

in this

manner the whole

ship of Elmion, of some thousand acres, be-

longing to Sir
the

John Rhodes, and brought him

only
in

contents, not

acres,
;

roods,

and

perches, but even in square inches

for
his

after this,

own amusement,

he reduced them into

square hairs-breadths, computing (I think) 48 to

each side of the inch, which produced such an

incomprehensible number, that instead of entertaining the

mind

w ith

any sort of pleasure, serves

more to amaze and distract it. " Millions, millions upon

cramps, and so on, (for
merates his long series
in this

millions,

tribes,

manner he enuof numbers) are as plain

pounds,
shillings,

and familiar
pence
;

to

him,

as

and
selJt

may

say

more

familiar, for

he has

dom more
question,

than a week's wages before hand.

was but the other day, he set himself a voluntary

to

calculate

how much one

to.

farthing

doubled
desired

140 times would amount

to set

This he

me

down

in

39 places of pounds,
I

and an odd

2s. Sd.
this

When
it,

asked him
into

if

he

could multiply
said

immense sum

itself,

he

he would undertake
if

and the odd fraction

likewise
the

I pleased; but I dismissed

shall not

him with

whole numbers, and

be more amaz-

NATURAL MEMORY.
ed
at his bringing
at

425

a true answer, than I have

surprising

been already

lii^

performances,

some of which have

cost

him many days study

it is

but be the work long or short

all

one to him,

because he reassumes the operation in the morning at the same place he

so continues
till

left

it

over night, and

it.

he has finished
his

If at any

time you find an error in

overhaul, as he terms
it,

answer, he will

and

find out his mistake

himself, rather than be convicted by your pen."

Another correspondent
for

in the

same Magazine
farther informa-

August 1751,*
a good

affords

some

tion concerning

Buxton.

He

says,

"

I perceive

he

has

notion of the square, oblong,

triangle,

and

circle.

The
:

first

question I profield

posed was as follows

long, and

admit a

423
?

yards

383 wide, what was

the area

After I

had read the figures to him

distinctly,

he gave

me

the true product, viz,

62009

yards, in t\vo

minutes, for I observed by

every

my
1

watch how long

then asked him
?

operation took him.

how many
1 1

acres the aforesaid field measured

In

minutes he told

me 33

acres,

rood, 35
I then

perches,

20
to

yards, and a quarter just.

proposed

him,
P

how many

barley corns

would

reach 8 miles

In a minute and half he answered

1520640

barley corns.

He

is

the slowest in

Vol. xxi. p. 347.

424

INSTANCES OF
it

finding the area of a circle, but yet he finds

very near the truth, though he don't use the

ma-

thematical rules.

Allowing the distance between

to

York and London

be 204 miles,

asked him

how many
to be
six

times a coach-wheel turned round in

that distance, allowing the wheel's circumference

yards?

In 13 minutes he

answered

59840
or bin

times.

The

next proposition was, a tub

long,

346 inches
will

256 inches wide, 94

gallons liquid measure
?

inches deep,

how many
it

and what corn

solid inches,
solid

hold

Answer, 3,454,464

or 1,768,685,568 half quarters of

inches,

making 12,249,872 gallons liquid

measure, or
inches; or
it

12249

gallons, 3 quarts,

and 34f
3 bushels,

will hold 191 quarters,

3 quarterns, a half quartern, and 34^ inches remainder.

" Again, suppose a canal was

feet long,

to be

dug 426
After

203 wide, and 2

feet deep,

how many
?

cubical yards of earth to be

removed

pausing a quarter of an hour he answered, 10373

yards
whilst

24
he

feet.
is

He

will

talk

with you freely

it

doing his

questions,

being

na

molestation or hindrance to him, but enough to

confound a penn)an.
that he can leave off

His memory

is

so great,

and reassume the operation

again, at a week, month, or at several

months

end;

he

calls
is

his

figures

all

by their proper
either

names, and

very ready at

naming them

NATURAL UEMORY.
backwards or forwards.

4S5
17,

From May,

10

h.

A. D. 1725, he
naory

told

me

he was drunk (to

use of his expression) with

till

make reckoning by his met

June

\Q,

following, and then slept

somidly seven hours, but will never attem'

so

much

reckoning again, for fear of falling into the

I

same dilemma.
his being

suppose what he means by

drunk, was his being so

much

stupified

with thought, a5 rendered him incapable ol business

;

when

it

may

well be said neque pes, 7iegue

mens satis suum officiumfacit, " But, to proceed further with

man,
tion
it

this

uncommon
to

was led by

curiosity to

know what ques;

was

that caused his drunkenness

in

which

he replied,

answering the following question.

In 202,680,000,360 miles, and each mile reck-

oned

to

be

cubical,

how many

barley-corns,

vetches, peas, wheat, oats, rye, beans, lintels, and

how many
inch on the
shall here

hairs,

each an inch long, would

fill

that space, reckoning

flat,

48

hairs in breadth to
to

an
I

as

he found ihem

be so.

subjoin his table of measures, which

he founded on experiment.
200 Bailfy corns 300 Wlieat corns
51'^

Rye

corns
)>are contained io solid inch.

180 Oats 40 Peas 25 Beans 80 Vetclies iOO Lintels 2304 Hairs 1 inch long

one

o3

426

INSTANCES OF
calculated the following result
mill.
1

From which he
14 thousand,
1

9'3

420

thous.

936

quarters,

bushel,

peck,

quartern, 3 pints, and 5 and

a quarter solid inches of one sort of grain, are

contained in one solid mile; or 5 thousand, 431
mill.

776 thousand yards

millions of millions,

in a cubical mile,

being
mill.

254

358 thousand, 6I
mile
;

and 56 thousand inches

in a cubical

and

if

every hair be an inch long, and

2304

hairs a

cubical inch, then

millions,

586 thousand, 40

millions of

972 thousand, 673

fill

millions,

and 24
:

thousand, will

the space of a cubical mile

it is

but

if

a hair be no longer than

broad, he

then found that there would be 28 tribes, 129thousand,

966

millions of millions,

688 thousand,
to
fill

305

millions, and

152 thousand

hairs,

the

space of a cubical mile.

" As we
set

are

come
word

to that notation
tribe, it will

where he
from 140

introduces the

be proper to

down

that prolix

number,

arising

nails,

doubled

at a farthing a nail, viz.

725.958,238,096,074,907,868,531,656,993,638,851,106;.2s.8d*

which he reads thus

725 Tribes of

tribes,

958 Thous. of mill, of mill, of tribe

238 Millions of millions of tribes, 096 Thousand millions of tribes, 074 Millions of tribes, 907 Thousand 868 Tribes,,
tribes,

NATURAL MEMORY.
531 Thousand millions of millions,

427

656 Millions of millions, 993 Thousand millions,

638 Millions, 851 Thousands, 106 Pounds, 2
shillings,

and 8 pence.

For the "

truth of

which I leave those gentlemen

and curiosity to
try
it.

that have leisure

I shall

only mention one thing

more with
shall

respect to this man's

memory, and

it

be

in
is

squaring the above number.

to
nuiltiply 39^ figures

Now

you see he
and
all

by 39

figures,

by
re-

the strength of his

memory, without having

course
paper.

to

human assistance, or pen, ink, and What a prodigious task must this be to
two months and a
half,

be operated by the head only, which he certainly

did and after

he brings the

following answer, omitting the odd 2s. 8d, which

he reads thus
527 Tribes of tribes of cramps, 015 Thous. mill, of mill. trib. of cramps, 363 Mill, of mill, tribes of cramps, 459 Thous. mill, tribes of cramps, 557 Mill, of tribes of cramps, 385 Thousand tribes of cramps, 673 Tribes of cramps, 733 Thous, mill, of mill, of cramps, 542 Million of miiiions of cramps, 638 Tliousand millions of cramps , 591 Millions of cramps, 721 Thousand cramps, 213 Cramps.

428

INSTANCES OF
298 Tribes of tribes, 966 Thous. mi. of mill, of tribes, 079 Millions of mill, of tribes,

307 Thousand millions of 524 Millions of tribes, 904 Thousand tribes,

381 Trities,

tribes,

389 Thousand millions of millions, 499 Million of millions 251 Thousands of millions,
637 Millions, 423 Thousands, 36 Pounds.

Further particulars res{>ecting Jedediah, of an

interesting nature, are found in the
for

Gentleman's

December, 1753.* This corresMagazine pondent observes, " I accidentally met him one
afternoon
last

week, and was not

his

much above
first

two hours

in

company.

Tn the

half
tri-

hour, several persons

fling

being present, some

things were

started

and talked of; but as

I

he was very desirous that

higher questions to him,

should propose some

I

complied, and the

prodigious

company were

all

witnesses of his

readmess in answering the following questions.

'
" In a
field
?

QUESTION

I.

351 yards long, and 261 yards wide,

how

many

acres

" After

11

minutes, he answered

18

acres,

3 roods, IS perches, and 14 remained.

Vol. xxiii. p. 557.

NATURAL MEMORY.
"

429

QUESTION

II.

" Suppose sound moves

ll-iS feet in

one second of time,

how

long then, after the firing of one of the cannons at

Retford,

may

the

same be heard at Haughton Park, taking

?

the distance at five miles

" After about

a quarter of an hour he told

thirds,

me

in

23 seconds, 7
"
set

and 6 remained.
III.

QUESTION

" Admit I
der,

3584 brocoli plants in rows, 4 feet asunfeet apart, in a rectangular plot of

?

and the plants 7

ground,

how much

land will these plants take up

" [n near half an hour he said 2 acres,

rood, 8 perches and half.
"

QUESTION
I give

IV.

" What dimensions must

a cubical corn bin, that
malt, Winchester measure
?

my joiner
me

to

make me

shall hold

just a quarter of

" This question exercised

he declared by
this I
it

all his faculties,

and

was the hardest he ever proposed

however, though so

perceived he had never engaged himself

:

about the cube root

cult
it

diffi-

appeared
it,

to

him, he was very desirous to

answer
and

before

it

was too

late

in the evening,

after

some

time, he
it,

said to

himself there
sift

were nooks in

hut he would

them out:
sat

he never regarded our talking, but

heedless of every thing about

as

one

him, except his

of.

pot of beer, which he took notice

I gave
it

him no
tirely to

hints,

help, or assistance, but left

as
I

en-

him,

did the others, nor had he any

to

thing in his

hand

make any marks (which

430

INSTANCES OF
all his

must repeat, because he makes

tions

computa-

by

his
it

memory)

after

about an hour he

told

me,

would be a

little

more than 5|

inches on a side, and

26 inches would be too

much, all which is very true and very exact. " 1 shall here subjoin an account he gave me
of the quantity of ale or strong beer that he has
drank on free cost, since he was 12 years of age,

and the gentlemen's names where

account was a
little

and, as the

particular, I asked
it

him hue
and
at the

and

illuc after 1

had committed
as

to paper,

he answered each demand

set

down,

houses of the following noblemen and gentle-

men

Pints.

Duke of Kingston Duke of Norfolk Duke of Leeds Duke of Devonshire Xady Oxford
G. Heathcote, Esq. Sir G. Savile, Bart.
J.

Tho/uliagh, Esq.

Sir L. Filkington, Bart.

John Bnstowe, Esq.

"W. ViUareal, Esq. Sir 11. Hnnlock, Bart,

Burton, Esq.
White, Esq. Dr. Burne Mr. Hocks

Mr. West Mr. Vesey Rev. Mr. Hartshorn Mr. Flint

Clarke, Esq. Hallows, Esq.
Sir J. Jenkinson, Bart.

E. Sharpe of Elkesly Jh. Sharpe Rev. Mr. Boawre Mr. Willets Mr. Maj-or of Chesterfield

Mr. Mr. Mr. Mr.

Huncock
Hall

NATURAL MEMORY.
" The whole amounts
38 to

431

5116

pints, or winds,

he

terras

them, because he never uses above

one wind
In
the

to a pint, or

two

to a quart."

Gentleman's
is

Magazine

for

June,

1754,* there

a portrait of Jedediah, in the

forty-ninth year of his age, with this

Virgil,
this
*

motto from

Numeros Memini.'-f

Magazine having received

The editor of many communi-

cations questioning the authenticity of the cir-

cumstances already related of Buxton, gave repeated assurances of the certainty of the
facts,

and appealed
tlemen by

to the

known

integrity

of the gen-

whom

they were

communicated; and,
a sketch of

as an additional testimony inserted

Vol. xiv. p. 251.

t

In addition to this portrait there have been various

(1.)

others engraven at different times.

(at. 57, 1764,)

small etching,
(2.)

by Miss Hartley, 1764.

in large 4.
(4.)

whole

length

an etching

in mezzot. J. Spilsbnry.

by Holme. (3.) A ditto, A ditto, an etching, 4. by

Topham,

1770. {Bromley.)

432
the
life

INSTANCES OF
of
this

extraordinary man.
it

" With

this

print* (says the editor)

was

greatly to

be wished

that

some account of
life

his

life

could be given
is

but the

of laborious poverty
:

necessarily

uniform and obscure

the history

of one day
all.

would almost include the events of

Time,

The
is

portrait of Jedcdiah from

which the above wood-

cut

taken.

NATURAL MKMOIIY.
ith respect to

433
his

Buxton, changed nothing but

winter he used a

age, nor

did the seasons vary his employment,

in
^/iai/,

except that

and

in

ummer a li/ig hook. " The grandfather of Jedediah, John Buxton,

was
vicar of

Elmeton,

in

Derbyshire, and his

father,

William Buxton, was school-master of

parish
;

the

same

but Jedediah, notwithstanding

is

the profession of his father,

rate,

extremely

illite>

having

by

whatever accident,

been

so

much
know

neglected in his youth as never to have

to

been taught

write

how he came

first

to

the relative proportions of numbers, and

their progressive denominations,

he docs not re-

member

but to this he has applied the whole

force of his mind, and

upon

this

his attention

is

constantly fixed, so that he frequently takes no

cognizance of external objects, and

does
the
it is

when he
:

only with respect to their numbers

attention of his

same

mind appears

as well

by what he hears as by what he sees.

space of time
say, that
it is

If any

mentioned, he will soon after

is

so

many

minutes, and

if

any dis-

tance of way,
hair's

he will assign the number of

without
any
cjuestiou
having;

breadths,

been usked, or any

conapany.

calculatioji

expected by the

"

By

this

method he has
P V

greatly increased the

power of

his nienjory, with

respect to figures,

434

INSTANCES OF

and stored up several

common
in a

products in his

mind, to whicli he can have immediate recourse,

as the

number of minutes

year, of

hs^ir's

breadths in a nnle, and

many

others.

When
is

he

once comprehends a

question,

which

not

without difficulty and time, he begins to work

with

amazing

facility,

and will leave

long

question
veral
<

half wrought, and, at the end of seit,

months, resume
off,

beginnhig where he
till it is

left

and proceeding regularly

combeen

pleted.

" His memory would

equally retentive, with
if

certainly,

have

respect to other objects,

he had attended to odier objects with equal

;

diligence

but his perpetual application

to

fi-

gures has prevented the smallest acquisition of

any

other knowledge, and his mind

seems

to

have retained fewer ideas than that of a boy of

ten years old, in

the same

class

of

life.

He
or

has been sometimes asked, on his return from

church,

whether

he remembered the
it

text,

any pari of the sermon, but

that he

never appeared
:

brought away one sentence

his

mind,

upon a

closer examination, being found to have

in its

been busied, even during divine service

favourite operation, either dividing

some

sjjace into the smallest

resolving

some question

that

some time or known parts, or had been given him

as a test of his abilities.

His power of abstrac-

NARTUAL MEMORY.
tion
is

435
hinni

so great

that

no noise

interrupts

and,

if

he

is

asked any question, he immediately

to
his

replies,

and returns again

calculation,

without any confusion, or the loss of more time

than his answer required.
ing
is

His method of workby no means the

peculiar to himself, and

shortest or the clearest, as will

appear by the

following example

"

He

was required

to

mutiply 456 by 378,

as

which he had completed

soon as a person

in

company had produced the product in the common way ; and upon being requested to work it audibly, that his method might be known, he
multiplied

456

first

by 5, which produced 2280,

which he again multiplied by 20, and found the

product 45600, which was the multiplicand multiplied

by 100;

this

product he again multiplied

by

S,

which produced 136800, which was the

the multiplicand multiplied by
it

sum of
he

300

it

remained therefore to multiply

eflfected,

by 78, which

by multiplying 2280 (the product

;

of the multiplicand multiplied by 5) by 15

times 15 being 75
;

this

product being 34200,

he added to the 136800, which was the multiplicand multiplied by 300, and this produced

171000, which was 375 times 456

this

to

complete

operation therefore, he multiplied

456 by

3,

which produced

1368, and having added

this

436
number
to

NATURAL MEMORY.
171000, he found the product of 45t6

multiplied by

378

to

be 172368.
is

" Thus
fectly his

it

appears that his arithmetic

that he
is

per-

own, and

so

little

acquainted

with the

common

rules as to multiply

456

first
.

by
it

5,

and the product by 20, to find what sum

would produce multiplied by 100, whereas if he had added two noughts to the figures, he

would have obtained

it

at once.

" The

only objects of Jedediah's curiosity, ex-

cept figures, were the king and royal family, and

his desire to see

them was so strong,

that, in the

beginning of the spring, he walked to London

on purpose, but

at

last

returned disappointed,
to Kensington as

the king having just

removed

Jedediah came into London.

He was
whom

however
he called

introduced to the Royal Society,

the volk

who were

of the Siety Court : the gentlemen present asked him several questions in

arithmetic, to prove his abilities, and dismissed

him with a handsome gratuity. " During his residence in London he was
ried

carat
ei-

to see

King Richard IIL

it

performed

Drury-laue playhouse, and

ther that the novelty

was expected

and the splendour of the

show would have

kept
that
Tiis

fixed

him
a

in astonishment, or

imagination

in

continual

hurry

or

would, in some degree have been touched by the power of action, if he had
his passions

NATURAL MEMOKY.
not perfectly understood the dialogue
diah's
as
it
;

437
but Jede-

mind was employed

was employed
at

in the

playhouse just

church.

During the

dance he fixed
steps
;

his attention

upon the numb'-r of

he declared after a fine piece of music,

that the innumerable sounds produced

by the

in-

struments had perplexed him

beyond measure,
to

and he attended even

to

Mr. Garrick only

in

coinU the zoords that he uttered;

says,

which, he

he perfectly succeeded.
is

" Jedediah

now

safely returned to the place

if his

of his birth, where,

his

enjoyments are few,

:

wishes do not seem to be more

he applies
with cheerleft

to his labour, by which he subsists

fulness
;

he regrets nothing that he

it is still

behind

him

in

London, and

his opinion, that

a slice of rusty

bacon atfords the most delicious

repast."*

1312. A. D.

Zerah CoLBURN.
young American, and

Theaprival

pearance of

this

of
at-

Jedediah Buxton, having excited considerable

tention,

we

shall present

our readers with the fol-

lowing interesting narrative, as drawn up by the

ingenious and well

known

calculator,

Mr.

Fi<

an-

cis

Baily.

Jedediah died about the your 1774, aged 70, aqd

left

several children, none of

lents of their father.

whom have

inherited the rare ta-

438

INSTANCES OF
" London, Jug. 20, 1812.

*'

The

attention of the philosophical world has

been

lately attracted

by the most singular phaeno-

menon

in

the history of the

It
is

human mind

that

perhaps ever existed.

the case of a child,

under eight ^eats of age, who, without any previous knowledge of the

common

rules of arith-

metic, or even of the use

and power of

the Ara-

bic numerals, and without having given any particular attention to the

subject, possesses (as

if

by intuition) the singular faculty of solving a

great variety of arithmetical questions by the

mere

operation of the mind, and without the usual

assistance of any visible

symbol or contrivance.
Zera Colburn,

''Thenanieof
was born
at

this child is

who

Cabut
in

(a

town

lying at the head of

in

Onion

river,

Vermont,
1st

the United

States

of America,) on the

of September

1804.

About two

years ago (August

ISIO) although

at that time not six ifenrs

of age, \\efirst began to show those wonderful powers of calculation

which.have since so

much

attracted the attention

and excited

tiie

astonishment of every person

abilities.

who The
ther,

has witnessed his extraordinary

discovery was

made by
to

accident.

His

fa-

who had

not given him any other instruc-

tion than such as

was

be obtained

at a small

school established in that unfrequented and re-

mote part of

tlie

country, (and which did not

NATURAL MEMORY.
include either writing or ciphering,) was
surprised

439

much
with

one day
of

to

hear him repeating the

products

several

numbers.

Struck

amazement

at the circumstance,

he proposed a
to

variety of arithmetical questions

him,

all

of

which the child solved with remarkable

and correctness.

facility

The news

of

this infant

pro-

digy soon circulated through the neighbourhood;

and many persons came from distant parts to

witness so singular a circumstance.

The

father,
all

encouraged

by

the

unanimous opinion of
tour of the United

w!io came to see him, was induced to undertake,

with
this child,

the

States.

They were
which they

every where received with the most

;

flattering expressions
visited,

and

in

the several towns

various plans were suggested

to educate and bring

up the

child, free

from

all

expense to his family.

the

Yielding, however, to

pressing

solicitations

of his

friends,

and

nrged by the most respectable and powerful re-

commendations,

as well as by a

view to

his son's

more complete education,

the ICth of

the father has brought

the child to this coiftitry, where they arrived on

May

last

and the inhabitants of

this

metropolis have for the last three

months had an
this

opportunity of seeing and examining

ful

wonder-

phiCnomcnon,*

and of verifying the reports

that

have been circulated respecting him.

At

the Exhibition

Rooms, Spring Gardens.

440
"

INSTANCES OF

Many

persons of the
in

first

eminence for

their

knowledge

mathematics, and well known for

their philosophical inquiries,

have made a point

of seeing and conversing with his extraordinary

He
*

powers.

It is correctly true, as stated

of him, that

will not only

determine, with the greatest

facility

and dispatch, the exact number oi minutes

in

or seconds

any given period of time; but will

question of a similar kind.

also solve any other

He will

tell

the exact product arising from the

multiplication of any number, consisting of two,

three, or fOur figures,

by any other number consist-

ing of the like

number of figures. Or, any number,

'

consisting of six, or seven places of figures, being

proposed, he will determine, with equal expedition

and ease, all

x\\e factors

of which

it is

comex-

posed.

Tiiis .singular

faculty consequently

tends not only to the raising of powers, but also

to the extraction of the square

and cube roots of

to the

the

number proposed

and likewise
it

means

of determining whether
a

be aprime number (or

number incapable of division by any other num;

ber)
sent,

for

which case there does not

exist, at pre-

any general rule

among

mathematicians.'

All these, and a variety of other questions con-

nected therewith, are answered by

this child

with

such promptness and accuracy (and

in the

midst

of his Juvenile pursuits) as to astonish every per-

son

who has

visited

him.

NATURAL MEMORY.
for the

441

" At a meeting of his friends which was held

purpose of concerting the best method of

tiiis

promoting the views of the father,

child unraising

dertook, and completely succeeded

the

in,

number 8 progressively up to the sixteenth power and in naming the last result, viz.
!

28 1,474,976,7

10,65(5 he

was right

in every figure.

He

was then

tried as to other
;

numbers, consist-

ing of one figure

all

of which he raised (by acas high

tual multiplication

and not by memory)

so

as the tenth power, with

much

facility

and

dispatch that the person appointed to take

the results,

down
to

was obliged

to enjoin
to

him not

be

so rapid

With respect

numbers

consisting of

two

figures,

he would raise some of them to the

sixth, seventh, 2^^d eighth

power; but not always

larger the products
it

with equal

facility:

for

the

became, the more difHculthe found

to proceed.

He

was asked the square root of 106929, and

before the

number could be
327.

written

down, he

immediately answered
quired to

He

was then re-

name

the cube root of 268,336,125,

facility

and with equal

plied 645.

and promptness he re-

Various other questions of a similar

roots and powers of very

nature, respecting the

high numbers, were proposed by several of the

gentlemen
ed
in

present,

to all

of which he answerof the

party re-

a similar manner.

One

quested him to

name the yac^o/\s which produced

442
the

INSTANCES OF
did

number 247483, which he immediately

that

by mentioning the two numbers 941 and 263;

which indeed are the only two numbers

produce
it.

will

Another of them proposed 171395,

as

and he named the following factors

ones that
7

the only

would produce

it

viz

5 < 34279,

X 24485,
] ,

59 X 2905,

83 X 2065, 35 X 4897,

295 X 58

and 413x415.
;

He

yvhs then asked

to give the factors of 36083

but he immediately
in

replied that
case, as

it

had none, which

is

fact

was the

36083

a prime number.

Other num-

bers were indiscriminately proposed to him, and

he always succeeded
except
in

in giving the correct factors,

the case of prime nun)bers, which he

ais

discovered almost
the gentlemen

soon as proposed.

One

of

asked him

how
;

miiny minutes

there were in forty eight years

and before the

he
replied

question

could
;

be written

down

25,228,800

and instantly added, that the number

1

of seconds in the same pt riod was 1,5 3,7'28,000.

Various questions of the

like kind

were put

to

him

and

to all

of them he answered with nearly

equal

facility

and

promptitude
to

so as to astoa
desire

nish every one present, and

excite
(if

that so extraordinary a faculty siiould

possible)

be rendered more extensive and

**

useful.

It

was the wish of the gentlemc

a

nt present

to oblani

knowledge of the method by which

the child was enabled to answer, with so

much

NATURAL MEMORY.
facility

44
to

and correctness, the questions thus put

all

him

but to

their inquiries

upon

this subject
this point)

(and he was closely e^iamincd upon

he

was unable to give them any information.

positively declared (and

He
he
his

every observation that

was made seemed

did not

to justify the assertion) that

know

Aorc;

the answers

came

into

mind.

In the act of multiplying

two numbers
it

together, and in the raising of powers,

was

evi-

dent
also
after

(not only from the motion of his lips, but

from some singular

facts

which

will

be here-

mentioned,) that some operation was going

forward in his mind; yet that operation could

not (from the rcadujess with which the answers

were furnished) be

at all allied to the usual

mode
of

of proceeding with such subjects Tand moreover, he

is

entirely ignorant of

the

common

rules

arithmetic, atid cannot perform,

upon paper, a
But,

simple
in ihe

sum

in multiplication or division.

extraction of roots and in mentioning the

factors of high

numbers

it

does not appear that

;

any operation can take place

the answer

since he

\\ill

give

immedi at ehj, or
of solution, a

in u very

few seconds,
the ordi-

where
nary

it

would

require, according to

method

very difficult and latlie

borious calculation: and

ledge of a prime

nvoreover,

know-

number cannot be obtained by

any

known

rule.

4i4
*i

'

INSTANCliS

OX-

It

has been

already observed, that

it

was

evident,

from some singular

facts, that the child

operated by certain rules

self.

This

discovery

known only to himwas made in one or two

closely

instances,

when he had been

of 4395;
lie
;

pressed

upon

that point.

In one case he was asked

to tell the square

tated,
.

he at
not

first

hesi-

fearful
it

that

should

be

able

to answer

correctly

but when he applied

himself to

it

he said

it

was ]9?3lG,025.

On
four

being questioned as to the cause of his hesitation,

he replied that he did not

figures by
*

like to

iiiultiply
*

four figures
I

but,

said he,

found

out another way;

llien

multiplied

293 by 293, and

multiplied this product twice by the

result.'

num-

'

ber 15; which produced the sanie

occasion,
his

On
of

another

highness

the

Duke

Gloucester asked him the product of 21,734

multiplied

by

o43
but,

he

immediately
sone

replied

11,801,502:

upon

remark being

made on
in

the subject, the child said that he had,

his

own mind,
to

multiplied ()5302
first

by
it

181.

Now,
evident

although in the

instance

must be

every mathematician

that

4395

is

X 15,(aod consequently that (4395) =(93)"x (15)^ ^nd further that in the second case 543 is equal to 181x3, and consequently that 21734x(l3l xS)=(21734X3x
equal to 393

NATURAL MEMORY.
181
;

445

yet,

it is

not the less remarkable that this

combination should be immediately perceived by

the child, and

we cannot

the less adu)ire his in-

genuity in thus seizing histantly the easiest

me-

thod of solving the question proposed to him.

"

It

must be evident, from whaihas here been which

this child

stated, that the singular faculty

possesses

is

nit altogether dependent upon his

memory.

In the multiplication of numbers and

in the raising

of powers, he

is

doubtless consi-

derably assisted by that remarkable quality of the

mind

and

in this

respect he might be considered

(if

as bearing

some resemblance

the difference of

age did not prevent the justness of the comparison) to

the celebrated Jedediah

Buxton, and
in the

other persons of similar note.

traction

But,

ex-

of the roots of numbers, and

(if

in deter-

mining their factors

those

any),

it

is

clear, to all

who

have witnessed the astonishing quick-

ness and accuracy of this child, that the

memory
remarkall for-

has

little

or nothing to do with

the process.

And
mer
'*

in this particular pohit consists the

able difference between the present and

instances of an apparently similar kind.

It

has been recorded as an astonishing effort

that the

of

memory

celebrated Euler (who, in

the science of analysis, might vie even with

New-

ton himself,) could

ers of every

pownumber under 100. This, probably,

the
first six

remember

9 9

446

INSTANCES OF
restrictious
:

must be taken with some

to the fullest extent,

but, if true

it is

not move astonishing

this additional
is

than the efforts of this child; with

circumstance in favour

t)f

the latter, that he

capable of veryfying, in
every figure which he

very few seconds,

for.

may have occasion

*

It

has been further remarked by the biographer of

that eminent mathematician, that
*

he perceived,

almost at a simple glance, the factors of which

his

formulae were

composed
the

the particular

system of factors belonging to the question under consideration

:

* *

various

artifices

by

which
ced
;

that system

may be

simplified and redu-

and the relation of the several factors to

ihe conditions of the hypothesis.

His expert-

ness in this particular

probably resulted, in a

f great measure, from the ease with which he

*

performed mathematical investigations hy head.

*
*

He

had always accustomed himself

;

to that ex-

ercise

and, having practised

it

with assiduity,

(even before the loss of sight, which afterwards

rendered

it

a matter of necessity,) he

is

an in-

stance to what an astonishing degree

it

may be
intel-

'

acquired, and

how much

it

improves the
is

lectual powers.
ft

No

other discipline

so ef:

ctual in strengthening the faculty of attention

it

gives a facility of apprehension, an accuracy

to the

and steadiness
a
still

conceptions

and (what
it

is

'

more valuable

acquisition)

habituates

NATURAL MEMORY.
*

447

the

mind

to

arrangement in

its

reasonings and

reflections.'

"

It

is

not iijtended to draw a comparison beefforts

tween the humble, though astonishing,

this infant-prodigy

of

and the gigantic powers of that

illustrious

character to

whom

a reference has

just been

made

yet

we may be

permitted to
talents,

hope and expect that those wonderful

which are so conspicuous

at this early age,

may
even-

by a suitable education be considerably improved

and extended: and that some netv
tually
light will

be thrown upon those subjects, for the elu-

cidation of
liarly

which

his

mind appears

to

be pecu-

formed by nature, since he enters into the

all

world with

those powers and faculties which

are not even attainable by the

most eminent at a
Every mathemati-

more advanced period of life.

cian

must be aware of the important advantages

which have sometimes been derived from the

most simple and
effect of
trifling

circumstances

the full
at

which has not always been evident

first sight.

this kind.

To mention one singular instance of The very simple improvement of exindices, introduced a
:

pressing the powers and roots of quantities by

means of
powers

new and
this

general

arithmetic of exponents
led the

and

algorithm of
I

way

to the

invention of
all

ga-

rithms, by

means of which,

arithmetical

com-

jiutatioas are so

much

facilitated

and abridged.

448

INSTANCES OF

Perhaps this child possesses a knowledge of some more important properties connected with this
subject; and although he
is

incapable at present

of giving any satisfactory account of the state of

his

mind, or of comnumicating to others the

it is

knowledge which
yet there
his
is is

so evident he doe& possess,

every reason to believe that, wher)

mind

more

cultivated

and

his

ideas

more

expanded, he

will

be able not only to divulge the

operates, but also

point out

mode by which he at present some new sources

this interesting subject,

of information on

" The case

is
:

certainly

one of great novelty

literary character

and importance

and every

and

every friend to science must be anxious to see

the experiment fairly tried, as to the effect which

a suitable education

constituted as his appears to be.

may produce on a mind With this view

the child un-

number of gentlemen have taken

committee
foi

der their patronage,

into a

and have formed themselves

the purpose of superintend-

ing his education.

to a

Application has been

made
his

gentleman of science, well known for

abilities,

mathematical

who

has consented
:

to

take the child under his immediate tuition

the

committee therefore propose to withdraw him,

for the present, that

from public exhibition,

in

order

he may

fully

devote himself to his studies.

But whether

they shall be able wholly to

accom

NATURAL MEMORY.
plish the object they have
in

449

view, will depend

upon the
Since

assistance

which they may receive from

the public."*
this

statement was printed,

we have been
this

favoured with some further account of

traordinary child,

ex-

which

details

an examination

by Mr.

Hase,

the chief cashier of the

Bank

of England.

The

authenticity of this narrative

may be
at the
first

relied on.

Zerah Colhurn was introduced

to

Bank accompanied by
question
;

his

father.

Mr. Hase The

root

required

the
in

cube

of

949,862,087
983, which
the

he answered
correct
;

about one minute,

next
than
question was

is

the
less

cube of 478
it

in

two minutes
third ques-

he said
tion

was,

109,215,352.

The

was

to give the product of the

;

two factors

4973 and 3587 in about four minutes he stated a product wrong in two figures, namely 17,836,45
then 17,828,481
:

on being

told that

he was not
sta-

correct, after a lapse of

two minutes more he

ted the right product,

7,838, 151.

He

was then
each

asked what

two factors of four

;

figures

would give 42,173,703

ther then requested

he hesitated for some

it
;

time, and appeared unable to answer

his fa-

Mr. H.

to

mention one of the

factors, which he did, namely, 8937, in about

Mr. BoNNYCASTLE, we understand,

the tuition ofZeraii Col burn
is

is

the gentleman

to

whom

to be entrusted.

450
three minutes

INSTANCES OF
he named the other correctly,
question was to

4719.
tors,

The

last

name two facfigures,

one of four, the other of three

1

which

would produce
to

,734,433

he appeared unable

do

this, saying,

they were prime numbers, but

his father persisted that

he would solve the quesdifficulty

tion; he,

however,

found the

insur-

mountable.
first

His

father then asked

Mr. H.

the

number of the jfac^or of three

viz.

figures,

which

was named,
it,

still

he could not accomplish

;

then the second figure, 3, was told him

failed,

still

he

but

when he was made acquainted

with

the last figure, 9> to the great astonishment of

Mr. H. he immediately
factor was "2347, which

called out that the other

is

correct.

Since the above accounthas been collected,

regret to find that this interesting youth
is

we

again

exhibited to the public

the

money

collected for his

education,

we

suppose, not being found sufficient

If his parents intend to appro-

for the purpose.

priate the

sum gained by

exhibiting him, in aid

of the above fund,

we

heartily wish

them

success,
essential

and cannot, perhaps, do them a more

service than

by inserting the following notice,

in the

which appeared

Chronicle of the 17th

Dec. 18 12

NATURAL MEMORY.
" SliNGULAR

451

PHENOMENON.
Exhibition

" To be seen

at Wigle}''s

Rooms,

Spring Gardens, a child only eight years of age,

who, without any previous knowledge of the

common

rules of arithmetic, possesses the

power
the

of solving arithmetical questions by the intuition of his mind alone.

He

will

instantly
in

tell

number of minutes and seconds

any given time

multiply any two,

others
find all the
six

three, or four figures

fractions
in

by any

any number of
extract square

or seven places
in

of figures

and cube roots

suits.

the

midst of his juvenile pur-

Many
with
till

eminent mathematicians, and other

learned persons have witnessed his extraordinary

powers
from 12
shilling

astonishment.

Admission
to 9.

daily

4 o'clock, and from 8

One

each person."

THE END.

J.

Fawcett, Printer,

Mtwcastle Street, Loudon.

Books printed for Sherwood,

Neeli/,

and Jones.

BAUSSETS LIFE OF FENELON.

In Two Volumes, 8vo. embellished with an elegant Portrait,
price 185. boards,
1.

THE

LIFE OF FENELON, Archbishop of

Carabrai ; compiled, from Original Manuscripts, by M. L. F. Bausset, formerly Bishop of Alais, Sec, Translated from the French,

De

BY WILLIAM MUDFORD.
''The utmost gentleness of manners, a temper which
nothing could disturb, perfect ingenuousness, eminent attainments, a sublime genious, exalted virtue, and elevated piety, created the singular interest which belonged to Fenelon when livi ;g, and which still surrounds his memory. " The work before us will highly gratify all who delight to contemplate extraordiuary worth and excellence and, indeed, in interest and beneficial tendency, how few performances approach it!" Monthly Review, March, 1811.
;

2.

THE CHARACTERS AND PROPERTIES

from the French
boards.

OF TRUE CHARITY DISPLAYED,

of Fenelon.

One

large

Volume, 12mo.

4s, 6d.

for 3. ev ry Day in the Month, Twelfth Edition, Price'ls. or utatly bound in English Morocco, gs, ; in calf, 2s. 6d. Morocco, 3s. 6d. " This excellent little manual is too well known to the public to require on our part any additional recommendation and tlie Memoirs of the amiable Fenelon, prefixed to this edition, form a considerable improveraeut."~CrJ(ic{
;

FENELON'S PIOUS REFLECTIONS,

Review.

As a companion

to the above, (the

same size

S^ price,)

4. conTo which are ceraing the Knowledge and Love of God. subjoined, Directions for a Holy Life, and the attaining Christian Perfection ; also, the Closet Companion, or Course of Short Prayers for every Day in the Week. <n

FENELON'S PIOUS THOUGHTS,

^^?*-

University of California

^SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY

405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed.

iCu)9i|
sno

1S)|
^<?Aiiviian-#
<rii]ONvsoi^^

<0/^.^

-s^lllBRARY^^

"^J713DNVS01^^^

%a3AINrt-3V^
^lOSANCEtfj;>

.\MElNIVERy/A.

-<
i^"^

^^AavjiaiH^

A
v^lOSANCEl%

000 065 316

>s^>M-UBRARYQ^.

^^SOJITVJJO'^

%0illV3JO'^
,^0FCAIIF0%
DC

^lOSANCEl^y.

^OFCA11FO%

^^Aavaaiii^^

^^AHvaani^'^

YQ/v

-..^lllBRARYac.

^WEUNIVER5/A

vvlOS-ANCElfj-^

o
o
JO^
'^.i/OJIlVJJO'^

<ril33NYS01^
.\WEUNIVER5//)

'^/sajAiNnjwv'

3%

^OFCAIIFC^

^lOSANCElfj^

?i
^Til^DNVSOl^^'

"^dMiNn-awv^